Installation Guide for DAIKIN models including: EPRA10EAV3, EPRA08EAV3, EPRA12EAV3, EPRA08EAW1, EPRA10EAW1, EPRA12EAW1, ETVH12SU18EA6V, ETVH12SU23EA6V, Altherma 3 H MT F
ETVH12UE6V | Daikin
Installer reference guide Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F https://daikintechnicaldatahub.eu EPRA08EAV3 EPRA10EAV3 EPRA12EAV3 EPRA08EAW1 EPRA10EAW1 EPRA12EAW1 ETVH12SU18EA6V ETVH12SU23EA6V Table of contents Installer reference guide 2 Table of contents 1 About the documentation 6 1.1 About this document ...................................................................................................................................................... 6 1.2 Meaning of warnings and symbols................................................................................................................................. 7 1.3 Installer reference guide at a glance .............................................................................................................................. 8 2 General safety precautions 10 2.1 For the installer ............................................................................................................................................................... 10 2.1.1 General ........................................................................................................................................................... 10 2.1.2 Installation site ............................................................................................................................................... 11 2.1.3 Refrigerant -- in case of R410A or R32.......................................................................................................... 11 2.1.4 Water .............................................................................................................................................................. 13 2.1.5 Electrical ......................................................................................................................................................... 13 3 Specific installer safety instructions 16 4 About the box 22 4.1 Overview: About the box ................................................................................................................................................ 22 4.2 Outdoor unit ................................................................................................................................................................... 22 4.2.1 To handle the outdoor unit ............................................................................................................................ 22 4.2.2 To unpack the outdoor unit ........................................................................................................................... 24 4.2.3 To remove the accessories from the outdoor unit........................................................................................ 25 4.3 Indoor unit ...................................................................................................................................................................... 25 4.3.1 To unpack the indoor unit.............................................................................................................................. 26 4.3.2 To remove the accessories from the indoor unit .......................................................................................... 26 4.3.3 To handle the indoor unit............................................................................................................................... 26 4.4 Domestic hot water tank kit ........................................................................................................................................... 27 4.4.1 To remove the accessories from the domestic hot water tank kit ............................................................... 27 4.5 Checklist for the required DHW accessories .................................................................................................................. 27 5 About the units and options 29 5.1 Overview: About the units and options.......................................................................................................................... 29 5.2 Identification ................................................................................................................................................................... 29 5.2.1 Identification label: Outdoor unit .................................................................................................................. 29 5.2.2 Identification label: Indoor unit ..................................................................................................................... 30 5.3 Combining units and options.......................................................................................................................................... 30 5.3.1 Possible combinations of indoor unit and outdoor unit................................................................................ 30 5.3.2 Possible options for the outdoor unit ............................................................................................................ 30 5.3.3 Possible options for the indoor unit............................................................................................................... 31 6 Application guidelines 34 6.1 Overview: Application guidelines ................................................................................................................................... 34 6.2 Setting up the space heating/cooling system ................................................................................................................ 35 6.2.1 Single room..................................................................................................................................................... 36 6.2.2 Multiple rooms One LWT zone ................................................................................................................... 40 6.2.3 Multiple rooms Two LWT zones.................................................................................................................. 44 6.3 Setting up an auxiliary heat source for space heating ................................................................................................... 49 6.4 Setting up the domestic hot water tank......................................................................................................................... 52 6.4.1 System layout Integrated DHW tank........................................................................................................... 52 6.4.2 Selecting the volume and desired temperature for the DHW tank .............................................................. 52 6.4.3 Setup and configuration DHW tank ............................................................................................................ 53 6.4.4 DHW pump for instant hot water .................................................................................................................. 54 6.4.5 DHW pump for disinfection ........................................................................................................................... 54 6.5 Setting up the energy metering...................................................................................................................................... 55 6.5.1 Produced heat ................................................................................................................................................ 55 6.5.2 Consumed energy........................................................................................................................................... 56 6.5.3 Normal kWh rate power supply ..................................................................................................................... 56 6.5.4 Preferential kWh rate power supply.............................................................................................................. 58 6.6 Setting up the power consumption control ................................................................................................................... 58 6.6.1 Permanent power limitation .......................................................................................................................... 59 6.6.2 Power limitation activated by digital inputs .................................................................................................. 60 6.6.3 Power limitation process................................................................................................................................ 61 6.6.4 BBR16 power limitation.................................................................................................................................. 62 6.7 Setting up an external temperature sensor ................................................................................................................... 62 7 Unit installation 64 7.1 Preparing the installation site......................................................................................................................................... 64 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Table of contents 7.1.1 Installation site requirements of the outdoor unit........................................................................................ 64 7.1.2 Additional installation site requirements of the outdoor unit in cold climates............................................ 66 7.1.3 Installation site requirements of the indoor unit .......................................................................................... 66 7.2 Opening and closing the units ........................................................................................................................................ 68 7.2.1 About opening the units................................................................................................................................. 68 7.2.2 To open the outdoor unit............................................................................................................................... 68 7.2.3 To remove the transportation stay ................................................................................................................ 68 7.2.4 To close the outdoor unit............................................................................................................................... 69 7.2.5 To open the indoor unit ................................................................................................................................. 69 7.2.6 To lower the switch box on the indoor unit .................................................................................................. 71 7.2.7 To close the indoor unit ................................................................................................................................. 72 7.3 Mounting the outdoor unit............................................................................................................................................. 72 7.3.1 About mounting the outdoor unit ................................................................................................................. 72 7.3.2 Precautions when mounting the outdoor unit .............................................................................................. 73 7.3.3 To provide the installation structure ............................................................................................................. 73 7.3.4 To install the outdoor unit ............................................................................................................................. 74 7.3.5 To provide drainage........................................................................................................................................ 75 7.3.6 To install the discharge grille.......................................................................................................................... 76 7.3.7 To remove the discharge grille, and put the grille in safety position............................................................ 78 7.4 Mounting the indoor unit ............................................................................................................................................... 80 7.4.1 About mounting the indoor unit.................................................................................................................... 80 7.4.2 Precautions when mounting the indoor unit................................................................................................. 80 7.4.3 To install the indoor unit ................................................................................................................................ 80 7.4.4 To connect the drain hose to the drain ......................................................................................................... 81 8 Piping installation 82 8.1 Preparing water piping ................................................................................................................................................... 82 8.1.1 Water circuit requirements............................................................................................................................ 82 8.1.2 Formula to calculate the expansion vessel pre-pressure .............................................................................. 86 8.1.3 To check the water volume and flow rate ..................................................................................................... 86 8.1.4 Changing the pre-pressure of the expansion vessel...................................................................................... 88 8.1.5 To check the water volume: Examples .......................................................................................................... 89 8.2 Connecting water piping................................................................................................................................................. 89 8.2.1 About connecting the water piping ............................................................................................................... 89 8.2.2 Precautions when connecting the water piping............................................................................................ 90 8.2.3 To connect the water piping .......................................................................................................................... 90 8.2.4 To connect the water piping for domestic hot water.................................................................................... 93 8.2.5 To connect the recirculation piping ............................................................................................................... 96 8.2.6 To fill the water circuit ................................................................................................................................... 96 8.2.7 To protect the water circuit against freezing ................................................................................................ 96 8.2.8 To fill the domestic hot water tank................................................................................................................ 100 8.2.9 To insulate the water piping .......................................................................................................................... 100 9 Electrical installation 101 9.1 About connecting the electrical wiring .......................................................................................................................... 101 9.1.1 Precautions when connecting the electrical wiring....................................................................................... 101 9.1.2 Guidelines when connecting the electrical wiring......................................................................................... 102 9.1.3 About electrical compliance........................................................................................................................... 104 9.1.4 Specifications of standard wiring components.............................................................................................. 104 9.1.5 About preferential kWh rate power supply................................................................................................... 104 9.1.6 Overview of electrical connections except external actuators ..................................................................... 105 9.2 Connections to the outdoor unit.................................................................................................................................... 105 9.2.1 To connect the electrical wiring to the outdoor unit .................................................................................... 106 9.2.2 To reposition the air thermistor on the outdoor unit ................................................................................... 112 9.3 Connections to the indoor unit ...................................................................................................................................... 113 9.3.1 To connect the main power supply................................................................................................................ 116 9.3.2 To connect the backup heater power supply ................................................................................................ 118 9.3.3 To connect the shut-off valve ........................................................................................................................ 121 9.3.4 To connect the electricity meters .................................................................................................................. 122 9.3.5 To connect the domestic hot water pump .................................................................................................... 123 9.3.6 To connect the alarm output ......................................................................................................................... 124 9.3.7 To connect the space cooling/heating ON/OFF output................................................................................. 125 9.3.8 To connect the changeover to external heat source..................................................................................... 126 9.3.9 To connect the power consumption digital inputs........................................................................................ 127 9.3.10 To connect the safety thermostat (normally closed contact) ....................................................................... 128 9.3.11 To connect a Smart Grid................................................................................................................................. 129 9.3.12 To connect the WLAN cartridge (delivered as accessory)............................................................................. 133 9.4 After connecting the electrical wiring to the indoor unit .............................................................................................. 133 10 Configuration 134 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 3 Table of contents Installer reference guide 4 10.1 Overview: Configuration................................................................................................................................................. 134 10.1.1 To access the most used commands ............................................................................................................. 135 10.1.2 To connect the PC cable to the switch box.................................................................................................... 137 10.2 Configuration wizard....................................................................................................................................................... 137 10.3 Possible screens .............................................................................................................................................................. 139 10.3.1 Possible screens: Overview ............................................................................................................................ 139 10.3.2 Home screen................................................................................................................................................... 140 10.3.3 Main menu screen.......................................................................................................................................... 142 10.3.4 Menu screen................................................................................................................................................... 143 10.3.5 Setpoint screen............................................................................................................................................... 144 10.3.6 Detailed screen with values ........................................................................................................................... 145 10.3.7 Schedule screen: Example.............................................................................................................................. 145 10.4 Weather-dependent curve ............................................................................................................................................. 149 10.4.1 What is a weather-dependent curve? ........................................................................................................... 149 10.4.2 2-points curve................................................................................................................................................. 150 10.4.3 Slope-offset curve........................................................................................................................................... 151 10.4.4 Using weather-dependent curves.................................................................................................................. 152 10.5 Settings menu ................................................................................................................................................................. 154 10.5.1 Malfunctioning ............................................................................................................................................... 154 10.5.2 Room............................................................................................................................................................... 155 10.5.3 Main zone ....................................................................................................................................................... 159 10.5.4 Additional zone............................................................................................................................................... 169 10.5.5 Space heating/cooling .................................................................................................................................... 174 10.5.6 Tank................................................................................................................................................................. 183 10.5.7 User settings ................................................................................................................................................... 191 10.5.8 Information..................................................................................................................................................... 195 10.5.9 Installer settings ............................................................................................................................................. 196 10.5.10 Commissioning ............................................................................................................................................... 220 10.5.11 User profile ..................................................................................................................................................... 220 10.5.12 Operation........................................................................................................................................................ 220 10.5.13 WLAN .............................................................................................................................................................. 221 10.6 Menu structure: Overview user settings........................................................................................................................ 223 10.7 Menu structure: Overview installer settings.................................................................................................................. 224 11 Commissioning 226 11.1 Overview: Commissioning .............................................................................................................................................. 226 11.2 Precautions when commissioning .................................................................................................................................. 227 11.3 Checklist before commissioning..................................................................................................................................... 227 11.4 Checklist during commissioning ..................................................................................................................................... 228 11.4.1 Minimum flow rate......................................................................................................................................... 228 11.4.2 Air purge function........................................................................................................................................... 229 11.4.3 Operation test run.......................................................................................................................................... 230 11.4.4 Actuator test run ............................................................................................................................................ 231 11.4.5 Underfloor heating screed dryout ................................................................................................................. 232 12 Hand-over to the user 236 13 Maintenance and service 237 13.1 Overview: Maintenance and service .............................................................................................................................. 237 13.2 Maintenance safety precautions .................................................................................................................................... 237 13.3 Yearly maintenance ........................................................................................................................................................ 238 13.3.1 Yearly maintenance outdoor unit: overview ................................................................................................. 238 13.3.2 Yearly maintenance outdoor unit: instructions............................................................................................. 238 13.3.3 Yearly maintenance indoor unit: overview.................................................................................................... 238 13.3.4 Yearly maintenance indoor unit: instructions ............................................................................................... 238 13.4 To drain the domestic hot water tank............................................................................................................................ 242 13.5 To inspect the inside of the domestic hot water tank ................................................................................................... 243 13.6 About cleaning the water filter in case of trouble ......................................................................................................... 243 13.6.1 To remove the water filter ............................................................................................................................. 244 13.6.2 To clean the water filter in case of trouble.................................................................................................... 244 13.6.3 To install the water filter ................................................................................................................................ 245 14 Troubleshooting 247 14.1 Overview: Troubleshooting ............................................................................................................................................ 247 14.2 Precautions when troubleshooting ................................................................................................................................ 247 14.3 Solving problems based on symptoms........................................................................................................................... 248 14.3.1 Symptom: The unit is NOT heating or cooling as expected........................................................................... 248 14.3.2 Symptom: Hot water does NOT reach the desired temperature.................................................................. 249 14.3.3 Symptom: The compressor does NOT start (space heating or domestic water heating) ............................ 249 14.3.4 Symptom: The system is making gurgling noises after commissioning ........................................................ 249 14.3.5 Symptom: The pump is blocked..................................................................................................................... 250 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Table of contents 14.3.6 Symptom: The pump is making noise (cavitation)......................................................................................... 251 14.3.7 Symptom: The pressure relief valve opens.................................................................................................... 251 14.3.8 Symptom: The water pressure relief valve leaks........................................................................................... 252 14.3.9 Symptom: The space is NOT sufficiently heated at low outdoor temperatures........................................... 252 14.3.10 Symptom: The pressure at the tapping point is temporarily unusually high................................................ 253 14.3.11 Symptom: Tank disinfection function is NOT completed correctly (AH-error)............................................. 253 14.4 Solving problems based on error codes ......................................................................................................................... 254 14.4.1 To display the help text in case of a malfunction .......................................................................................... 254 14.4.2 Error codes: Overview .................................................................................................................................... 254 15 Disposal 259 15.1 To recover refrigerant..................................................................................................................................................... 259 15.1.1 To manually open the electronic expansion valves....................................................................................... 260 15.1.2 Recovery mode -- In case of 3N~ models (7-segments display) .................................................................. 261 15.1.3 Recovery mode -- In case of 1N~ models (7-LEDs display) .......................................................................... 262 16 Technical data 265 16.1 Service space: Outdoor unit ........................................................................................................................................... 266 16.2 Piping diagram: Outdoor unit ......................................................................................................................................... 267 16.3 Piping diagram: Indoor unit ............................................................................................................................................ 268 16.4 Wiring diagram: Outdoor unit ........................................................................................................................................ 269 16.5 Wiring diagram: Indoor unit ........................................................................................................................................... 274 16.6 Technical specifications: Domestic hot water tank........................................................................................................ 280 16.6.1 Test results in accordance with EN12897 (2016) .......................................................................................... 280 16.6.2 Warning label.................................................................................................................................................. 280 16.7 ESP curve: Indoor unit..................................................................................................................................................... 281 17 Glossary 282 18 Field settings table 283 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 5 1 | About the documentation 1 About the documentation In this chapter 1.1 About this document.............................................................................................................................................................. 6 1.2 Meaning of warnings and symbols......................................................................................................................................... 7 1.3 Installer reference guide at a glance...................................................................................................................................... 8 1.1 About this document INFORMATION Make sure that the user has the printed documentation and ask him/her to keep it for future reference. INFORMATION This unit is a heating only model. Therefore, all references to cooling in this document are NOT applicable. Target audience Authorised installers Documentation set This document is part of a documentation set. The complete set consists of: General safety precautions: - Safety instructions that you must read before installing - Format: Paper (in the box of the indoor unit) Operation manual: - Quick guide for basic usage - Format: Paper (in the box of the indoor unit) User reference guide: - Detailed step-by-step instructions and background information for basic and advanced usage - Format: Digital files on http://www.daikineurope.com/support-and-manuals/ product-information/ Installation manual Outdoor unit: - Installation instructions - Format: Paper (in the box of the outdoor unit) Installation manual Indoor unit: - Installation instructions - Format: Paper (in the box of the indoor unit) Installer reference guide: - Preparation of the installation, good practices, reference data, ... - Format: Digital files on http://www.daikineurope.com/support-and-manuals/ product-information/ Installer reference guide 6 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 1 | About the documentation Addendum book for optional equipment: - Additional info about how to install optional equipment - Format: Paper (in the box of the indoor unit) + Digital files on http:// www.daikineurope.com/support-and-manuals/product-information/ Latest revisions of the supplied documentation may be available on the regional Daikin website or via your dealer. The original documentation is written in English. All other languages are translations. Technical engineering data A subset of the latest technical data is available on the regional Daikin website (publicly accessible). The full set of latest technical data is available on the Daikin Business Portal (authentication required). Online tools In addition to the documentation set, some online tools are available for installers: Daikin Technical Data Hub - Central hub for technical specifications of the unit, useful tools, digital resources, and more. - Publicly accessible via https://daikintechnicaldatahub.eu. Heating Solutions Navigator - Digital toolbox that offers a variety of tools to facilitate the installation and configuration of heating systems. - To access Heating Solutions Navigator, registration to the Stand By Me platform is required. For more information, see https:// professional.standbyme.daikin.eu. Daikin e-Care - Mobile app for installers and service technicians that allows you to register, configure and troubleshoot heating systems. - The mobile app can be downloaded for iOS and Android devices using the QR codes below. Registration to the Stand By Me platform is required to access the app. App Store Google Play 1.2 Meaning of warnings and symbols DANGER Indicates a situation that results in death or serious injury. DANGER: RISK OF ELECTROCUTION Indicates a situation that could result in electrocution. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 7 1 | About the documentation DANGER: RISK OF BURNING/SCALDING Indicates a situation that could result in burning/scalding because of extreme hot or cold temperatures. DANGER: RISK OF EXPLOSION Indicates a situation that could result in explosion. WARNING Indicates a situation that could result in death or serious injury. WARNING: FLAMMABLE MATERIAL CAUTION Indicates a situation that could result in minor or moderate injury. NOTICE Indicates a situation that could result in equipment or property damage. INFORMATION Indicates useful tips or additional information. Symbols used on the unit: Symbol Explanation Before installation, read the installation and operation manual, and the wiring instruction sheet. Before performing maintenance and service tasks, read the service manual. For more information, see the installer and user reference guide. The unit contains rotating parts. Be careful when servicing or inspecting the unit. Symbols used in the documentation: Symbol Explanation Indicates a figure title or a reference to it. Example: " 13 Figure title" means "Figure 3 in chapter 1". Indicates a table title or a reference to it. Example: " 13 Table title" means "Table 3 in chapter 1". 1.3 Installer reference guide at a glance Chapter About the documentation Description What documentation exists for the installer Installer reference guide 8 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Chapter General safety precautions Specific installer safety instructions About the box About the units and options Application guidelines Unit installation Piping installation Electrical installation Configuration Commissioning Handover to the user Maintenance and service Troubleshooting Disposal Technical data Glossary Field settings table 1 | About the documentation Description Safety instructions that you must read before installing How to unpack the units and remove their accessories How to identify the units Possible combinations of units and options Various installation setups of the system What to do and know to install the system, including information on how to prepare for an installation What to do and know to install the piping of the system, including information on how to prepare for an installation What to do and know to install the electrical components of the system, including information on how to prepare for an installation What to do and know to configure the system after it is installed What to do and know to commission the system after it is configured What to give and explain to the user How to maintain and service the units What to do in case of problems How to dispose of the system Specifications of the system Definition of terms Table to be filled in by the installer, and kept for future reference Note: There is also an installer settings table in the user reference guide. This table has to be filled in by the installer and handed over to the user. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 9 2 | General safety precautions 2 General safety precautions In this chapter 2.1 For the installer....................................................................................................................................................................... 10 2.1.1 General ................................................................................................................................................................... 10 2.1.2 Installation site ....................................................................................................................................................... 11 2.1.3 Refrigerant -- in case of R410A or R32 ................................................................................................................. 11 2.1.4 Water...................................................................................................................................................................... 13 2.1.5 Electrical ................................................................................................................................................................. 13 2.1 For the installer 2.1.1 General If you are NOT sure how to install or operate the unit, contact your dealer. DANGER: RISK OF BURNING/SCALDING Do NOT touch the refrigerant piping, water piping or internal parts during and immediately after operation. It could be too hot or too cold. Give it time to return to normal temperature. If you MUST touch it, wear protective gloves. Do NOT touch any accidental leaking refrigerant. WARNING Improper installation or attachment of equipment or accessories could result in electrical shock, short-circuit, leaks, fire or other damage to the equipment. ONLY use accessories, optional equipment and spare parts made or approved by Daikin. WARNING Make sure installation, testing and applied materials comply with applicable legislation (on top of the instructions described in the Daikin documentation). CAUTION Wear adequate personal protective equipment (protective gloves, safety glasses,...) when installing, maintaining or servicing the system. WARNING Tear apart and throw away plastic packaging bags so that nobody, especially children, can play with them. Possible risk: suffocation. WARNING Provide adequate measures to prevent that the unit can be used as a shelter by small animals. Small animals that make contact with electrical parts can cause malfunctions, smoke or fire. CAUTION Do NOT touch the air inlet or aluminium fins of the unit. Installer reference guide 10 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 2 | General safety precautions CAUTION Do NOT place any objects or equipment on top of the unit. Do NOT sit, climb or stand on the unit. In accordance with the applicable legislation, it might be necessary to provide a logbook with the product containing at least: information on maintenance, repair work, results of tests, stand-by periods,... Also, at least, following information MUST be provided at an accessible place at the product: Instructions for shutting down the system in case of an emergency Name and address of fire department, police and hospital Name, address and day and night telephone numbers for obtaining service In Europe, EN378 provides the necessary guidance for this logbook. 2.1.2 Installation site Provide sufficient space around the unit for servicing and air circulation. Make sure the installation site withstands the weight and vibration of the unit. Make sure the area is well ventilated. Do NOT block any ventilation openings. Make sure the unit is level. Do NOT install the unit in the following places: In potentially explosive atmospheres. In places where there is machinery that emits electromagnetic waves. Electromagnetic waves may disturb the control system, and cause malfunction of the equipment. In places where there is a risk of fire due to the leakage of flammable gases (example: thinner or gasoline), carbon fibre, ignitable dust. In places where corrosive gas (example: sulphurous acid gas) is produced. Corrosion of copper pipes or soldered parts may cause the refrigerant to leak. 2.1.3 Refrigerant -- in case of R410A or R32 If applicable. See the installation manual or installer reference guide of your application for more information. NOTICE Make sure refrigerant piping installation complies with applicable legislation. In Europe, EN378 is the applicable standard. NOTICE Make sure the field piping and connections are NOT subjected to stress. WARNING During tests, NEVER pressurise the product with a pressure higher than the maximum allowable pressure (as indicated on the nameplate of the unit). EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 11 2 | General safety precautions WARNING Take sufficient precautions in case of refrigerant leakage. If refrigerant gas leaks, ventilate the area immediately. Possible risks: Excessive refrigerant concentrations in a closed room can lead to oxygen deficiency. Toxic gas might be produced if refrigerant gas comes into contact with fire. DANGER: RISK OF EXPLOSION Pump down Refrigerant leakage. If you want to pump down the system, and there is a leak in the refrigerant circuit: Do NOT use the unit's automatic pump down function, with which you can collect all refrigerant from the system into the outdoor unit. Possible consequence: Selfcombustion and explosion of the compressor because of air going into the operating compressor. Use a separate recovery system so that the unit's compressor does NOT have to operate. WARNING ALWAYS recover the refrigerant. Do NOT release them directly into the environment. Use a vacuum pump to evacuate the installation. NOTICE After all the piping has been connected, make sure there is no gas leak. Use nitrogen to perform a gas leak detection. NOTICE To avoid compressor breakdown, do NOT charge more than the specified amount of refrigerant. When the refrigerant system is to be opened, refrigerant MUST be treated according to the applicable legislation. WARNING Make sure there is no oxygen in the system. Refrigerant may ONLY be charged after performing the leak test and the vacuum drying. Possible consequence: Self-combustion and explosion of the compressor because of oxygen going into the operating compressor. In case recharge is required, see the nameplate of the unit. It states the type of refrigerant and necessary amount. The unit is factory charged with refrigerant and depending on pipe sizes and pipe lengths some systems require additional charging of refrigerant. ONLY use tools exclusively for the refrigerant type used in the system, this to ensure pressure resistance and prevent foreign materials from entering into the system. Charge the liquid refrigerant as follows: Installer reference guide 12 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 2 | General safety precautions If A siphon tube is present (i.e., the cylinder is marked with "Liquid filling siphon attached") Then Charge with the cylinder upright. A siphon tube is NOT present Charge with the cylinder upside down. Open refrigerant cylinders slowly. Charge the refrigerant in liquid form. Adding it in gas form may prevent normal operation. CAUTION When the refrigerant charging procedure is done or when pausing, close the valve of the refrigerant tank immediately. If the valve is NOT closed immediately, remaining pressure might charge additional refrigerant. Possible consequence: Incorrect refrigerant amount. 2.1.4 Water If applicable. See the installation manual or installer reference guide of your application for more information. NOTICE Make sure water quality complies with EU directive 2020/2184. 2.1.5 Electrical DANGER: RISK OF ELECTROCUTION Turn OFF all power supply before removing the switch box cover, connecting electrical wiring or touching electrical parts. Disconnect the power supply for more than 10 minutes, and measure the voltage at the terminals of main circuit capacitors or electrical components before servicing. The voltage MUST be less than 50 V DC before you can touch electrical components. For the location of the terminals, see the wiring diagram. Do NOT touch electrical components with wet hands. Do NOT leave the unit unattended when the service cover is removed. WARNING If NOT factory installed, a main switch or other means for disconnection, having a contact separation in all poles providing full disconnection under overvoltage category III condition, MUST be installed in the fixed wiring. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 13 2 | General safety precautions WARNING ONLY use copper wires. Make sure the field wiring complies with the applicable legislation. All field wiring MUST be performed in accordance with the wiring diagram supplied with the product. NEVER squeeze bundled cables and make sure they do NOT come in contact with the piping and sharp edges. Make sure no external pressure is applied to the terminal connections. Make sure to install earth wiring. Do NOT earth the unit to a utility pipe, surge absorber, or telephone earth. Incomplete earth may cause electrical shock. Make sure to use a dedicated power circuit. NEVER use a power supply shared by another appliance. Make sure to install the required fuses or circuit breakers. Make sure to install an earth leakage protector. Failure to do so may cause electrical shock or fire. When installing the earth leakage protector, make sure it is compatible with the inverter (resistant to high frequency electric noise) to avoid unnecessary opening of the earth leakage protector. CAUTION When connecting the power supply: connect the earth cable first, before making the current-carrying connections. When disconnecting the power supply: disconnect the current-carrying cables first, before separating the earth connection. The length of the conductors between the power supply stress relief and the terminal block itself MUST be as such that the current-carrying wires are tautened before the earth wire is in case the power supply is pulled loose from the stress relief. NOTICE Precautions when laying power wiring: Do NOT connect wiring of different thicknesses to the power terminal block (slack in the power wiring may cause abnormal heat). When connecting wiring which is the same thickness, do as shown in the figure above. For wiring, use the designated power wire and connect firmly, then secure to prevent outside pressure being exerted on the terminal board. Use an appropriate screwdriver for tightening the terminal screws. A screwdriver with a small head will damage the head and make proper tightening impossible. Over-tightening the terminal screws may break them. Install power cables at least 1 meter away from televisions or radios to prevent interference. Depending on the radio waves, a distance of 1 meter may NOT be sufficient. Installer reference guide 14 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 2 | General safety precautions WARNING After finishing the electrical work, confirm that each electrical component and terminal inside the electrical components box is connected securely. Make sure all covers are closed before starting up the unit. NOTICE ONLY applicable if the power supply is threephase, and the compressor has an ON/ OFF starting method. If there exists the possibility of reversed phase after a momentary black out and the power goes ON and OFF while the product is operating, attach a reversed phase protection circuit locally. Running the product in reversed phase can break the compressor and other parts. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 15 3 | Specific installer safety instructions 3 Specific installer safety instructions INFORMATION This unit is a heating only model. Therefore, all references to cooling in this document are NOT applicable. Always observe the following safety instructions and regulations. Handling the unit (see "4.2.1 To handle the outdoor unit" [422]) CAUTION To avoid injury, do NOT touch the air inlet or aluminium fins of the unit. Application guidelines (see "6 Application guidelines" [434]) CAUTION If there is more than one leaving water zone, ALWAYS install a mixing valve station in the main zone to decrease (in heating)/increase (in cooling) the leaving water temperature when the additional zone has demand. Installation site (see "7.1 Preparing the installation site" [464]) WARNING Follow the service space dimensions in this manual for correct installation of the unit. See "16.1 Service space: Outdoor unit" 4[ 266]. Special requirements for R32 (see "7.1.1 Installation site requirements of the outdoor unit" [464]) WARNING Do NOT pierce or burn refrigerant cycle parts. Do NOT use means to accelerate the defrosting process or to clean the equipment, other than those recommended by the manufacturer. Be aware that R32 refrigerant does NOT contain an odour. WARNING The appliance shall be stored in a room without continuously operating ignition sources (example: open flames, an operating gas appliance or an operating electric heater). WARNING Make sure installation, servicing, maintenance and repair comply with instructions from Daikin and with applicable legislation and are executed ONLY by authorised persons. Mounting the outdoor unit (see "7.3 Mounting the outdoor unit" [472]) WARNING Fixing method of the outdoor unit MUST be in accordance with the instructions from this manual. See "7.3 Mounting the outdoor unit" 4[ 72]. Installer reference guide 16 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 3 | Specific installer safety instructions Mounting the indoor unit (see "7.4 Mounting the indoor unit" [480]) WARNING Fixing method of the indoor unit MUST be in accordance with the instructions from this manual. See "7.4 Mounting the indoor unit" 4[ 80]. Opening and closing the units (see "7.2 Opening and closing the units" [468]) DANGER: RISK OF ELECTROCUTION Do NOT leave the unit unattended when the service cover is removed. DANGER: RISK OF ELECTROCUTION DANGER: RISK OF BURNING/SCALDING Piping installation (see "8 Piping installation" [482]) WARNING Field piping method MUST be in accordance with the instructions from this manual. See "8 Piping installation" 4[ 82]. WARNING The discharge pipes from the pressure relief valves MUST terminate in a safe and visible position without forming any risk to persons in the vicinity. WARNING Discharge piping, tundish, drain valves, etc. MUST be positioned away from any electrical components. The discharge pipe away from the tundish MUST terminate in a safe, visible position without forming any risk to persons in the vicinity. WARNING Do NOT install any valves between the domestic hot water tank and relief valves/ expansion vessel. Do NOT install shut-off valves between the expansion relief valve and the domestic hot water tank. WARNING Install the tundish away from any electrical device. Possible consequence: Electrical shock or fire. In case of freeze protection by glycol: EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 17 3 | Specific installer safety instructions WARNING Due to the presence of glycol, corrosion of the system is possible. Uninhibited glycol will turn acidic under the influence of oxygen. This process is accelerated by the presence of copper and high temperatures. The acidic uninhibited glycol attacks metal surfaces and forms galvanic corrosion cells that cause severe damage to the system. Therefore it is important that: the water treatment is correctly executed by a qualified water specialist, a glycol with corrosion inhibitors is selected to counteract acids formed by the oxidation of glycols, no automotive glycol is used because their corrosion inhibitors have a limited lifetime and contain silicates which can foul or plug the system, galvanized pipes are NOT used in glycol systems since the presence may lead to the precipitation of certain components in the glycol's corrosion inhibitor. WARNING Ethylene glycol is toxic. Electrical installation (see "9 Electrical installation" [4101]) DANGER: RISK OF ELECTROCUTION WARNING Electrical wiring connection method MUST be in accordance with the instructions from: This manual. See "9 Electrical installation" 4[ 101]. The wiring diagram, which is delivered with the unit, located at the inside of the service cover. For a translation of its legend, see "16.4 Wiring diagram: Outdoor unit" 4[ 269]. WARNING ALWAYS use multicore cable for power supply cables. WARNING All wiring MUST be performed by an authorised electrician and MUST comply with the applicable legislation. Make electrical connections to the fixed wiring. All components procured on-site and all electrical construction MUST comply with the applicable legislation. Installer reference guide 18 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 3 | Specific installer safety instructions WARNING If the power supply has a missing or wrong N-phase, equipment might break down. Establish proper earthing. Do NOT earth the unit to a utility pipe, surge absorber, or telephone earth. Incomplete earthing may cause electrical shock. Install the required fuses or circuit breakers. Secure the electrical wiring with cable ties so that the cables do NOT come in contact with sharp edges or piping, particularly on the high-pressure side. Do NOT use taped wires, stranded conductor wires, extension cords, or connections from a star system. They can cause overheating, electrical shock or fire. Do NOT install a phase advancing capacitor, because this unit is equipped with an inverter. A phase advancing capacitor will reduce performance and may cause accidents. WARNING Rotating fan. Before powering ON the outdoor unit, make sure that the discharge grille covers the fan as protection against a rotating fan. See "7.3.6 To install the discharge grille" 4[ 76]. WARNING The backup heater MUST have a dedicated power supply and MUST be protected by the safety devices required by the applicable legislation. WARNING If the supply cord is damaged, it MUST be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similarly qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. CAUTION Do NOT push or place redundant cable length in the unit. CAUTION To guarantee the unit is completely earthed, ALWAYS connect the backup heater power supply and the earth cable. INFORMATION Details of type and rating of fuses, or rating of circuit breakers are described in "9 Electrical installation" 4[ 101]. Configuration (see "10 Configuration" [4134]) WARNING Be aware that the domestic hot water temperature at the hot water tap will be equal to the value selected in field setting [2-03] after a disinfection operation. When the high domestic hot water temperature can be a potential risk for human injuries, a mixing valve (field supply) shall be installed at the hot water outlet connection of the domestic hot water tank. This mixing valve shall secure that the hot water temperature at the hot water tap never rise above a set maximum value. This maximum allowable hot water temperature shall be selected according to the applicable legislation. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 19 3 | Specific installer safety instructions CAUTION The disinfection function settings MUST be configured by the installer according to the applicable legislation. CAUTION Make sure that the disinfection function start time [5.7.3] with defined duration [5.7.5] is NOT interrupted by possible domestic hot water demand. Commissioning (see "11 Commissioning" [4226]) WARNING Commissioning method MUST be in accordance with the instructions from this manual. See "11 Commissioning" 4[ 226]. Maintenance and service (see "13 Maintenance and service" [4237]) DANGER: RISK OF BURNING/SCALDING The water in the tank can be very hot. WARNING If the internal wiring is damaged, it has to be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similarly qualified persons. CAUTION Water coming out of the valve may be very hot. NOTICE Although the water circuit is drained, some water may be spilled when removing the magnetic filter/dirt separator from the filter housing. ALWAYS clean up spilled water. NOTICE To protect the piping connected to the magnetic filter/dirt separator from damage it is recommended to perform this procedure with the magnetic filter/dirt separator removed from the unit. NOTICE Opening the magnetic filter/dirt separator is ONLY required in case of severe issues. Preferably this action is never to be done during the complete lifetime of the magnetic filter/dirt separator. NOTICE Check the condition of the O-rings and replace if needed. Apply water or silicon grease to the O-rings before installation. CAUTION Make sure to open the valve (if equipped) towards the expansion vessel, otherwise the overpressure will be generated. Installer reference guide 20 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 3 | Specific installer safety instructions Troubleshooting (see "14 Troubleshooting" [4247]) DANGER: RISK OF BURNING/SCALDING WARNING When carrying out an inspection on the switch box of the unit, ALWAYS make sure that the unit is disconnected from the mains. Turn off the respective circuit breaker. When a safety device was activated, stop the unit and find out why the safety device was activated before resetting it. NEVER shunt safety devices or change their values to a value other than the factory default setting. If you are unable to find the cause of the problem, call your dealer. WARNING Prevent hazards due to inadvertent resetting of the thermal cut-out: power to this appliance MUST NOT be supplied through an external switching device, such as a timer, or connected to a circuit that is regularly turned ON and OFF by the utility. WARNING Air purging heat emitters or collectors. Before you purge air from heat emitters or collectors, check if or is displayed on the home screen of the user interface. If not, you can purge air immediately. If yes, make sure that the room where you want to purge air is sufficiently ventilated. Reason: Refrigerant might leak into the water circuit, and subsequently into the room when you purge air from the heat emitters or collectors. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 21 4 | About the box 4 About the box INFORMATION This unit is a heating only model. Therefore, all references to cooling in this document are NOT applicable. In this chapter 4.1 Overview: About the box........................................................................................................................................................ 22 4.2 Outdoor unit ........................................................................................................................................................................... 22 4.2.1 To handle the outdoor unit.................................................................................................................................... 22 4.2.2 To unpack the outdoor unit ................................................................................................................................... 24 4.2.3 To remove the accessories from the outdoor unit ............................................................................................... 25 4.3 Indoor unit .............................................................................................................................................................................. 25 4.3.1 To unpack the indoor unit...................................................................................................................................... 26 4.3.2 To remove the accessories from the indoor unit .................................................................................................. 26 4.3.3 To handle the indoor unit ...................................................................................................................................... 26 4.4 Domestic hot water tank kit ................................................................................................................................................... 27 4.4.1 To remove the accessories from the domestic hot water tank kit ....................................................................... 27 4.5 Checklist for the required DHW accessories.......................................................................................................................... 27 4.1 Overview: About the box Keep the following in mind: At delivery, the unit MUST be checked for damage. Any damage MUST be reported immediately to the claims agent of the carrier. Bring the packed unit as close as possible to its final installation position to prevent damage during transport. Prepare the path along which you want to bring the unit inside in advance. 4.2 Outdoor unit 4.2.1 To handle the outdoor unit CAUTION To avoid injury, do NOT touch the air inlet or aluminium fins of the unit. Crane Keep the slings within the marked area to not damage the unit. Installer reference guide 22 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 4 | About the box Forklift or pallet truck Enter the pallet from the heavy side. Manually After unpacking, carry the unit using the slings attached to the unit. See also: "4.2.2 To unpack the outdoor unit" [424] "7.3.4 To install the outdoor unit" [474] EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 23 4 | About the box ±120 kg 4× 4.2.2 To unpack the outdoor unit 1 2 3 4 Installer reference guide 24 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 4.2.3 To remove the accessories from the outdoor unit a b c e d 4 | About the box f g h ENERG Y IJA IE IA ENERG Y IJA IE IA i j a O-ring for drain socket b Drain socket c Shut-off valve (with integrated filter) d Thermistor fixture (for installations in areas with low ambient temperatures) e Compressor cover piece f Installation manual Outdoor unit g Disposal manual Recovering refrigerant h Energy label i Discharge grille (upper + lower part) j Installation manual Discharge grille NOTICE Unpacking. When you remove the top packaging/accessories, hold the box containing the discharge grille to prevent it from falling. 4.3 Indoor unit At delivery, the unit MUST be checked for damage. Any damage MUST be reported immediately to the claims agent of the carrier. Bring the packed unit as close as possible to its final installation position to prevent damage during transport. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 25 4 | About the box Unpack the indoor unit completely according to the instructions mentioned on the unpacking instructions sheet. 4.3.1 To unpack the indoor unit 1 2 8× 4.3.2 To remove the accessories from the indoor unit a b c d e 4× 1× 1× 1× 1× f gh i 1× 1× 1× 1× j k 1× 6× l m 4× 1× a Shut-off valves for water circuit b Overpressure bypass valve c Tundish (to mount onto the pressure relief valve discharge pipe) d Brass compression coupler e Discharge pipe (for pressure relief valve) f General safety precautions g Addendum book for optional equipment h Indoor unit installation manual i Operation manual j WLAN cartridge k Sealing rings for shut-off valves (space heating water circuit) l Sealing rings for field-supplied shut-off valves (domestic hot water circuit) m Sealing tape for low voltage wiring intake 4.3.3 To handle the indoor unit Use the handles at the back and at the bottom to carry the unit. Installer reference guide 26 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 4 | About the box a a b b a Handles at the back of the unit b Handles at the bottom of the unit. Carefully tilt the unit to the back so that the handles become visible. 4.4 Domestic hot water tank kit 4.4.1 To remove the accessories from the domestic hot water tank kit a b c d e f g a Pressure reducing valve/pressure relief valve combination. Water inlet and water outlet 22 mm connection, discharge piping connection 15 mm b Adaptor 22 mm×3/4" Female BSP c T-piece 22 mm×22 mm×22 mm d Tundish 15 mm inlet, 22 mm outlet e Wall mounting set for expansion vessel f Instruction sheet g Expansion vessel of 18 l 3/4" Male BSP NOTICE All piping MUST be installed according to section G3 of the Building Regulations. 4.5 Checklist for the required DHW accessories For installation compliant with section G3 of the Building Regulations, you must verify that the following accessories are present. Delivered with indoor unit: Tundish 15 mm inlet, 22 mm outlet EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 27 4 | About the box Delivered with domestic hot water tank kit: Pressure reducing valve/pressure relief valve combination Adaptor 22 mm×3/4" Female BSP T-piece 22 mm×22 mm×22 mm Tundish 15 mm inlet, 22 mm outlet Wall mounting set for expansion vessel Instruction sheet Expansion vessel of 18 l 3/4" Male BSP Installer reference guide 28 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 5 | About the units and options 5 About the units and options INFORMATION This unit is a heating only model. Therefore, all references to cooling in this document are NOT applicable. In this chapter 5.1 Overview: About the units and options ................................................................................................................................. 29 5.2 Identification........................................................................................................................................................................... 29 5.2.1 Identification label: Outdoor unit .......................................................................................................................... 29 5.2.2 Identification label: Indoor unit ............................................................................................................................. 30 5.3 Combining units and options.................................................................................................................................................. 30 5.3.1 Possible combinations of indoor unit and outdoor unit ....................................................................................... 30 5.3.2 Possible options for the outdoor unit.................................................................................................................... 30 5.3.3 Possible options for the indoor unit ...................................................................................................................... 31 5.1 Overview: About the units and options This chapter contains information about: 5.2 Identification 5.2.1 Identification label: Outdoor unit Location Model identification Example: EP R A 08 EA V3 Code EP Explanation European hydro-split outdoor pair heat pump R High water temperature ambient zone 2 (see operation range) A Refrigerant R32 08 Capacity class EA Model series V3 Power supply EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 29 5 | About the units and options 5.2.2 Identification label: Indoor unit Location Model identification Example: E TV H 12 S U 23 EA 6V Code E European model Description TV Floor-standing hydro-split unit with integrated tank H H=Heating only X=Heating/cooling 12 Capacity class S Integrated tank material: Stainless steel U UK model 23 Integrated tank volume EA Model series 6V Backup heater model 5.3 Combining units and options INFORMATION Certain options may NOT be available in your country. 5.3.1 Possible combinations of indoor unit and outdoor unit Indoor unit ETVH/X12 EPRA08 O Outdoor unit EPRA10 O EPRA12 O 5.3.2 Possible options for the outdoor unit Mounting stand (EKMST1, EKMST2) In colder regions where heavy snowfall can occur, it is recommended to install the outdoor unit on a mounting frame. Use one of the following models: EKMST1 with flange feet: to install the outdoor unit on a concrete foundation where drilling is allowed. EKMST2 with rubber feet: to install the outdoor unit on foundations where drilling is not allowed or possible, such as flat roofs or pavements. For installation instructions, see the installation manual of the mounting stand. Installer reference guide 30 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 5 | About the units and options 5.3.3 Possible options for the indoor unit Multi-zoning wired controls You can connect the following multi-zoning wired controls: Multi-zoning base unit 230 V (EKWUFHTA1V3) Digital thermostat 230 V (EKWCTRDI1V3) Analogue thermostat 230 V (EKWCTRAN1V3) Actuator 230 V (EKWCVATR1V3) For installation instructions, see the installation manual of the control, and the addendum book for optional equipment. Room thermostat (EKRTWA, EKRTR1) You can connect an optional room thermostat to the indoor unit. This thermostat can either be wired (EKRTWA) or wireless (EKRTR1). For installation instructions, see the installation manual of the room thermostat and addendum book for optional equipment. Remote sensor for wireless thermostat (EKRTETS) You can use the remote indoor temperature sensor (EKRTETS) only in combination with the wireless thermostat (EKRTR1). For installation instructions, see the installation manual of the room thermostat and the addendum book for optional equipment. Digital I/O PCB (EKRP1HBAA) The digital I/O PCB is required to provide following signals: Alarm output Space heating/cooling On/OFF output Changeover to external heat source For installation instructions, see the installation manual of the digital I/O PCB and addendum book for optional equipment. Demand PCB (EKRP1AHTA) To enable the power saving consumption control by digital inputs you MUST install the demand PCB. For installation instructions, see the installation manual of the demand PCB and addendum book for optional equipment. Remote indoor sensor (KRCS01-1) By default the internal sensor of the dedicated Human Comfort Interface (BRC1HHDA used as room thermostat) will be used as room temperature sensor. As an option the remote indoor sensor can be installed to measure the room temperature on another location. For installation instructions, see the installation manual of the remote indoor sensor and addendum book for optional equipment. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 31 5 | About the units and options INFORMATION The remote indoor sensor can only be used in case the user interface is configured with room thermostat functionality. You can only connect either the remote indoor sensor or the remote outdoor sensor. Remote outdoor sensor (EKRSCA1) By default the sensor inside the outdoor unit will be used to measure the outdoor temperature. As an option the remote outdoor sensor can be installed to measure the outdoor temperature on another location (e.g. to avoid direct sunlight) to have an improved system behaviour. For installation instructions, see the installation manual of the remote outdoor sensor and the addendum book for optional equipment. INFORMATION You can only connect either the remote indoor sensor or the remote outdoor sensor. PC cable (EKPCCAB4) The PC cable makes a connection between the switch box of the indoor unit and a PC. It gives the possibility to update the software of the indoor unit. For installation instructions, see the installation manual of the PC cable. Heat pump convector (FWX*) For providing space heating/cooling, it is possible to use the following heat pump convectors: FWXV: floor-standing model FWXT: wall-mounted model FWXM: concealed model For installation instructions, see: The installation manual of the heat pump convector The installation manual of the heat pump convector options The addendum book for optional equipment WLAN module (BRP069A71) A WLAN cartridge (to be plugged into the MMI) is delivered as indoor unit accessory. Alternatively (e.g. in case of weak signal strength), you can install the optional wireless LAN module BRP069A71. For installation instructions, see the installation manual of the WLAN module and the addendum book for optional equipment. Universal centralised controller (EKCC8-W) Controller for cascade control. Bizone kit (EKMIKPOA or EKMIKPHA) You can install an optional bizone kit. For installation instructions, see the installation manual of the bizone kit. See also: Installer reference guide 32 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 5 | About the units and options "6.2.3 Multiple rooms Two LWT zones" [444] "Bizone kit" [4218] Human Comfort Interface (BRC1HHDA) used as room thermostat The Human Comfort Interface (HCI) used as room thermostat can only be used in combination with the user interface connected to the indoor unit. The Human Comfort Interface (HCI) used as room thermostat needs to be installed in the room that you want to control. For installation instructions, see the installation and operation manual of the Human Comfort Interface (HCI) as room thermostat, and the addendum book for optional equipment. Smart grid relay kit (EKRELSG) The installation of the optional Smart grid relay kit is required in case of high voltage Smart grid contacts (EKRELSG). For installation instructions, see "9.3.11 To connect a Smart Grid" [4129]. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 33 6 | Application guidelines 6 Application guidelines INFORMATION This unit is a heating only model. Therefore, all references to cooling in this document are NOT applicable. In this chapter 6.1 Overview: Application guidelines ........................................................................................................................................... 34 6.2 Setting up the space heating/cooling system ........................................................................................................................ 35 6.2.1 Single room............................................................................................................................................................. 36 6.2.2 Multiple rooms One LWT zone ........................................................................................................................... 40 6.2.3 Multiple rooms Two LWT zones ......................................................................................................................... 44 6.3 Setting up an auxiliary heat source for space heating........................................................................................................... 49 6.4 Setting up the domestic hot water tank ................................................................................................................................ 52 6.4.1 System layout Integrated DHW tank .................................................................................................................. 52 6.4.2 Selecting the volume and desired temperature for the DHW tank...................................................................... 52 6.4.3 Setup and configuration DHW tank .................................................................................................................... 53 6.4.4 DHW pump for instant hot water .......................................................................................................................... 54 6.4.5 DHW pump for disinfection ................................................................................................................................... 54 6.5 Setting up the energy metering ............................................................................................................................................. 55 6.5.1 Produced heat ........................................................................................................................................................ 55 6.5.2 Consumed energy .................................................................................................................................................. 56 6.5.3 Normal kWh rate power supply............................................................................................................................. 56 6.5.4 Preferential kWh rate power supply...................................................................................................................... 58 6.6 Setting up the power consumption control........................................................................................................................... 58 6.6.1 Permanent power limitation.................................................................................................................................. 59 6.6.2 Power limitation activated by digital inputs .......................................................................................................... 60 6.6.3 Power limitation process ....................................................................................................................................... 61 6.6.4 BBR16 power limitation ......................................................................................................................................... 62 6.7 Setting up an external temperature sensor........................................................................................................................... 62 6.1 Overview: Application guidelines The purpose of the application guidelines is to give a glance of the possibilities of the heat pump system. NOTICE The illustrations in the application guidelines are meant for reference only, and are NOT to be used as detailed hydraulic diagrams. The detailed hydraulic dimensioning and balancing are NOT shown, and are the responsibility of the installer. For more information about the configuration settings to optimize heat pump operation, see "10 Configuration" 4[ 134]. This chapter contains application guidelines for: Setting up the space heating/cooling system Setting up an auxiliary heat source for space heating Setting up the domestic hot water tank Setting up the energy metering Setting up the power consumption control Setting up an external temperature sensor Installer reference guide 34 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 6 | Application guidelines NOTICE Certain types of fan coil units in this document referred to as "heat pump convectors", are able to receive input of the indoor unit operation mode (cooling or heating X2M/3 and X2M/4) and/or to send output of the heat pump convector thermostatic condition (main zone: X2M/30 and X2M/35; additional zone: X2M/30 and X2M/35a). The application guidelines illustrate the possibility of receiving or sending digital input/output. This functionality can only be used in case the heat pump convector has such features and the signals meet following requirements: Output of indoor unit (input to heat pump convector): cooling/heating signal=230 V (cooling=230 V, heating=0 V). Input to indoor unit (output of heat pump convector): thermostat ON/OFF signal=voltage-free contact (closed contact=thermo ON, open contact=thermo OFF). 6.2 Setting up the space heating/cooling system The heat pump system supplies leaving water to heat emitters in one or more rooms. Because the system offers a wide flexibility to control the temperature in each room, you need to answer the following questions first: How many rooms are heated or cooled by the heat pump system? Which heat emitter types are used in each room and what is their design leaving water temperature? Once the space heating/cooling requirements are clear, we recommend to follow the setup guidelines below. NOTICE If an external room thermostat is used, the external room thermostat will control the room frost protection. However, the room frost protection is only possible if [C.2] Space heating/cooling=On. INFORMATION In case an external room thermostat is used and room frost protection needs to be guaranteed in all conditions, then you have to set Emergency [9.5.1] to Automatic. NOTICE An overpressure bypass valve can be integrated in the system. Keep in mind that this valve might not be shown on the illustrations. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 35 6 | Application guidelines 6.2.1 Single room Underfloor heating or radiators Wired room thermostat Setup B A a A Main leaving water temperature zone B One single room a Dedicated Human Comfort Interface (BRC1HHDA used as room thermostat) For more information about connecting the electrical wiring to the unit, see: - "9.2 Connections to the outdoor unit" [4105] - "9.3 Connections to the indoor unit" [4113] The underfloor heating or radiators are directly connected to the indoor unit. The room temperature is controlled by the dedicated Human Comfort Interface (BRC1HHDA used as room thermostat). Configuration Setting Unit temperature control: #: [2.9] Code: [C-07] Number of water temperature zones: #: [4.4] Code: [7-02] Value 2 (Room thermostat): Unit operation is decided based on the ambient temperature of the dedicated Human Comfort Interface. 0 (Single zone): Main Benefits Highest comfort and efficiency. The smart room thermostat functionality can decrease or increase the desired leaving water temperature based on the actual room temperature (modulation). This results in: - Stable room temperature matching the desired temperature (higher comfort) - Less ON/OFF cycles (more quiet, higher comfort and higher efficiency) - Lowest possible leaving water temperature (higher efficiency) Easy. You can easily set the desired room temperature via the user interface: - For your daily needs, you can use preset values and schedules. - To deviate from your daily needs, you can temporarily overrule the preset values and schedules, or use the holiday mode. Installer reference guide 36 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Underfloor heating or radiators Wireless room thermostat Setup 6 | Application guidelines B A a b A Main leaving water temperature zone B One single room a Receiver for wireless external room thermostat b Wireless external room thermostat For more information about connecting the electrical wiring to the unit, see: - "9.2 Connections to the outdoor unit" [4105] - "9.3 Connections to the indoor unit" [4113] The underfloor heating or radiators are directly connected to the indoor unit. The room temperature is controlled by the wireless external room thermostat (optional equipment EKRTR1). Configuration Setting Unit temperature control: #: [2.9] Code: [C-07] Number of water temperature zones: #: [4.4] Code: [7-02] External room thermostat for the main zone: #: [2.A] Code: [C-05] Value 1 (External room thermostat): Unit operation is decided by the external thermostat. 0 (Single zone): Main 1 (1 contact): When the used external room thermostat or heat pump convector can only send a thermo ON/ OFF condition. No separation between heating or cooling demand. Benefits Wireless. The Daikin external room thermostat is available in a wireless version. Efficiency. Although the external room thermostat only sends ON/OFF signals, it is specifically designed for the heat pump system. Comfort. In case of underfloor heating, the wireless external room thermostat prevents condensation on the floor during cooling operation by measuring the room humidity. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 37 6 | Application guidelines Heat pump convectors Setup B A a Installer reference guide 38 A Main leaving water temperature zone B One single room a Heat pump convectors (+ controllers) For more information about connecting the electrical wiring to the unit, see: - "9.2 Connections to the outdoor unit" [4105] - "9.3 Connections to the indoor unit" [4113] The heat pump convectors are directly connected to the indoor unit. The desired room temperature is set via the controller of the heat pump convectors. There are different controllers and setups possible for the heat pump convectors. For more information, see: - The installation manual of the heat pump convectors - The installation manual of the heat pump convector options - The addendum book for optional equipment The space heating/cooling demand signal is sent to one digital input on the indoor unit (X2M/35 and X2M/30). The space operation mode is sent to the heat pump convectors by one digital output on the indoor unit (X2M/4 and X2M/3). Configuration Setting Unit temperature control: #: [2.9] Code: [C-07] Number of water temperature zones: #: [4.4] Code: [7-02] External room thermostat for the main zone: #: [2.A] Code: [C-05] Value 1 (External room thermostat): Unit operation is decided by the external thermostat. 0 (Single zone): Main 1 (1 contact): When the used external room thermostat or heat pump convector can only send a thermo ON/ OFF condition. No separation between heating or cooling demand. Benefits Cooling. The heat pump convector offers, besides heating capacity, also excellent cooling capacity. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 6 | Application guidelines Efficiency. Optimal energy efficiency because of the interlink function. Stylish. Combination: Underfloor heating + Heat pump convectors Space heating is provided by: - The underfloor heating - The heat pump convectors Space cooling is provided by the heat pump convectors only. The underfloor heating is shut off by the shut-off valve. Setup B A M1 a A Main leaving water temperature zone B One single room a Heat pump convectors (+ controllers) For more information about connecting the electrical wiring to the unit, see: - "9.2 Connections to the outdoor unit" [4105] - "9.3 Connections to the indoor unit" [4113] The heat pump convectors are directly connected to the indoor unit. A shut-off valve (field supply) is installed before the underfloor heating to prevent condensation on the floor during cooling operation. The desired room temperature is set via the controller of the heat pump convectors. There are different controllers and setups possible for the heat pump convectors. For more information, see: - The installation manual of the heat pump convectors - The installation manual of the heat pump convector options - The addendum book for optional equipment The space heating/cooling demand signal is sent to one digital input on the indoor unit (X2M/35 and X2M/30). The space operation mode is sent by one digital output (X2M/4 and X2M/3) on the indoor unit to: - The heat pump convectors - The shut-off valve EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 39 6 | Application guidelines Configuration Setting Unit temperature control: #: [2.9] Code: [C-07] Number of water temperature zones: #: [4.4] Code: [7-02] External room thermostat for the main zone: #: [2.A] Code: [C-05] Value 1 (External room thermostat): Unit operation is decided by the external thermostat. 0 (Single zone): Main 1 (1 contact): When the used external room thermostat or heat pump convector can only send a thermo ON/ OFF condition. No separation between heating or cooling demand. Benefits Cooling. Heat pump convectors provide, besides heating capacity, also excellent cooling capacity. Efficiency. Underfloor heating has the best performance with the heat pump system. Comfort. The combination of the two heat emitter types provides: - The excellent heating comfort of the underfloor heating - The excellent cooling comfort of the heat pump convectors 6.2.2 Multiple rooms One LWT zone If only one leaving water temperature zone is needed because the design leaving water temperature of all heat emitters is the same, you do NOT need a mixing valve station (cost effective). Example: If the heat pump system is used to heat up one floor where all the rooms have the same heat emitters. Underfloor heating or radiators Thermostatic valves If you are heating up rooms with underfloor heating or radiators, a very common way is to control the temperature of the main room by using a thermostat (this can either be the dedicated Human Comfort Interface (BRC1HHDA) or an external room thermostat), while the other rooms are controlled by so-called thermostatic valves, which open or close depending on the room temperature. Setup B C A T Installer reference guide 40 a EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 6 | Application guidelines A Main leaving water temperature zone B Room 1 C Room 2 a Dedicated Human Comfort Interface (BRC1HHDA used as room thermostat) For more information about connecting the electrical wiring to the unit, see: - "9.2 Connections to the outdoor unit" [4105] - "9.3 Connections to the indoor unit" [4113] The underfloor heating of the main room is directly connected to the indoor unit. The room temperature of the main room is controlled by the dedicated Human Comfort Interface (BRC1HHDA used as room thermostat). A thermostatic valve is installed before the underfloor heating in each of the other rooms. INFORMATION Mind situations where the main room can be heated by another heating source. Example: Fireplaces. Configuration Setting Unit temperature control: #: [2.9] Code: [C-07] Number of water temperature zones: #: [4.4] Code: [7-02] Value 2 (Room thermostat): Unit operation is decided based on the ambient temperature of the dedicated Human Comfort Interface. 0 (Single zone): Main Benefits Easy. Same installation as for one room, but with thermostatic valves. Underfloor heating or radiators Multiple external room thermostats Setup B A C b M1 M2 a a A Main leaving water temperature zone B Room 1 C Room 2 a External room thermostat b Bypass valve For more information about connecting the electrical wiring to the unit, see: - "9.2 Connections to the outdoor unit" [4105] - "9.3 Connections to the indoor unit" [4113] EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 41 6 | Application guidelines For each room, a shut-off valve (field supplied) is installed to avoid leaving water supply when there is no heating or cooling demand. A bypass valve must be installed to make water recirculation possible when all shut-off valves are closed. To guarantee reliable operation, provide a minimum water flow as described in table "To check the water volume and flow rate" in "8.1 Preparing water piping" [482]. The user interface integrated in the indoor unit decides the space operation mode. Mind that the operation mode on each room thermostat must be set to match the indoor unit. The room thermostats are connected to the shut-off valves, but do NOT have to be connected to the indoor unit. The indoor unit will supply leaving water all the time, with the possibility to program a leaving water schedule. Configuration Setting Unit temperature control: #: [2.9] Code: [C-07] Number of water temperature zones: #: [4.4] Code: [7-02] Value 0 (Leaving water): Unit operation is decided based on the leaving water temperature. 0 (Single zone): Main Benefits Compared with underfloor heating or radiators for one room: Comfort. You can set the desired room temperature, including schedules, for each room via the room thermostats. Heat pump convectors Multiple rooms Setup B C A a a Installer reference guide 42 A Main leaving water temperature zone B Room 1 C Room 2 a Heat pump convectors (+ controllers) For more information about connecting the electrical wiring to the unit, see: - "9.2 Connections to the outdoor unit" [4105] - "9.3 Connections to the indoor unit" [4113] EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 6 | Application guidelines The desired room temperature is set via the controller of the heat pump convectors. There are different controllers and setups possible for the heat pump convectors. For more information, see: - The installation manual of the heat pump convectors - The installation manual of the heat pump convector options - The addendum book for optional equipment The user interface integrated in the indoor unit decides the space operation mode. The heating or cooling demand signals of each heat pump convector are connected in parallel to the digital input on the indoor unit (X2M/35 and X2M/30). The indoor unit will only supply leaving water temperature when there is an actual demand. INFORMATION To increase comfort and performance, we recommend to install the valve kit option EKVKHPC on each heat pump convector. Configuration Setting Unit temperature control: #: [2.9] Code: [C-07] Number of water temperature zones: #: [4.4] Code: [7-02] Value 1 (External room thermostat): Unit operation is decided by the external thermostat. 0 (Single zone): Main Benefits Compared with heat pump convectors for one room: Comfort. You can set the desired room temperature, including schedules, for each room via the remote controller of the heat pump convectors. Combination: Underfloor heating + Heat pump convectors Multiple rooms Setup B C A M1 M1 b a EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 A Main leaving water temperature zone B Room 1 C Room 2 a External room thermostat b Heat pump convectors (+ controllers) Installer reference guide 43 6 | Application guidelines For more information about connecting the electrical wiring to the unit, see: - "9.2 Connections to the outdoor unit" [4105] - "9.3 Connections to the indoor unit" [4113] For each room with heat pump convectors: The heat pump convectors are directly connected to the indoor unit. For each room with underfloor heating: Two shut-off valves (field supply) are installed before the underfloor heating: - A shut-off valve to prevent hot water supply when the room has no heating demand - A shut-off valve to prevent condensation on the floor during cooling operation of the rooms with heat pump convectors. For each room with heat pump convectors: The desired room temperature is set via the controller of the heat pump convectors. There are different controllers and setups possible for the heat pump convectors. For more information, see: - The installation manual of the heat pump convectors - The installation manual of the heat pump convector options - The addendum book for optional equipment For each room with underfloor heating: The desired room temperature is set via the external room thermostat (wired or wireless). The user interface integrated in the indoor unit decides the space operation mode. Mind that the operation mode on each external room thermostat and controller of the heat pump convectors must be set to match the indoor unit. INFORMATION To increase comfort and performance, we recommend to install the valve kit option EKVKHPC on each heat pump convector. Configuration Setting Unit temperature control: #: [2.9] Code: [C-07] Number of water temperature zones: #: [4.4] Code: [7-02] Value 0 (Leaving water): Unit operation is decided based on the leaving water temperature. 0 (Single zone): Main 6.2.3 Multiple rooms Two LWT zones If the heat emitters selected for each room are designed for different leaving water temperatures, you can use different leaving water temperature zones (maximum 2). In this document: Main zone = Zone with the lowest design temperature in heating, and the highest design temperature in cooling Additional zone = Zone with the highest design temperature in heating, and the lowest design temperature in cooling Installer reference guide 44 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 6 | Application guidelines CAUTION If there is more than one leaving water zone, ALWAYS install a mixing valve station in the main zone to decrease (in heating)/increase (in cooling) the leaving water temperature when the additional zone has demand. Typical example: Room (zone) Living room (main zone) Heat emitters: Design temperature Underfloor heating: In heating: 35°C In cooling(a): 20°C (only refreshment, no real cooling allowed) Bed rooms (additional zone) Heat pump convectors: In heating: 45°C In cooling: 12°C (a) In cooling mode, you can allow the underfloor heating (main zone) to provide refreshment (no real cooling), or NOT allow it. See setup below. Setup Three bizone kit system variations are possible: 1 System without hydraulic separator: B C A a a D E b f g e d c 2 System with hydraulic separator for main zone: EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 45 6 | Application guidelines B C A a a D E b f g dh e c 3 System with hydraulic separator for both zones: For this system, a direct pump is required for the additional zone. B C A h i a a D E b f g e d c A Additional leaving water temperature zone B Room 1 C Room 2 D Main leaving water temperature zone E Room 3 a Heat pump convectors (+ controllers) b Dedicated Human Comfort Interface (BRC1HHDA used as room thermostat) c Mixing valve station d Pressure regulating valve (field supply) e Safety thermostat (field supply) f Bizone kit control box (EKMIKPOA) g Bypass valve h Hydraulic separator (balancing bottle) i Direct pump (for additional zone) (e.g. unmixed pump group EKMIKHUA) INFORMATION A pressure regulating valve should be implemented before the mixing valve station. This is to guarantee the correct water flow balance between the main leaving water temperature zone and the additional leaving water temperature zone in relation to the required capacity of both water temperature zones. Installer reference guide 46 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 6 | Application guidelines A bypass valve must be installed to make water recirculation possible when all shut-off valves are closed. To guarantee reliable operation, provide a minimum water flow as described in table "To check the water volume and flow rate" in "8.1 Preparing water piping" [482]. For the main zone: - The mixing valve station (including pump + mixing valve) is installed before the underfloor heating. - The mixing valve station is controlled by the bizone kit controller (EKMIKPOA) based on the heating request of the room. - The room temperature is controlled by the dedicated Human Comfort Interface (BRC1HHDA used as room thermostat). - Ensure water circulation is possible in main zone when shut-off valves are closed - In cooling mode, you can allow the underfloor heating (main zone) to provide refreshment (no real cooling), or NOT allow it. If allowed: Do NOT install a shut-off valve. Set [F-0C]=0 to activate the setpoint screen of [2] Main zone and [1] Room. Set the leaving water temperature of the main zone NOT too low (typically: 20°C) If NOT allowed, install a shut-off valve (field supply) and connect it to X2M/21 and X2M/28 for a normally open valve or X2M/21 and X2M/29 for a normally closed valve. For the additional zone: - The heat pump convectors are directly connected to the indoor unit. - The desired room temperature is set via the controller of the heat pump convectors. There are different controllers and setups possible for the heat pump convectors. For more information, see: The installation manual of the heat pump convectors The installation manual of the heat pump convector options The addendum book for optional equipment - The heating or cooling demand signals of each heat pump convector are connected in parallel to the digital input on the indoor unit (X2M/35a and X2M/30). The indoor unit will only supply the desired additional leaving water temperature when there is an actual demand. The user interface integrated in the indoor unit decides the space operation mode. Mind that the operation mode on each controller of the heat pump convectors must be set to match the indoor unit. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 47 6 | Application guidelines Configuration Setting Unit temperature control: #: [2.9] Code: [C07] Value 2 (Room thermostat): Unit operation is decided based on the ambient temperature of the dedicated Human Comfort Interface. Number of water temperature zones: #: [4.4] Code: [702] In case of heat pump convectors: External room thermostat for the additional zone: #: [3.A] Code: [C06] Bizone kit installed: #: [9.P.1] Code: [E0B] Bizone system type: #: [9.P.2] Code: [E0C] Shut-off valve output Shut-off valve Note: Main room = dedicated Human Comfort Interface used as room thermostat functionality Other rooms = external room thermostat functionality 1 (Dual zone): Main + additional 1 (1 contact): When the used external room thermostat or heat pump convector can only send a thermo ON/ OFF condition. No separation between heating or cooling demand. 2 (Yes): A bizone kit is installed in order to add an additional temperature zone. 0 (Without hydraulic separator / no direct pump) 1 (With hydraulic separator / no direct pump) 2 (With hydraulic separator / with direct pump) (See 3 system variations described above) Set to follow the thermo demand of the main zone. If the main zone must be shut off during cooling mode to prevent condensation on the floor, set it accordingly. See "Bizone kit" [4218] for more information on configuration of the bizone kit. Benefits Comfort. - The smart room thermostat functionality can decrease or increase the desired leaving water temperature based on the actual room temperature (modulation). - The combination of the two heat emitter systems provides the excellent heating comfort of the underfloor heating, and the excellent cooling comfort of the heat pump convectors. Installer reference guide 48 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 6 | Application guidelines Efficiency. - Depending on the demand, the indoor unit supplies different leaving water temperature matching the design temperature of the different heat emitters. - Underfloor heating has the best performance with the heat pump system. 6.3 Setting up an auxiliary heat source for space heating INFORMATION Bivalent is only possible in case of 1 leaving water temperature zone with: room thermostat control, OR external room thermostat control. Space heating can be done by: - The indoor unit - An auxiliary boiler (field supply) connected to the system When there is a heating request, the indoor unit or the auxiliary boiler starts operating. Which of these units operates, depends on the outdoor temperature (status of the changeover to external heat source). When the permission is given to the auxiliary boiler, the space heating by the indoor unit is turned OFF. Domestic hot water is always produced by the DHW tank connected to the indoor unit. Bivalent operation is only possible if space heating is turned ON. INFORMATION During heating operation of the heat pump, the heat pump operates to achieve the desired temperature set via the user interface. When weather-dependent operation is active, the water temperature is determined automatically depending on the outdoor temperature. During heating operation of the auxiliary boiler, the auxiliary boiler operates to achieve the desired water temperature set via the auxiliary boiler controller. Setup Integrate the auxiliary boiler as follows: B b b c d c A e EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 A Main leaving water temperature zone B One single room a Installer reference guide 49 6 | Application guidelines a Dedicated Human Comfort Interface (BRC1HHDA used as room thermostat) b Non-return valve (field supply) c Shut-off valve (field supply) d Auxiliary boiler (field supply) e Aquastat valve (field supply) NOTICE Make sure the auxiliary boiler and its integration in the system complies with applicable legislation. Daikin is NOT responsible for incorrect or unsafe situations in the auxiliary boiler system. Make sure the return water to the heat pump does NOT exceed 60°C. To do so: - Set the desired water temperature via the auxiliary boiler controller to maximum 60°C. - Install an aquastat valve in the return water flow of the heat pump. Set the aquastat valve to close above 60°C and to open below 60°C. Install non-return valves. An expansion vessel is already pre-mounted in the indoor unit. But for bivalent operation, also make sure that there is an expansion vessel in the auxiliary boiler loop. Otherwise when bivalent operation is running and if the Aquastat valve would close, there would be no expansion vessel in the water circuit anymore. Install the digital I/O PCB (option EKRP1HBAA). Connect X1 and X2 (changeover to external heat source) on the digital I/O PCB to the auxiliary boiler. See "9.3.8 To connect the changeover to external heat source" [4126]. To setup the heat emitters, see "6.2 Setting up the space heating/cooling system" [435]. Configuration Via the user interface (configuration wizard): Set the use of a bivalent system as external heat source. Set the bivalent temperature and hysteresis. Set the operation mode to space heating only (no tank operation). Changeover to external heat source decided by an auxiliary contact Only possible in external room thermostat control AND one leaving water temperature zone (see "6.2 Setting up the space heating/cooling system" [435]). The auxiliary contact can be: - An outdoor temperature thermostat - An electricity tariff contact - A manually operated contact -... Setup: Connect the following field wiring: Installer reference guide 50 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 6 | Application guidelines L H Com Indoor/Auto/Boiler A Indoor X2M 35 30 BTI XY K1A K2A N K1A K2A BTI A H K1A K2A Indoor Auto Boiler Boiler thermostat input Auxiliary contact (normally closed) Heating demand room thermostat (optional) Auxiliary relay for activation of indoor unit (field supply) Auxiliary relay for activation of boiler (field supply) Indoor unit Automatic Boiler NOTICE Make sure the auxiliary contact has enough differential or time delay to prevent frequent changeover between indoor unit and auxiliary boiler. If the auxiliary contact is an outdoor temperature thermostat, install the thermostat in the shadow so that it is NOT influenced or turned ON/OFF by direct sunlight. Frequent changeover may cause corrosion of the auxiliary boiler. Contact the manufacturer of the auxiliary boiler for more information. Setpoint of the auxiliary gas boiler To prevent freeze-up of the water piping, the auxiliary gas boiler must have a fixed setpoint 55°C, or a weather-dependent setpoint Tmin. Tmin (°C) 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 5 Ta (°C) Ta Tmin Outdoor temperature Minimum weather-dependent setpoint for auxiliary gas boiler EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 51 6 | Application guidelines 6.4 Setting up the domestic hot water tank 6.4.1 System layout Integrated DHW tank a b A A Domestic hot water a Cold water IN b Hot water OUT 6.4.2 Selecting the volume and desired temperature for the DHW tank People experience water as hot when its temperature is 40°C. Therefore, the DHW consumption is always expressed as equivalent hot water volume at 40°C. However, you can set the DHW tank temperature at a higher temperature (example: 53°C), which is then mixed with cold water (example: 15°C). Selecting the volume and desired temperature for the DHW tank consists of: 1 Determining the DHW consumption (equivalent hot water volume at 40°C). 2 Determining the volume and desired temperature for the DHW tank. Determining the DHW consumption Answer the following questions and calculate the DHW consumption (equivalent hot water volume at 40°C) using typical water volumes: Question How many showers are needed per day? Typical water volume 1 shower = 10 min×10 l/min = 100 l How many baths are needed per day? 1 bath = 150 l How much water is needed at the kitchen sink per day? 1 sink = 2 min×5 l/min = 10 l Are there any other domestic hot water -- needs? Example: If the DHW consumption of a family (4 persons) per day is as follows: 3 showers 1 bath 3 sink volumes Then the DHW consumption = (3×100 l)+(1×150 l)+(3×10 l)=480 l Installer reference guide 52 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 6 | Application guidelines Determining the volume and desired temperature for the DHW tank Formula V1=V2+V2×(T2-40)/(40-T1) V2=V1×(40-T1)/(T2-T1) Example If: V2=180 l T2=54°C T1=15°C Then V1=280 l If: V1=480 l T2=54°C T1=15°C Then V2=307 l V1 V2 T2 T1 DHW consumption (equivalent hot water volume at 40°C) Required DHW tank volume if only heated once DHW tank temperature Cold water temperature Possible DHW tank volumes Type Integrated DHW tank 180 l 230 l Possible volumes Energy saving tips If the DHW consumption differs from day to day, you can program a weekly schedule with different desired DHW tank temperatures for each day. The lower the desired DHW tank temperature, the more cost effective. By selecting a larger DHW tank, you can lower the desired DHW tank temperature. The heat pump itself can produce domestic hot water of maximum 55°C (50°C if outdoor temperature is low). The electrical resistance integrated in the heat pump can increase this temperature. However, this consumes more energy. We recommend to set the desired DHW tank temperature below 55°C to avoid using the electrical resistance. The higher the outdoor temperature, the better the performance of the heat pump. - If energy prices are the same during the day and the night, we recommend to heat up the DHW tank during the day. - If energy prices are lower during the night, we recommend to heat up the DHW tank during the night. When the heat pump produces domestic hot water, it cannot heat up a space. In case you need domestic hot water and space heating at the same, we recommend to produce the domestic hot water during the night when there is lower space heating demand. 6.4.3 Setup and configuration DHW tank For large DHW consumptions, you can heat up the DHW tank several times during the day. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 53 6 | Application guidelines To heat up the DHW tank to the desired DHW tank temperature, you can use the following energy sources: - Thermodynamic cycle of the heat pump - Electrical backup heater For more information about optimizing the energy consumption for producing domestic hot water, see "10 Configuration" [4134]. 6.4.4 DHW pump for instant hot water Setup a b d c a Cold water IN b Hot water OUT (shower (field supply)) c DHW pump (field supply) d Recirculation connection By connecting a DHW pump, instant hot water can be available at the tap. The DHW pump and the installation are field supply and the responsibility of the installer. For the electrical wiring, see "9.3.5 To connect the domestic hot water pump" [4123]. For more information about connecting the recirculation connection, see "8.2.5 To connect the recirculation piping" [496]. Configuration For more information, see "10 Configuration" [4134]. You can program a schedule to control the DHW pump via the user interface. For more information, see the user reference guide. 6.4.5 DHW pump for disinfection Setup b c a d e Installer reference guide 54 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 6 | Application guidelines a Cold water IN b Hot water OUT (shower (field supply)) c DHW pump (field supply) d Heater element (field supply) e Nonreturn valve (field supply) The DHW pump is field-supplied and its installation is the responsibility of the installer. For the electrical wiring, see "9.3.5 To connect the domestic hot water pump" [4123]. If the applicable legislation requires a higher temperature than the maximum tank setpoint during disinfection (see [2-03] in the field settings table), you can connect a DHW pump and heater element as shown above. If applicable legislation requires disinfection of the water piping until the tapping point, you can connect a DHW pump and heater element (if needed) as shown above. Configuration The indoor unit can control DHW pump operation. For more information, see "10 Configuration" [4134]. 6.5 Setting up the energy metering Via the user interface, you can read out the following energy data: - Produced heat - Consumed energy You can read out the energy data: - For space heating - For space cooling - For domestic hot water production You can read out the energy data: - Per month - Per year INFORMATION The calculated produced heat and consumed energy are an estimation, the accuracy cannot be guaranteed. 6.5.1 Produced heat INFORMATION The sensors used to calculate the produced heat are calibrated automatically. INFORMATION If glycol is present in the system ([E0D]=1]), then the produced heat will NOT be calculated, nor will it be displayed on the user interface. The produced heat is calculated internally based on: - The leaving and entering water temperature - The flow rate EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 55 6 | Application guidelines Setup and configuration: No additional equipment needed. 6.5.2 Consumed energy You can use the following methods to determine the consumed energy: Calculating Measuring INFORMATION You cannot combine calculating the consumed energy (example: for backup heater) and measuring the consumed energy (example: for outdoor unit). If you do so, the energy data will be invalid. Calculating the consumed energy The consumed energy is calculated internally based on: - The actual power input of the outdoor unit - The set capacity of the backup heater - The voltage Setup and configuration: To get accurate energy data, measure the capacity (resistance measurement) and set the capacity via the user interface for the backup heater (step 1). Measuring the consumed energy Preferred method because of higher accuracy. Requires external power meters. Setup and configuration: When using electrical power meters, set the number of pulses/kWh for each power meter via the user interface. INFORMATION When measuring the electrical power consumption, make sure ALL power input of the system is covered by the electrical power meters. 6.5.3 Normal kWh rate power supply General rule One power meter that covers the entire system is sufficient. Setup Connect the power meter to X5M/5 and X5M/6. See "9.3.4 To connect the electricity meters" [4122]. Power meter type In case of... Use a... power meter Single-phase outdoor unit Single-phase Backup heater supplied from a single- (*3V, *6V (6V): 1N~ 230 V) phase grid (i.e. the backup heater model is *3V or *6V connected to a single-phase grid) Installer reference guide 56 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 6 | Application guidelines In case of... Use a... power meter Three-phase outdoor unit Three-phase Backup heater supplied from a three- (*6V (6T1): 3~ 230 V) phase model grid (i.e. is *9W or the *6V backup heater connected to a (*9W: 3N~ 400 V) three-phase grid) Example Single-phase power meter Three-phase power meter 00580 1 50 a 00580 1 50 a b c c b c cd d ef g A B C A Outdoor unit B Indoor unit C DHW tank a Electrical cabinet (L1/N) b Power meter (L1/N) c Fuse (L1/N) d Outdoor unit (L1/N) e Indoor unit (L1/N) f Backup heater (L1/N) g Booster heater (L1/N) e fg h A B C A Outdoor unit B Indoor unit C DHW tank a Electrical cabinet (L1/L2/L3/N) b Power meter (L1/L2/L3/N) c Fuse (L1/L2/L3/N) d Fuse (L1/N) e Outdoor unit (L1/L2/L3/N) f Indoor unit (L1/L2/L3/N) g Backup heater (L1/L2/L3/N) h Booster heater (L1/N) Exception You can use a second power meter if: - The power range of one meter is insufficient. - The electrical meter cannot easily be installed in the electrical cabinet. - 230 V and 400 V three-phase grids are combined (very uncommon), because of technical limitations of power meters. Connection and setup: - Connect the second power meter to X5M/3 and X5M/4. See "9.3.4 To connect the electricity meters" [4122]. - In the software the power consumption data of both meters is added so you do NOT have to set which meter covers which power consumption. You only need to set the number of pulses of each power meter. See "6.5.4 Preferential kWh rate power supply" [458] for an example with two power meters. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 57 6 | Application guidelines 6.5.4 Preferential kWh rate power supply General rule Power meter 1: Measures the outdoor unit. Power meter 2: Measures the rest (i.e. indoor unit and backup heater). Setup Connect power meter 1 to X5M/5 and X5M/6. Connect power meter 2 to X5M/3 and X5M/4. See "9.3.4 To connect the electricity meters" [4122]. Power meter types Power meter 1: Single- or three-phase power meter according to the power supply of the outdoor unit. Power meter 2: - In case of a single-phase backup heater configuration, use a single-phase power meter. - In other cases, use a three-phase power meter. Example Single-phase outdoor unit with a three-phase backup heater: 005801 50 a 005801 50 b c e ef d g hi A B A Outdoor unit B Indoor unit a b c d EEPPllooeewwcctteerrrriiccmmaalleeccttaaeebbrrii((nnLLee11//ttNL((2LL)/11L//3NL/2N)/:L)P3/rNef)e: rNeonrtmiaal lkkWWhhrarateteppoowweerrsusupppplyly e Fuse (L1/N) f Fuse (L1/L2/L3/N) g Outdoor unit (L1/N) h Indoor unit (L1/N) i Backup heater (L1/L2/L3/N) 6.6 Setting up the power consumption control You can use the following power consumption controls. For more information about the corresponding settings, see "Power consumption control" [4208]. Installer reference guide 58 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 6 | Application guidelines # Power consumption control 1 "6.6.1 Permanent power limitation" [459] Allows you to limit the power consumption of the entire heat pump system (sum of indoor unit and backup heater) with one permanent setting. Limitation of power in kW or current in A. 2 "6.6.2 Power limitation activated by digital inputs" [460] Allows you to limit the power consumption of the entire heat pump system (sum of indoor unit and backup heater) via 4 digital inputs. Limitation of power in kW or current in A. 3 "6.6.4 BBR16 power limitation" [462] Restriction: Only available in Swedish language. Allows you to comply with BBR16 regulations (Swedish energy regulations). Limitation of power in kW. Can be combined with the other kW power consumption controls. If you do so, the unit uses the most restrictive control. NOTICE It is possible to install a field fuse with lower than recommended rating over the heat pump. For this you must modify field setting [20E] according to the maximum allowed current over the heat pump. Note that field setting [20E] overrules all power consumption control settings. Power limiting the heat pump will reduce performance. NOTICE Set a minimum power consumption of ±3.6 kW to guarantee: Defrost operation. Otherwise, if defrosting is interrupted several times, the heat exchanger will freeze up. Space heating and DHW production by allowing the backup heater step 1. Anti-legionella operation. 6.6.1 Permanent power limitation Permanent power limitation is useful to assure a maximum power or current input of the system. In some countries, legislation limits the maximum power consumption for space heating and DHW production. Pi a DI b t Pi t Power input Time DI Digital input (power limitation level) a Power limitation active b Actual power input EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 59 6 | Application guidelines Setup and configuration No additional equipment needed. Set the power consumption control settings in [9.9] via the user interface (see "Power consumption control" [4208]): - Select continuous limitation mode - Select the type of limitation (power in kW or current in A) - Set the desired power limitation level 6.6.2 Power limitation activated by digital inputs Power limitation is also useful in combination with an energy management system. The power or current of the entire Daikin system is limited dynamically by digital inputs (maximum four steps). Each power limitation level is set via the user interface by limiting one of the following: Current (in A) Power input (in kW) The energy management system (field supply) decides the activation of a certain power limitation level. Example: To limit the maximum power of the entire house (lighting, domestic appliances, space heating...). C a 5 4 3 A8P 2 1 b A B A B C a b Pi DI1 Outdoor unit Indoor unit Energy management system Power limitation activation (4 digital inputs) Backup heater a DI3 b DI4 t Pi t Power input Time DI Digital inputs (power limitation levels) a Power limitation active b Actual power input Setup Demand PCB (option EKRP1AHTA) needed. Maximum four digital inputs are used to activate the corresponding power limitation level: - DI1 = strongest limitation (lowest energy consumption) - DI4 = weakest limitation (highest energy consumption) Installer reference guide 60 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 6 | Application guidelines Specification of the digital inputs: - DI1: S9S (limit 1) - DI2: S8S (limit 2) - DI3: S7S (limit 3) - DI4: S6S (limit 4) Refer to the wiring diagram for more information. Configuration Set the power consumption control settings in [9.9] via the user interface (for the description of all settings, see "Power consumption control" [4208]): - Select limitation by digital inputs. - Select the type of limitation (power in kW or current in A). - Set the desired power limitation level corresponding to each digital input. INFORMATION In case more than 1 digital input is closed (at the same time), the digital input priority is fixed: DI4 priority>...>DI1. 6.6.3 Power limitation process The outdoor unit has better efficiency than the electrical heater. Therefore, the electrical heater is limited and turned OFF first. The system limits power consumption in the following order: 1 Turns OFF the backup heater. 2 Limits the outdoor unit. 3 Turns OFF the outdoor unit. Example If the configuration is as follows: Power limitation level does NOT allow operation of backup heater (step 1). Then power consumption is limited as follows: Ph c b a Ce A B Ph Ce A Produced heat Consumed energy Outdoor unit B Backup heater a Limited outdoor unit operation b Full outdoor unit operation c Backup heater step 1 turned ON EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 61 6 | Application guidelines 6.6.4 BBR16 power limitation INFORMATION Restriction: BBR16 settings are only visible when the language of the user interface is set to Swedish. NOTICE 2 weeks to change. After you activated BBR16, you only have 2 weeks to change its settings (BBR16 activation and BBR16 power limit). After 2 weeks, the unit freezes these settings. Note: This is different from the permanent power limitation, which is always changeable. Use the BBR16 power limitation when you must comply with BBR16 regulations (Swedish energy regulations). You can combine the BBR16 power limitation with the other kW power consumption controls. If you do so, the unit uses the most restrictive control. Pi a BBR16 b t Pi t BBR16 a b Power input Time BBR16 limit level Power limitation active Actual power input Setup and configuration No additional equipment needed. Set the power consumption control settings in [9.9] via the user interface (see "Power consumption control" [4208]): - Activate BBR16 - Set the desired power limitation level 6.7 Setting up an external temperature sensor You can connect one external temperature sensor. It measures the indoor or outdoor ambient temperature. We recommend to use an external temperature sensor in the following cases: Installer reference guide 62 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 6 | Application guidelines Indoor ambient temperature In room thermostat control, the dedicated Human Comfort Interface (BRC1HHDA used as room thermostat) measures the indoor ambient temperature. Therefore, the Human Comfort Interface must be installed on a location: - Where the average temperature in the room can be detected - That is NOT exposed to direct sunlight - That is NOT near a heat source - That is NOT affected by outside air or air draught because of, for example, door opening/closing If this is NOT possible, we recommend to connect a remote indoor sensor (option KRCS01-1). Setup: For installation instructions, see the installation manual of the remote indoor sensor, and the addendum book for optional equipment. Configuration: Select room sensor [9.B]. Outdoor ambient temperature In the outdoor unit, the outdoor ambient temperature is measured. Therefore, the outdoor unit must be installed on a location: - At the north side of the house or at the side of the house where the most heat emitters are located - That is NOT exposed to direct sunlight If this is NOT possible, we recommend to connect a remote outdoor sensor (option EKRSCA1). Setup: For installation instructions, see the installation manual of the remote outdoor sensor, and the addendum book for optional equipment. Configuration: Select outdoor sensor [9.B]. When the power saving functionality of the outdoor unit is active (see "Power saving function" [4 216]), the outdoor unit is turned down to reduce standby energy losses. As a result, the outdoor ambient temperature is NOT read out. If the desired leaving water temperature is weather dependent, the full time outdoor temperature measurement is important. This is another reason to install the optional outdoor ambient temperature sensor. INFORMATION The external outdoor ambient sensor data (either averaged or instantaneous) is used in the weather-dependent control curves and in the automatic heating/cooling changeover logic. To protect the outdoor unit, the internal sensor of the outdoor unit is always used. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 63 7 | Unit installation 7 Unit installation INFORMATION This unit is a heating only model. Therefore, all references to cooling in this document are NOT applicable. In this chapter 7.1 Preparing the installation site ................................................................................................................................................ 64 7.1.1 Installation site requirements of the outdoor unit ............................................................................................... 64 7.1.2 Additional installation site requirements of the outdoor unit in cold climates ................................................... 66 7.1.3 Installation site requirements of the indoor unit .................................................................................................. 66 7.2 Opening and closing the units................................................................................................................................................ 68 7.2.1 About opening the units ........................................................................................................................................ 68 7.2.2 To open the outdoor unit ...................................................................................................................................... 68 7.2.3 To remove the transportation stay........................................................................................................................ 68 7.2.4 To close the outdoor unit....................................................................................................................................... 69 7.2.5 To open the indoor unit ......................................................................................................................................... 69 7.2.6 To lower the switch box on the indoor unit .......................................................................................................... 71 7.2.7 To close the indoor unit ......................................................................................................................................... 72 7.3 Mounting the outdoor unit .................................................................................................................................................... 72 7.3.1 About mounting the outdoor unit ......................................................................................................................... 72 7.3.2 Precautions when mounting the outdoor unit...................................................................................................... 73 7.3.3 To provide the installation structure ..................................................................................................................... 73 7.3.4 To install the outdoor unit ..................................................................................................................................... 74 7.3.5 To provide drainage ............................................................................................................................................... 75 7.3.6 To install the discharge grille ................................................................................................................................. 76 7.3.7 To remove the discharge grille, and put the grille in safety position ................................................................... 78 7.4 Mounting the indoor unit....................................................................................................................................................... 80 7.4.1 About mounting the indoor unit............................................................................................................................ 80 7.4.2 Precautions when mounting the indoor unit ........................................................................................................ 80 7.4.3 To install the indoor unit........................................................................................................................................ 80 7.4.4 To connect the drain hose to the drain ................................................................................................................. 81 7.1 Preparing the installation site Choose an installation location with sufficient space for carrying the unit in and out of the site. Do NOT install the unit in places often used as work place. In case of construction works (e.g. grinding works) where a lot of dust is created, the unit MUST be covered. WARNING The appliance shall be stored in a room without continuously operating ignition sources (example: open flames, an operating gas appliance or an operating electric heater). 7.1.1 Installation site requirements of the outdoor unit INFORMATION Also read the precautions and requirements in the "2 General safety precautions" 4[ 10]. Installer reference guide 64 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 7 | Unit installation NOTICE Do NOT stack the units on each other. Do NOT hang the unit on a ceiling. Strong winds (18 km/h) blowing against the outdoor unit's air outlet causes short circuit (suction of discharge air). This may result in: deterioration of the operational capacity; frequent frost acceleration in heating operation; disruption of operation due to decrease of low pressure or increase of high pressure; a broken fan (if a strong wind blows continuously on the fan, it may start rotating very fast, until it breaks). It is recommended to install a baffle plate when the air outlet is exposed to wind. It is recommended to install the outdoor unit with the air inlet facing the wall and NOT directly exposed to the wind. Do NOT install the unit in the following places: Sound sensitive areas (e.g. near a bedroom), so that the operation noise will cause no trouble. Note: If the sound is measured under actual installation conditions, the measured value might be higher than the sound pressure level mentioned in Sound spectrum in the data book due to environmental noise and sound reflections. In places where a mineral oil mist, spray or vapour may be present in the atmosphere. Plastic parts may deteriorate and fall off or cause water leakage. It is NOT recommended to install the unit in the following places because it may shorten the life of the unit: Where the voltage fluctuates a lot In vehicles or vessels Where acidic or alkaline vapour is present Seaside installation. Make sure the outdoor unit is NOT directly exposed to sea winds. This is to prevent corrosion caused by high levels of salt in the air, which might shorten the life of the unit. Install the outdoor unit away from direct sea winds. Example: Behind the building. b a c If the outdoor unit is exposed to direct sea winds, install a windbreaker. Height of windbreaker1.5×height of outdoor unit Mind the service space requirements when installing the windbreaker. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 65 7 | Unit installation a d c d c b a Sea wind b Building c Outdoor unit d Windbreaker The outdoor unit is designed for outdoor installation only, and for the following ambient temperatures: Cooling mode 10~43°C Heating mode 28~25°C 7.1.2 Additional installation site requirements of the outdoor unit in cold climates Protect the outdoor unit against direct snowfall and take care that the outdoor unit is NEVER snowed up. a c d b c a Snow cover or shed b Pedestal c Prevailing wind direction d Air outlet In heavy snowfall areas it is very important to select an installation site where the snow will NOT affect the unit. If lateral snowfall is possible, make sure that the heat exchanger coil is NOT affected by the snow. If necessary, install a snow cover or shed and a pedestal. 7.1.3 Installation site requirements of the indoor unit INFORMATION Also read the precautions and requirements in the "2 General safety precautions" 4[ 10]. Installer reference guide 66 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 7 | Unit installation The indoor unit is designed for indoor installation only and for the following ambient temperatures: - Space heating operation: 5~30°C - Space cooling operation: 5~35°C - Domestic hot water production: 5~35°C Mind the measurement guidelines: Maximum height difference between indoor unit and outdoor unit 10 m Maximum total water piping length(a) when using 1" piping 20 m(b) (single run) Maximum total water piping length(a) when using 1 ¼" piping 50 m(b) (single run) (a) Between indoor unit and outdoor unit. (b) Precise water piping length can be determined using the Hydronic Piping Calculation tool. The Hydronic Piping Calculation tool is part of the Heating Solutions Navigator which can be reached via https://professional.standbyme.daikin.eu. Please contact your dealer if you have no access to Heating Solutions Navigator. Mind the following spacing installation guidelines: 300 100 500 650 (mm) INFORMATION If you have limited installation space, do the following before installing the unit in its final position: "7.4.4 To connect the drain hose to the drain" 4[ 81]. It requires to remove one or both side panels. The foundation must be strong enough to bear the weight of the unit. Take the weight of the unit with a domestic hot water tank full of water into account. Make sure, in the event of a water leak, water cannot cause any damage to the installation space and surroundings. Do NOT install the unit in places such as: In places where a mineral oil mist, spray or vapour may be present in the atmosphere. Plastic parts may deteriorate and fall off or cause water leakage. Sound sensitive areas (e.g. near a bedroom), so that the operation noise will cause no trouble. In places with high humidity (max. RH=85%), for example a bathroom. In places where frost is possible. Ambient temperature around the indoor unit must be >5°C. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 67 7 | Unit installation 7.2 Opening and closing the units 7.2.1 About opening the units At certain times, you have to open the unit. Example: When connecting the electrical wiring When maintaining or servicing the unit DANGER: RISK OF ELECTROCUTION Do NOT leave the unit unattended when the service cover is removed. 7.2.2 To open the outdoor unit DANGER: RISK OF ELECTROCUTION DANGER: RISK OF BURNING/SCALDING 1 2 3× 1 43 3 7.2.3 To remove the transportation stay NOTICE If the unit is operated with the transportation stay attached, abnormal vibration or noise may be generated. The transportation stay protects the unit during transport. During installation it must be removed. Installer reference guide 68 a a Transportation stay 1 Open the switch box cover. See "7.2.2 To open the outdoor unit" [468]. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 7 | Unit installation 2 Remove the screws (5×) from the transportation stay. Remove the transportation stay and dispose of it. Keep 4 screws to attach the compressor cover piece (see the installation manual, topic "To attach the compressor cover piece"). 7.2.4 To close the outdoor unit NOTICE When closing the outdoor unit cover, make sure that the tightening torque does NOT exceed 4.1 N·m. 13 32 14 23 3× 14 7.2.5 To open the indoor unit Overview a c e b d a Top panel b User interface panel c Switch box cover d Front panel e High voltage switch box cover EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 69 7 | Unit installation Open 1 Remove the top panel. 5× T25 2 Remove the user interface panel. Open the hinges at the top and slide the top panel upwards. NOTICE If you remove the user interface panel, also disconnect the cables from the back of the user interface panel to prevent damage. 1 1 2 X1A 3 X14Y 4 3 Remove the switch box cover. Installer reference guide 70 4× T25 4 If necessary, remove the front plate. This is, for example, necessary in the following cases: EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 7 | Unit installation "7.2.6 To lower the switch box on the indoor unit" [471] "7.4.4 To connect the drain hose to the drain" [481] When you need access to the high voltage switch box 2× T25 5 If you need access to the high voltage components, remove the high voltage switch box cover. 4× T25 7.2.6 To lower the switch box on the indoor unit During the installation, you will need access to the inside of the indoor unit. To have easier front access, put the switch box lower on the unit as follows: Prerequisite: The user interface panel and front panel have been removed. 1 Remove the fixing plate at the top of the unit. 2 Tilt the switch box to the front and lift it out of its hinges. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 71 7 | Unit installation 2× T25 1 2 3 Place the switch box lower on the unit. Use the 2 hinges located lower on the unit. 3 3 7.2.7 To close the indoor unit 1 Close the cover of the switch box. 2 Put the switch box back into place. 3 Reinstall the top panel. 4 Reinstall the side panels. 5 Reinstall the front panel. 6 Reconnect the cables to the user interface panel. 7 Reinstall the user interface panel. NOTICE When closing the indoor unit cover, make sure that the tightening torque does NOT exceed 4.1 N·m. 7.3 Mounting the outdoor unit 7.3.1 About mounting the outdoor unit When You have to mount the outdoor unit before you can connect the water piping. Installer reference guide 72 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 7 | Unit installation Typical workflow Mounting the outdoor unit typically consists of the following stages: 1 Providing the installation structure. 2 Installing the outdoor unit. 3 Providing drainage. 4 Installing the discharge grille. 5 Protecting the unit against snow and wind by installing a snow cover and baffle plates. See "7.1 Preparing the installation site" [464]. 7.3.2 Precautions when mounting the outdoor unit INFORMATION Also read the precautions and requirements in the following chapters: "2 General safety precautions" 4[ 10] "7.1 Preparing the installation site" 4[ 64] 7.3.3 To provide the installation structure Check the strength and level of the installation ground so that the unit will not cause any operating vibration or noise. Fix the unit securely by means of foundation bolts in accordance with the foundation drawing. NOTICE Level. Make sure the unit is level. Recommended: Use 4 sets of M12 anchor bolts, nuts and washers. Provide at least 150 mm of free space below the unit. Additionally, make sure the unit is positioned at least 100 mm above the maximum expected level of snow. Anchor points 800 479 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 (mm) Installer reference guide 73 7 | Unit installation Pedestal When installing on a pedestal, make sure that the discharge grille still can be put in its safety position. See "7.3.7 To remove the discharge grille, and put the grille in safety position" [478]. 4× M12 479 800 150 (mm) a a Make sure not to cover the drain hole in the bottom plate of the unit. 7.3.4 To install the outdoor unit 1 Carry the unit by its slings, and put it onto the installation structure. ±120 kg 4× 2 Fix the unit to the installation structure. Installer reference guide 74 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 7 | Unit installation 4× M12 3 Remove the slings (and screws), and dispose of them. 4× 7.3.5 To provide drainage Make sure that condensation water can be evacuated properly. Install the unit on a base to make sure that there is proper drainage in order to avoid ice accumulation. Prepare a water drainage channel around the foundation to drain waste water away from the unit. Avoid drain water flowing over the footpath, so that it does NOT become slippery in case of ambient freezing temperatures. If you install the unit on a frame, install a waterproof plate within 150 mm of the bottom side of the unit in order to prevent water from getting into the unit and to avoid drain water dripping (see the following figure). EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 NOTICE If the unit is installed in a cold climate, take adequate measures so that the evacuated condensate CANNOT freeze. We recommend to do the following: Insulate the drain hose. Install a drain tube heater (field supply). To connect the drain tube heater, see "9.2.1 To connect the electrical wiring to the outdoor unit" 4[ 106]. Installer reference guide 75 7 | Unit installation NOTICE Provide at least 150 mm of free space below the unit. Additionally, make sure the unit is positioned at least 100 mm above the expected level of snow. Use the drain plug (with O-ring) and a hose for drainage. 1 c 3 c 2 a b d a Drain hole b O-ring (delivered as accessory) c Drain plug (delivered as accessory) d Hose (field supply) NOTICE O-ring. Make sure the O-ring is installed correctly to prevent leakage. 7.3.6 To install the discharge grille INFORMATION Electrical wiring. Before installing the discharge grille, connect the electrical wiring. Install the lower part of the discharge grille 1 Insert the hooks. 2 Insert the ball studs. Installer reference guide 76 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 7 | Unit installation 1 2 3 Fix the 2 lower screws. 3 2× 5 N·m Install the upper part of the discharge grille NOTICE Vibrations. Make sure the upper part of the discharge grille is attached seamlessly to the lower part to prevent vibrations. 4 Align and attach the left side. 5 Align and attach the middle part. 6 Align and attach the right side. 4 5 7 Insert the hooks. 8 Insert the ball studs. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 6 Installer reference guide 77 7 | Unit installation 8 7 9 Fix the 6 remaining screws. 9 6× 5 N·m 7.3.7 To remove the discharge grille, and put the grille in safety position WARNING Rotating fan. Before powering ON or servicing the outdoor unit, make sure that the discharge grille covers the fan as protection against a rotating fan. See: "7.3.6 To install the discharge grille" 4[ 76] "7.3.7 To remove the discharge grille, and put the grille in safety position" 4[ 78] 1 Remove the upper part of the discharge grille. 4× 2 Remove the lower part of the discharge grille. Installer reference guide 78 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 7 | Unit installation 4× 3 Rotate the lower part of the discharge grille. 4 Align the ball stud and hook on the grille with their counterparts on the unit. 5 Insert the hook. 6 Insert the ball stud. 5 6 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 79 7 | Unit installation 7.4 Mounting the indoor unit 7.4.1 About mounting the indoor unit Typical workflow Mounting the indoor unit typically consists of the following stages: 1 Installing the indoor unit. 7.4.2 Precautions when mounting the indoor unit INFORMATION Also read the precautions and requirements in the following chapters: "2 General safety precautions" 4[ 10] "7.1 Preparing the installation site" 4[ 64] 7.4.3 To install the indoor unit 1 Lift the indoor unit from the pallet and place it on the floor. Also see "4.3.3 To handle the indoor unit" [426]. 2 Connect the drain hose to the drain. See "7.4.4 To connect the drain hose to the drain" [481]. 3 Slide the indoor unit into position. 4 Adjust the height of the leveling feet to compensate for floor irregularities. The maximum allowed deviation is 1°. 1° NOTICE Do NOT tilt the unit forwards: 0° 1° 1° Installer reference guide 80 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 7 | Unit installation 7.4.4 To connect the drain hose to the drain Water coming from the pressure relief valve is collected in the drain pan. The drain pan is connected to a drain hose inside the unit. You must connect the drain hose to an appropriate drain according to the applicable legislation. You can route the drain hose through the left or right side panel. Prerequisite: The user interface panel and front panel have been removed. 1 Remove one of the side panels. 2 Cut out the rubber grommet. 3 Pull the drain hose through the hole. 4 Reattach the side panel. Ensure the water can flow through the drain tube. It is recommended to use a tundish to collect the water. Option 1: Through the left side panel 3× T25 1 2 3 Option 2: Through the right side panel 1 3× T25 3 2 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 81 8 | Piping installation 8 Piping installation INFORMATION This unit is a heating only model. Therefore, all references to cooling in this document are NOT applicable. In this chapter 8.1 Preparing water piping ........................................................................................................................................................... 82 8.1.1 Water circuit requirements ................................................................................................................................... 82 8.1.2 Formula to calculate the expansion vessel pre-pressure...................................................................................... 86 8.1.3 To check the water volume and flow rate............................................................................................................. 86 8.1.4 Changing the pre-pressure of the expansion vessel ............................................................................................. 88 8.1.5 To check the water volume: Examples .................................................................................................................. 89 8.2 Connecting water piping ........................................................................................................................................................ 89 8.2.1 About connecting the water piping ....................................................................................................................... 89 8.2.2 Precautions when connecting the water piping.................................................................................................... 90 8.2.3 To connect the water piping.................................................................................................................................. 90 8.2.4 To connect the water piping for domestic hot water ........................................................................................... 93 8.2.5 To connect the recirculation piping....................................................................................................................... 96 8.2.6 To fill the water circuit ........................................................................................................................................... 96 8.2.7 To protect the water circuit against freezing ........................................................................................................ 96 8.2.8 To fill the domestic hot water tank........................................................................................................................ 100 8.2.9 To insulate the water piping .................................................................................................................................. 100 8.1 Preparing water piping 8.1.1 Water circuit requirements INFORMATION Also read the precautions and requirements in the "2 General safety precautions" 4[ 10]. NOTICE In case of plastic pipes, make sure they are fully oxygen diffusion tight according to DIN 4726. The diffusion of oxygen into the piping can lead to excessive corrosion. Connecting piping Legislation. Make all piping connections in accordance with the applicable legislation and the instructions in the "Installation" chapter, respecting the water inlet and outlet. Connecting piping Force. Do NOT use excessive force when connecting the piping. Deformation of the piping can cause malfunctioning of the unit. Connecting piping Tools. Only use appropriate tooling to handle brass, which is a soft material. If NOT, pipes will get damaged. Installer reference guide 82 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 8 | Piping installation Connecting piping Air, moisture, dust. If air, moisture or dust gets into the circuit, problems may occur. To prevent this: - ONLY use clean pipes. - Hold the pipe end downwards when removing burrs. - Cover the pipe end when inserting it through a wall, to prevent dust and/or particles from entering the pipe. - Use a decent thread sealant to seal connections. - When using non-brass metallic piping, make sure to insulate both materials from each other to prevent galvanic corrosion. - Because brass is a soft material, use appropriate tooling for connecting the water circuit. Inappropriate tooling will cause damage to the pipes. Insulation. Insulate up to the base of the heat exchanger. Freeze. Protect against freezing. Closed circuit. Use the indoor unit ONLY in a closed water system. Using the system in an open water system will lead to excessive corrosion. Piping length. It is recommended to avoid long runs of piping between the domestic hot water tank and the hot water end point (shower, bath,...) and to avoid dead ends. Piping diameter. Select the water piping diameter in relation to the required water flow and the available external static pressure of the pump. See "16 Technical data" [4265] for the external static pressure curves of the indoor unit. Water flow. You can find the minimum required water flow for indoor unit operation in the following table. In all cases, this flow needs to be guaranteed. When the flow is lower, the indoor unit will stop operation and display error 7H. Minimum required flow rate 20 l/min Field supply components Water. Only use materials that are compatible with water used in the system and with the materials used in the indoor unit. Field supply components Water pressure and temperature. Check that all components in the field piping can withstand the water pressure and water temperature. Water pressure Domestic hot water. The maximum water pressure is 4 bar. Provide adequate safeguards in the water circuit to ensure that the maximum pressure is NOT exceeded. The minimum water pressure to operate is 1 bar. Water pressure Space heating/cooling circuit. The maximum water pressure is 3 bar. Provide adequate safeguards in the water circuit to ensure that the maximum pressure is NOT exceeded. The minimum water pressure to operate is 1 bar. Water temperature. All installed piping and piping accessories (valve, connections,...) MUST withstand the following temperatures: INFORMATION The following illustration is an example and might NOT match your system layout. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 83 8 | Piping installation 89°C (*) 75°C (*) 75°C (*) EXAMPMLE (*) Maximum temperature for piping and accessories Drainage Low points. Provide drain taps at all low points of the system in order to allow complete drainage of the water circuit. Drainage DHW pressure relief valves. Provide a proper drain for the pressure relief valves (of both the domestic hot water tank and the domestic hot water tank kit) to avoid water spillage around the unit. For the discharge piping connected to these valves, respect the requirements from the table below. For more information, see "8.2.4 To connect the water piping for domestic hot water" [493]. Item Pressure relief valve diameter Requirement 15 mm Discharge pipe diameter (to pressure relief valve) 15 mm Discharge piping diameter (from tundish) 22 mm Discharge piping material (from tundish) Metal Vertical length below tundish, before first elbow or bend 300 mm Continuous fall after first elbow or bend 1:200 Maximum resistance(a) 9 m Resistance created by each elbow or bend 0.8 m (a) The maximum allowed resistance (i.e. equivalent length) is expressed as a length of straight pipe (i.e. no elbows or bends). NOTICE All piping MUST be installed according to section G3 of the Building Regulations. Drainage Pressure relief valve. Connect the drain hose properly to the drain to avoid water dripping out of the unit. See "7.4.4 To connect the drain hose to the drain" [481]. Air vents. Provide air vents at all high points of the system, which must also be easily accessible for servicing. Two automatic air purges are provided in the indoor unit. Check that the air purges are NOT tightened too much, so that automatic release of air in the water circuit is possible. Installer reference guide 84 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 8 | Piping installation Zn-coated parts. NEVER use zinc coated parts in the water circuit. Because the internal water circuit of the unit uses copper piping, excessive corrosion may occur. Non-brass metallic piping. When using non-brass metallic piping, insulate the brass and non-brass properly so that they do NOT make contact with each other. This to prevent galvanic corrosion. Valve Changeover time. When using a 2-way valve or a 3-way valve in the water circuit, the maximum change-over time of the valve must be 60 seconds. Domestic hot water tank Capacity. To avoid stagnation of water, it is important that the storage capacity of the domestic hot water tank meets the daily consumption of domestic hot water. Domestic hot water tank After installation. Immediately after installation, the domestic hot water tank must be flushed with fresh water. This procedure must be repeated at least once a day the first 5 consecutive days after installation. Domestic hot water tank Standstills. In cases where during longer periods of time there is no consumption of hot water, the equipment MUST be flushed with fresh water before usage. Domestic hot water tank Disinfection. For the disinfection function of the domestic hot water tank, see "10.5.6 Tank" [4183]. Domestic hot water tank kit Clean pipes. Before installing the domestic hot water tank kit, all piping and fittings must be flushed free of flux and debris. Failure to do this may cause irreparable damage to the tank kit control valves. Flush the system by opening the hot water tap. Domestic hot water tank kit Pressure balancing. To prevent large pressure differences at the taps and damage to the shower valve due to highpressure cold water (5 bar), provide a dedicated 3.5bar feed to both cold water and hot water taps. To do this, also connect the cold water supply for the cold water taps to the pressure reducing valve of the domestic hot water tank kit. a f b g g cf e i e h h d e a Cold water supply into house at 5 bar b To 5 bar taps c Pressure reducing valve (set to 3.5 bar) (part of the domestic hot water tank kit) d Indoor unit e Dedicated 3.5 bar feed to/from DHW tank f Dedicated 3.5 bar feed cold water g Cold water taps h Hot water taps i Shower Domestic hot water tank Pressure relief valve. A pressure relief valve (part of the inlet control group) with an opening pressure of 8 bar prevents excessive water pressure in the water circuit. Domestic hot water tank Pressure and temperature relief valve. The pressure and temperature relief valve prevents excessive water pressure (10 bar) and excessive water temperature (>95°C) in the domestic hot water tank. Thermostatic mixing valves. In accordance with the applicable legislation, it may be necessary to install thermostatic mixing valves. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 85 8 | Piping installation Hygienic measures. The installation must be in compliance with the applicable legislation and may require additional hygienic installation measures. Recirculation pump. In accordance with the applicable legislation, it may be required to connect a recirculation pump in between the hot water end point and the recirculation connection of the domestic hot water tank. c ab d a Recirculation connection b Hot water connection c Shower d Recirculation pump 8.1.2 Formula to calculate the expansion vessel pre-pressure The pre-pressure (Pg) of the vessel depends on the installation height difference (H): Pg=0.3+(H/10) (bar) 8.1.3 To check the water volume and flow rate The indoor unit has an expansion vessel of 10 litre with a factory-set pre-pressure of 1 bar. To make sure that the unit operates properly: You MUST check the minimum and maximum water volume. You might need to adjust the pre-pressure of the expansion vessel. Minimum water volume Check that the total water volume in the installation is higher than the minimum water volume, the internal water volume of the indoor unit NOT included: If... Cooling operation Then the minimum water volume is... 20 l Heating operation 0 l Check that the total water volume in the installation is minimum 20 litres, the internal water volume of the outdoor unit NOT included. INFORMATION In critical processes, or in rooms with a high heat load, extra water might be required. NOTICE When circulation in each space heating/cooling loop is controlled by remotely controlled valves, it is important that the minimum water volume is guaranteed, even if all of the valves are closed. Installer reference guide 86 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 c c c 8 | Piping installation c b c M1 M2 M3 a a a a Individual room thermostat (optional) b Overpressure bypass valve (delivered as accessory) c Shut-off valve Maximum water volume NOTICE The maximum water volume depends on whether glycol is added to the water circuit. For more information on the addition of glycol, refer to "8.2.7 To protect the water circuit against freezing" 4[ 96]. Use the following graph to determine the maximum water volume for the calculated pre-pressure. A 2.4 2.1 1.8 1.5 1.2 1 0.9 0.6 0.3 20 70 120 170 200 220 270 290 320 B A Pre-pressure (bar) B Maximum water volume (l) Water Water + glycol Example: Maximum water volume and expansion vessel pre-pressure Installation height difference(a) 190 l Water volume >190 l 7 m No pre-pressure adjustment is Do the following: required. Decrease the pre-pressure according to the required installation height difference. The pre-pressure should decrease by 0.1 bar for each metre below 7 m. Check if the water volume does NOT exceed the maximum allowed water volume. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 87 8 | Piping installation Installation height difference(a) >7 m 190 l Water volume >190 l Do the following: The expansion vessel of the Increase the pre-pressure according to the required installation height difference. The pre-pressure indoor unit is too small for the installation. In this case, it is recommended to install an extra vessel outside the unit. should increase by 0.1 bar for each metre above 7 m. Check if the water volume does NOT exceed the maximum allowed water volume. (a) This is the height difference (m) between the highest point of the water circuit and the indoor unit. If the indoor unit is at the highest point of the installation, the installation height is 0 m. Minimum flow rate Check that the minimum flow rate in the installation is guaranteed in all conditions. This minimum flow rate is required during defrost/backup heater operation. For this purpose, use the overpressure bypass valve delivered with the unit, and respect the minimum water volume. Minimum required flow rate 20 l/min NOTICE If glycol was added to the water circuit, and the temperature of the water circuit is low, the flow rate will NOT be displayed on the user interface. In this case, the minimum flow rate can be checked by way of the pump test (check that the user interface does NOT display error 7H). NOTICE When circulation in each or certain space heating loops is controlled by remotely controlled valves, it is important that the minimum flow rate is guaranteed, even if all valves are closed. In case the minimum flow rate cannot be reached, a flow error 7H will be generated (no heating or operation). See the recommended procedure as described in "11.4 Checklist during commissioning" [4228]. 8.1.4 Changing the pre-pressure of the expansion vessel NOTICE ONLY a licensed installer may adjust the pre-pressure of the expansion vessel. The default pre-pressure of the expansion vessel is 1 bar. When it is required to change the pre-pressure, take following guidelines into account: Only use dry nitrogen to set the expansion vessel pre-pressure. Inappropriate setting of the expansion vessel pre-pressure will lead to malfunction of the system. Installer reference guide 88 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 8 | Piping installation Changing the pre-pressure of the expansion vessel should be done by releasing or increasing nitrogen pressure through the Schrader valve of the expansion vessel. a a Schrader valve 8.1.5 To check the water volume: Examples Example 1 The indoor unit is installed 5 m below the highest point in the water circuit. The total water volume in the water circuit is 100 l. No actions or adjustments are required. Example 2 The indoor unit is installed at the highest point in the water circuit. The total water volume in the water circuit is 250 l. Actions: Because the total water volume (250 l) is more than the default water volume (200 l), the pre-pressure must be decreased. The required pre-pressure is: Pg = (0.3+(H/10)) bar = (0.3+(0/10)) bar = 0.3 bar The corresponding maximum water volume at 0.3 bar is 290 l. (See the graph in "Maximum water volume" [487]). Because 250 l is lower than 290 l, the expansion vessel is appropriate for the installation. 8.2 Connecting water piping 8.2.1 About connecting the water piping Before connecting the water piping Make sure the outdoor and indoor unit are mounted. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 89 8 | Piping installation Typical workflow Connecting the water piping typically consists of the following stages: 1 Connecting the water piping to the outdoor unit. 2 Connecting the water piping to the indoor unit. 3 Connecting the recirculation piping. 4 Connecting the drain hose to the drain. 5 Filling the water circuit. 6 Filling the domestic hot water tank. 7 Insulating the water piping. 8.2.2 Precautions when connecting the water piping INFORMATION Also read the precautions and requirements in the following chapters: "2 General safety precautions" 4[ 10] "8.1 Preparing water piping" 4[ 82] 8.2.3 To connect the water piping NOTICE Do NOT use excessive force when connecting the field piping and make sure the piping is aligned properly. Deformation of the piping can cause malfunctioning of the unit. Outdoor unit 1 Connect the shut-off valve (with integrated filter) to the outdoor unit water inlet, using thread sealant. b c a 2 1 d b a Water OUT (screw connection, male, 1") b Water IN (screw connection, male, 1") c Shut-off valve with integrated filter (delivered as accessory)(2× screw connection, female, 1") d Thread sealant 2 Connect the field piping to the shut-off valve. 3 Connect the field piping to the outdoor unit water outlet. Installer reference guide 90 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 8 | Piping installation NOTICE About the shut-off valve with integrated filter (delivered as accessory): The installation of the valve at the water inlet is mandatory. Mind the flow direction of the valve. NOTICE Install air purge valves at all local high points. Indoor unit NOTICE Do NOT use excessive force when connecting the piping. Deformation of the piping can cause malfunctioning of the unit. 1 Connect the O-rings and shut-off valves to the outdoor unit water connection pipes of the indoor unit. 2 Connect the outdoor unit field piping to the shut-off valves. 3 Connect the O-rings and shut-off valves to the space heating/cooling water pipes of the indoor unit. 4 Connect the space heating/cooling field piping of both zones to the shut-off valves. 5 Connect the domestic hot water in and out pipes to the indoor unit. It is obligatory to use the accessory G3 kit EKUHWG3D to comply with UK legislation. See "8.2.4 To connect the water piping for domestic hot water" [493]. a2 a1 b2 b1 c1 c2 a1 Space heating/cooling Water IN (screw connection, 1") a2 Space heating/cooling Water OUT (screw connection, 1") b1 DHW Cold water IN (screw connection, 3/4") b2 DHW Hot water OUT (screw connection, 3/4") c1 Water IN from outdoor unit (screw connection, 1") c2 Water OUT to outdoor unit (screw connection, 1") NOTICE It is recommended to install shut-off valves to domestic cold water in and domestic hot water out connections. These shut-off valves are field supplied. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 91 8 | Piping installation NOTICE To avoid damage to the surroundings in case of water leakage, it is recommended to close the domestic cold water inlet shutoff valves during periods of absence. NOTICE Overpressure bypass valve (delivered as accessory). We recommend to install the overpressure bypass valve in the space heating water circuit. Mind the minimum water volume when choosing the installation location of the overpressure bypass valve (at the indoor unit, or at the collector). See "8.1.3 To check the water volume and flow rate" 4[ 86]. Mind the minimum flow rate when adjusting the overpressure bypass valve setting. See "8.1.3 To check the water volume and flow rate" 4[ 86] and "11.4.1 Minimum flow rate" 4[ 228]. NOTICE Install air purge valves at all local high points. NOTICE A pressure relief valve (field supply) with an opening pressure of maximum 10 bar (=1 MPa) must be installed on the domestic cold water inlet connection in accordance with the applicable legislation. NOTICE A drain device and pressure relief device must be installed on the cold water inlet connection of the domestic hot water cylinder. To avoid back siphonage, it is recommended to install a non-return valve on the water inlet of the domestic hot water tank in accordance with the applicable legislation. It is recommended to install a pressure reducing valve on the cold water inlet in accordance with the applicable legislation. An expansion vessel should be installed on the cold water inlet in accordance with the applicable legislation. It is recommended to install the pressure relief valve on a higher position than the top of the domestic hot water tank. Heating of the domestic hot water tank causes water to expand and without pressure relief valve the water pressure inside the tank can rise above the tank design pressure. Also the field installation (piping, tapping points, etc.) connected to the tank is subjected to this high pressure. To prevent this, a pressure relief valve needs to be installed. The overpressure prevention depends on the correct operation of the field installed pressure relief valve. If this is NOT working correctly, overpressure will deform the tank and water leakage may occur. To confirm good operation, regular maintenance is required. Installer reference guide 92 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 8.2.4 To connect the water piping for domestic hot water 8 | Piping installation a d e b c e a Pressure reducing valve/pressure relief valve combination. Water inlet and water outlet 22 mm connection, discharge piping connection 15 mm b Adaptor 22 mm×3/4" Female BSP c T-piece 22 mm×22 mm×22 mm d Expansion vessel of 18 l 3/4" Male BSP e Tundish 15 mm inlet, 22 mm outlet 1 Pre-assemble the adaptor and expansion vessel so that the expansion vessel is ready for installation. 2 Mount the expansion vessel to the wall. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 93 8 | Piping installation 1 2 3 Fit the T-piece (part of the kit) to the domestic hot water cold water IN pipe of the unit. 4 Connect the pressure reducing valve/pressure relief valve combination (part of the kit) to the T-piece with a length of copper tube Ø22 mm (field supply). 5 Connect the expansion vessel to the T-piece with a length of copper tube Ø22 mm (field supply). 6 Connect the pressure reducing valve/pressure relief valve combination to the water mains inlet. 7 Install the tundish (part of the kit) in a vertical position within a maximum of 600 mm away from the pressure reducing valve/pressure relief valve combination. WARNING Install the tundish away from any electrical device. Possible consequence: Electrical shock or fire. NOTICE To ensure a free water flow through the discharge pipe, manually operate the pressure relief valve by turning its knob left. 8 Using the accessory brass compression coupler (see "4.4.1 To remove the accessories from the domestic hot water tank kit" [4 27]), connect the accessory pipe (see "4.3.2 To remove the accessories from the indoor unit" [426]) to the pipe connection located at the back of the unit. This pipe starts at the pressure relief valve of the domestic hot water tank. 9 Connect the 2 tundishes (1 from the pressure relief valve of the domestic hot water tank, and 1 from the pressure relief valve of the domestic hot water tank kit) to an appropriate drain according to the applicable legislation. The following example shows discharge below fixed grating (Building Regulation G3 section 3.61 gives alternative points of discharge): Installer reference guide 94 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 a D1 600 mm 300 mm b D2 8 | Piping installation c d a Safety device (pressure and temperature relief valve of domestic hot water tank; pressure relief valve of domestic hot water tank kit) b Tundish c Fixed grating d Trapped gully D1 Metal discharge pipe from safety device to tundish D2 Discharge pipe from tundish, with continuous fall. See Building Regulation G3 section 3.56, Table 03 and worked example. 10 After completing the installation, the installer has to fill out the warning label on the tank with indelible ink. The warning label can be found on the unit top plate. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 WARNING The discharge pipes from the pressure relief valves MUST terminate in a safe and visible position without forming any risk to persons in the vicinity. WARNING Discharge piping, tundish, drain valves, etc. MUST be positioned away from any electrical components. The discharge pipe away from the tundish MUST terminate in a safe, visible position without forming any risk to persons in the vicinity. WARNING Do NOT install any valves between the domestic hot water tank and relief valves/ expansion vessel. Do NOT install shut-off valves between the expansion relief valve and the domestic hot water tank. Installer reference guide 95 8 | Piping installation NOTICE All pipework and fittings must be flushed free of flux and debris prior to installing the domestic hot water tank kit. Failure to do this may cause irreparable damage to the tank kit controls. Flush the system by opening the hot water tap. The tundish pipework must be a 22 mm metal pipe with a minimal vertical length of 300 mm below the tundish before any elbows or bends in the pipework. All pipework must have a continuous fall of 1 in 200 thereafter. Maximum permitted (equivalent) length of 22 mm pipework is 9 m. Each bend or elbow is equivalent to 0.8 m of pipework. 8.2.5 To connect the recirculation piping Prerequisite: Only required if you need recirculation in your system. 1 Remove the top panel from the unit, see "7.2.5 To open the indoor unit" [469]. 2 Cut out the rubber grommet on top of the unit, and remove the stop. The recirculation connector is placed below the hole. 3 Route the recirculation piping through the grommet and connect it to the recirculation connector. 4 Reattach the top panel. 8.2.6 To fill the water circuit To fill the water circuit, use a field supply filling kit. Make sure you comply with the applicable legislation. NOTICE Make sure both air purge valves (one on the magnetic filter and one on the backup heater) are open. All automatic air purge valves MUST remain open after commissioning. 8.2.7 To protect the water circuit against freezing About freeze protection Frost can damage the system. To prevent the hydraulic components from freezing, the software is equipped with special frost protection functions, that include the activation of pump in case of low temperatures: Water pipe freeze prevention (see "Water pipe freeze prevention" [4204]), Installer reference guide 96 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 8 | Piping installation Drain prevention. Only applicable when Bivalent is enabled ([C02]=1). This function prevents the opening of freeze protection valves in the water piping to the outdoor unit when the auxiliary boiler is running at negative outdoor temperatures. However, in case of a power failure, these functions cannot guarantee protection. Do one of the following to protect the water circuit against freezing: Add glycol to the water. Glycol lowers the freezing point of the water. Install freeze protection valves. Freeze protection valves drain the water from the system before it can freeze. Insulate the freeze protection valves in a similar way as the water piping, but do NOT insulate the inlet and outlet (release) of these valves. NOTICE If you add glycol to the water, do NOT install freeze protection valves. Possible consequence: Glycol leaking out of the freeze protection valves. Freeze protection by glycol About freeze protection by glycol Adding glycol to the water lowers the freezing point of water. WARNING Ethylene glycol is toxic. WARNING Due to the presence of glycol, corrosion of the system is possible. Uninhibited glycol will turn acidic under the influence of oxygen. This process is accelerated by the presence of copper and high temperatures. The acidic uninhibited glycol attacks metal surfaces and forms galvanic corrosion cells that cause severe damage to the system. Therefore it is important that: the water treatment is correctly executed by a qualified water specialist, a glycol with corrosion inhibitors is selected to counteract acids formed by the oxidation of glycols, no automotive glycol is used because their corrosion inhibitors have a limited lifetime and contain silicates which can foul or plug the system, galvanized pipes are NOT used in glycol systems since the presence may lead to the precipitation of certain components in the glycol's corrosion inhibitor. NOTICE Glycol absorbs water from its environment. Therefore do NOT add glycol that has been exposed to air. Leaving the cap off the glycol container causes the concentration of water to increase. The glycol concentration is then lower than assumed. As a result, the hydraulic components might freeze up after all. Take preventive actions to ensure a minimal exposure of the glycol to air. NOTICE Use ONLY propylene glycol including the required inhibitors, classified as category III as per EN1717. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 97 8 | Piping installation Types of glycol The types of glycol that can be used depend on whether the system contains a domestic hot water tank: If... The system contains a domestic hot water tank Then... Only use propylene glycol(a) The system does NOT contain a domestic hot water tank You can use either propylene glycol(a) or ethylene glycol (a) Propylene glycol, including the necessary inhibitors, classified as Category III according to EN1717. Required concentration of glycol The required concentration of glycol depends on the lowest expected outdoor temperature, and on whether you want to protect the system from bursting or from freezing. To prevent the system from freezing, more glycol is required. Add glycol according to the table below. Lowest expected outdoor Prevent from bursting temperature 5°C 10% Prevent from freezing 15% 10°C 15% 25% 15°C 20% 35% 20°C 25% -- 25°C 30% -- 30°C 35% -- INFORMATION Protection against bursting: the glycol will prevent the piping from bursting, but NOT the liquid inside the piping from freezing. Protection against freezing: the glycol will prevent the liquid inside the piping from freezing. NOTICE The required concentration might differ depending on the type of glycol. ALWAYS compare the requirements from the table above with the specifications provided by the glycol manufacturer. If necessary, meet the requirements set by the glycol manufacturer. The added concentration of glycol should NEVER exceed 35%. If the liquid in the system is frozen, the pump will NOT be able to start. Mind that if you only prevent the system from bursting, the liquid inside might still freeze. When water is at standstill inside the system, the system is very likely to freeze and get damaged. Glycol and the maximum allowed water volume Adding glycol to the water circuit reduces the maximum allowed water volume of the system. For more information, see "Maximum water volume" [487]. Installer reference guide 98 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Glycol setting 8 | Piping installation NOTICE If glycol is present in the system, setting [E-0D] must be set to 1. If the glycol setting is NOT set correctly, the liquid inside the piping can freeze. Freeze protection by freeze protection valves About freeze protection valves It is the responsibility of the installer to protect the field piping against freezing. When no glycol is added to the water, you can use freeze protection valves at all lowest points of the field piping to drain the water from the system before it can freeze. To install freeze protection valves To protect the field piping against freezing, install the following parts: a c b c EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 b a Automatic air intake b Freeze protection valve (optional field supply) c Normally closed valves (recommended field supply) Part Description An automatic air intake (for air supply) should be installed at the a highest point. For example, an automatic air purge. Protection for the field piping. The freeze protection valves must b be installed: vertically to allow water to flow out properly and free from obstructions. at all lowest points of the field piping. in the coldest part and away from heat sources. Note: Leave at least 15 cm clearance from the ground to prevent ice from blocking the water exit. Isolation of water inside the house when there is a power c interruption. Normally closed valves (located indoors near the piping entry/exit points) can prevent that all water from indoor piping is drained when the freeze protection valves open. When there is a power interruption: The normally closed valves close and isolate the water inside the house. If the freeze protection valves open, only the water outside the house is drained. In other circumstances (example: when there is a pump failure): The normally closed valves remain open. If the freeze protection valves open, the water from inside the house is also drained. Installer reference guide 99 8 | Piping installation NOTICE When freeze protection valves are installed, set the minimum cooling setpoint (default=7°C) at least 2°C higher than the maximum opening temperature of the freeze protection valve. If lower, freeze protection valves can open during cooling operation. 8.2.8 To fill the domestic hot water tank 1 Open every hot water tap in turn to purge air from the system pipe work. 2 Open the cold water supply valve. 3 Close all water taps after all air is purged. 4 Check for water leaks. 8.2.9 To insulate the water piping The piping in the complete water circuit MUST be insulated to prevent condensation during cooling operation and reduction of the heating and cooling capacity. Outdoor water piping insulation NOTICE Outside piping. Make sure the outside piping is insulated as instructed to protect against hazards. For piping in free air, it is recommended to use the insulation thickness as shown in below table as a minimum (with =0.039 W/mK). Piping length (m) <20 20~30 30~40 40~50 Minimum insulation thickness (mm) 19 32 40 50 For other cases the minimum insulation thickness can be determined using the Hydronic Piping Calculation tool. The Hydronic Piping Calculation tool also calculates the maximum hydronic piping length from the indoor unit to the outdoor unit based on the emitter pressure drop or the other way around. The Hydronic Piping Calculation tool is part of the Heating Solutions Navigator which can be reached via https://professional.standbyme.daikin.eu. Please contact your dealer if you have no access to Heating Solutions Navigator. This recommendation ensures good operation of the unit, however, local regulations may differ and shall be followed. Installer reference guide 100 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 9 Electrical installation 9 | Electrical installation INFORMATION This unit is a heating only model. Therefore, all references to cooling in this document are NOT applicable. In this chapter 9.1 About connecting the electrical wiring .................................................................................................................................. 101 9.1.1 Precautions when connecting the electrical wiring .............................................................................................. 101 9.1.2 Guidelines when connecting the electrical wiring ................................................................................................ 102 9.1.3 About electrical compliance .................................................................................................................................. 104 9.1.4 Specifications of standard wiring components ..................................................................................................... 104 9.1.5 About preferential kWh rate power supply........................................................................................................... 104 9.1.6 Overview of electrical connections except external actuators............................................................................. 105 9.2 Connections to the outdoor unit............................................................................................................................................ 105 9.2.1 To connect the electrical wiring to the outdoor unit ............................................................................................ 106 9.2.2 To reposition the air thermistor on the outdoor unit ........................................................................................... 112 9.3 Connections to the indoor unit .............................................................................................................................................. 113 9.3.1 To connect the main power supply ....................................................................................................................... 116 9.3.2 To connect the backup heater power supply........................................................................................................ 118 9.3.3 To connect the shut-off valve ................................................................................................................................ 121 9.3.4 To connect the electricity meters.......................................................................................................................... 122 9.3.5 To connect the domestic hot water pump............................................................................................................ 123 9.3.6 To connect the alarm output ................................................................................................................................. 124 9.3.7 To connect the space cooling/heating ON/OFF output ........................................................................................ 125 9.3.8 To connect the changeover to external heat source ............................................................................................ 126 9.3.9 To connect the power consumption digital inputs ............................................................................................... 127 9.3.10 To connect the safety thermostat (normally closed contact)............................................................................... 128 9.3.11 To connect a Smart Grid ........................................................................................................................................ 129 9.3.12 To connect the WLAN cartridge (delivered as accessory)..................................................................................... 133 9.4 After connecting the electrical wiring to the indoor unit...................................................................................................... 133 9.1 About connecting the electrical wiring Before connecting the electrical wiring Make sure the water piping is connected. Typical workflow Connecting the electrical wiring typically consists of the following stages: "9.2 Connections to the outdoor unit" [4105] "9.3 Connections to the indoor unit" [4113] 9.1.1 Precautions when connecting the electrical wiring DANGER: RISK OF ELECTROCUTION WARNING ALWAYS use multicore cable for power supply cables. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 101 9 | Electrical installation INFORMATION Also read the precautions and requirements in the "2 General safety precautions" 4[ 10]. WARNING All wiring MUST be performed by an authorised electrician and MUST comply with the applicable legislation. Make electrical connections to the fixed wiring. All components procured on-site and all electrical construction MUST comply with the applicable legislation. WARNING If the power supply has a missing or wrong N-phase, equipment might break down. Establish proper earthing. Do NOT earth the unit to a utility pipe, surge absorber, or telephone earth. Incomplete earthing may cause electrical shock. Install the required fuses or circuit breakers. Secure the electrical wiring with cable ties so that the cables do NOT come in contact with sharp edges or piping, particularly on the high-pressure side. Do NOT use taped wires, stranded conductor wires, extension cords, or connections from a star system. They can cause overheating, electrical shock or fire. Do NOT install a phase advancing capacitor, because this unit is equipped with an inverter. A phase advancing capacitor will reduce performance and may cause accidents. WARNING Rotating fan. Before powering ON or servicing the outdoor unit, make sure that the discharge grille covers the fan as protection against a rotating fan. See: "7.3.6 To install the discharge grille" 4[ 76] "7.3.7 To remove the discharge grille, and put the grille in safety position" 4[ 78] CAUTION Do NOT push or place redundant cable length in the unit. NOTICE The distance between the high voltage and low voltage cables should be at least 50 mm. WARNING If the supply cord is damaged, it MUST be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similarly qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. 9.1.2 Guidelines when connecting the electrical wiring Keep the following in mind: If stranded conductor wires are used, install a round crimp-style terminal on the end of the wire. Place the round crimp-style terminal on the wire up to the covered part and fasten the terminal with the appropriate tool. Installer reference guide 102 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 9 | Electrical installation b a a Stranded conductor wire b Round crimp-style terminal Use the following methods for installing wires: Wire type Single-core wire cb A Installation method AA´ A´ c a a a Curled single-core wire b Screw c Flat washer Stranded conductor wire c b with round crimp-style terminal B B a a bc Tightening torques Outdoor unit: Item X1M X2M M4 (earth) Indoor unit: Item X1M X2M X5M X6M X10M M4 (earth) a Terminal b Screw c Flat washer Allowed NOT allowed Tightening torque (N·m) 1.47 ±10% Tightening torque (N·m) 2.45 ±10% 0.88 ±10% 0.88 ±10% 2.45 ±10% 0.88 ±10% 1.47 ±10% EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 103 9 | Electrical installation 9.1.3 About electrical compliance Only for EPRA08~12EAV3 Equipment complying with EN/IEC 61000312 (European/International Technical Standard setting the limits for harmonic currents produced by equipment connected to public low-voltage systems with input current >16 A and 75 A per phase.). Only for the backup heater of the indoor unit See "9.3.2 To connect the backup heater power supply" [4118]. 9.1.4 Specifications of standard wiring components Component Power supply cable MCA(a) Voltage range EPRA08~12EV3 29.5 A 220~240 V EPRA08~12EW1 9.8 A 380~415 V Phase 1~ 3N~ Frequency 50 Hz Wire sizes Must comply with applicable legislation Interconnection cables Minimum cable section of 1.5 mm² and applicable for 230 V Recommended field fuse 32 A, C curve 16 A or 20 A, C curve Earth leakage circuit breaker 30 mA Must comply with applicable legislation (a) MCA=Minimum circuit ampacity. Stated values are maximum values (see electrical data of combination with indoor units for exact values). 9.1.5 About preferential kWh rate power supply Electricity companies throughout the world work hard to provide reliable electric service at competitive prices and are often authorised to bill clients at benefit rates. E.g. time-of-use rates, seasonal rates, Wärmepumpentarif in Germany and Austria, ... This equipment allows for connection to such preferential kWh rate power supply delivery systems. Consult with the electricity company acting as provider at the site where this equipment is to be installed to know whether it is appropriate to connect the equipment in one of the preferential kWh rate power supply delivery systems available, if any. When the equipment is connected to such preferential kWh rate power supply, the electricity company is allowed to: interrupt power supply to the equipment for certain periods of time; demand that the equipment ONLY consumes a limited amount of electricity during certain periods of time. The indoor unit is designed to receive an input signal by which the unit switches into forced OFF mode. At that moment, the outdoor unit compressor will NOT operate. The wiring to the unit is different depending on whether the power supply is interrupted or NOT. Installer reference guide 104 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 9 | Electrical installation 9.1.6 Overview of electrical connections except external actuators Normal power supply a Preferential kWh rate power supply Power supply is NOT interrupted Power supply is interrupted b a b 005801 50 005801 50 005801 50 005801 50 31 3 1 4 53 4 1 2 2 2 During preferential kWh rate power supply activation, power supply is NOT interrupted. The outdoor unit is turned off by the control. Remark: The electricity company must always allow the power consumption of the indoor unit. During preferential kWh rate power supply activation, power supply is interrupted immediately or after some time by the electricity company. In this case, the indoor unit must be powered by a separate normal power supply. a Normal power supply b Preferential kWh rate power supply 1 Power supply for outdoor unit 2 Power supply and interconnection cable to indoor unit 3 Power supply for backup heater 4 Preferential kWh rate power supply (voltage free contact) 5 Normal kWh rate power supply (to power the indoor unit PCB in the event of power supply interruption of the preferential kWh rate power supply) 9.2 Connections to the outdoor unit Item Power supply cable Interconnection cable Description See "9.2.1 To connect the electrical wiring to the outdoor unit" [4106]. Drain tube heater cable Connection for power saving function (only for V3 models) EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 105 9 | Electrical installation Item Air thermistor cable Description See "9.2.2 To reposition the air thermistor on the outdoor unit" [4112]. 9.2.1 To connect the electrical wiring to the outdoor unit 1 Open the switch box cover. See "7.2.2 To open the outdoor unit" [468]. 2 Strip insulation (20 mm) from the wires. a b a Strip wire end to this point b An excessive strip length may cause electrical shock or leakage 3 Insert the cables at the back of the unit, and route them through the factorymounted cable sleeves into the switch box. c2 d b2 a2 b1 c1 a1 a1+a2 b1+b2 c1+c2 d Power supply cable (field supply) Interconnection cable (field supply) (optional) Drain tube heater cable (field supply) Cable sleeves (factory-mounted) 4 Inside the switch box, connect the wires to the appropriate terminals, and fix the cables with cable ties. See: "In case of V3 models" [4106] "In case of W1 models" [4109] In case of V3 models 1 Power supply cable: Route the cable through the frame. Connect the wires to the terminal block. Fix the cable with a cable tie. Installer reference guide 106 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 9 | Electrical installation Wires: 1N+GND Maximum running current: Refer to name plate on unit. -- b L a N L N PE b F1B Q1DI I 1N~, L 50 Hz, 230 V AC N BRN 2 1 a I BLU 4 3 YLW/GRN a b F1B Q1DI Power supply cable (field supply) Field wiring Overcurrent fuse (field supply). Recommended fuse: 2 pole, 32 A fuse, C curve. Earth leakage circuit breaker (30 mA)(field supply) 2 Interconnection cable (indooroutdoor): Route the cable through the frame. Connect the wires to the terminal block (make sure the numbers match with the numbers on the indoor unit) and the earth screw. Fix the cable with a cable tie. Wires: (3+GND)×1.5 mm² -- EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 107 9 | Electrical installation 1 2 3 123 3 (Optional) Drain tube heater cable: Make sure the heating element of the drain tube heater is completely inside the drain tube. Route the cable through the frame. Connect the wires to the terminal block and the earth screw. Fix the cable with cable ties. Wires: (2+GND)×0.75 mm². Wiring must be double insulated. Maximum power allowed for drain tube heater = 115 W (0.5 A) -- Installer reference guide 108 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 12 L N PE 9 | Electrical installation 4 (Optional) Power saving function: If you want to use the power saving function: Disconnect X804A from X805A. Connect X804A to X806A. X805A X804A X806A INFORMATION Power saving function. The power saving function is only applicable for V3 models. For more information about the power saving function ([9.F] or overview field setting [E08]), see "Power saving function" 4[ 216]. In case of W1 models 1 Power supply cable: Route the cable through the frame. Connect the wires to the terminal block. Fix the cable with a cable tie. Wires: 3N+GND Maximum running current: Refer to name plate on unit. -- EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 109 9 | Electrical installation b L1 L2 a L3 N L1 L2 L3 N PE b F1B Q1DI I L1 3N~, BRN 2 1 I 50 Hz, L2 400 V AC L3 GRY 4 3 a I BLK 6 5 N I BLU 8 7 YLW/GRN a b F1B Q1DI Power supply cable (field supply) Field wiring Overcurrent fuse (field supply). Recommended fuse: 4 pole, 16 A or 20 A fuse, C curve. Earth leakage circuit breaker (30 mA)(field supply) 2 Interconnection cable (indooroutdoor): Route the cable through the frame. Connect the wires to the terminal block (make sure the numbers match with the numbers on the indoor unit) and the earth screw. Fix the cable with a cable tie. Wires: (3+GND)×1.5 mm² -- Installer reference guide 110 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 9 | Electrical installation 1 2 3 123 3 (Optional) Drain tube heater cable: Make sure the heating element of the drain tube heater is completely inside the drain tube. Route the cable through the frame. Connect the wires to the terminal block and the earth screw. Fix the cable with cable ties. Wires: (2+GND)×0.75 mm². Wiring must be double insulated. Maximum power allowed for drain tube heater = 115 W (0.5 A) -- EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 111 9 | Electrical installation 12 9.2.2 To reposition the air thermistor on the outdoor unit This procedure is only necessary in areas with low ambient temperatures. Required accessory (delivered with the unit): Thermistor fixture. 1 2 4 6 Installer reference guide 112 3 5 Click 7 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 9.3 Connections to the indoor unit 9 | Electrical installation Item Power supply (main) Description See "9.3.1 To connect the main power supply" [4116]. Power supply (backup heater) See "9.3.2 To connect the backup heater power supply" [4118]. Shut-off valve See "9.3.3 To connect the shut-off valve" [4121]. Electricity meters See "9.3.4 To connect the electricity meters" [4122]. Domestic hot water pump See "9.3.5 To connect the domestic hot water pump" [4123]. Alarm output See "9.3.6 To connect the alarm output" [4124]. Space cooling/heating operation control See "9.3.7 To connect the space cooling/heating ON/ OFF output" [4125]. Changeover to external heat source control See "9.3.8 To connect the changeover to external heat source" [4126]. Power consumption digital See "9.3.9 To connect the power consumption inputs digital inputs" [4127]. Safety thermostat See "9.3.10 To connect the safety thermostat (normally closed contact)" [4128]. Smart Grid See "9.3.11 To connect a Smart Grid" [4129]. WLAN cartridge See "9.3.12 To connect the WLAN cartridge (delivered as accessory)" [4133]. Room thermostat (wired or wireless) See below table. Wires: 0.75 mm² Maximum running current: 100 mA For the main zone: [2.9] Control [2.A] Thermostat type For the additional zone: [3.A] Thermostat type [3.9] (read-only) Control EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 113 9 | Electrical installation Item Heat pump convector Remote outdoor sensor Remote indoor sensor Description There are different controllers and setups possible for the heat pump convectors. Depending on the setup, you also need to implement a relay (field supply, see addendum book for optional equipment). For more information, see: Installation manual of the heat pump convectors Installation manual of the heat pump convector options Addendum book for optional equipment Wires: 0.75 mm² Maximum running current: 100 mA For the main zone: [2.9] Control [2.A] Thermostat type For the additional zone: [3.A] Thermostat type [3.9] (read-only) Control See: Installation manual of the remote outdoor sensor Addendum book for optional equipment Wires: 2×0.75 mm² [9.B.1]=1 (External sensor = Outdoor) [9.B.2] Ext. amb. sensor offset [9.B.3] Averaging time See: Installation manual of the remote indoor sensor Addendum book for optional equipment Wires: 2×0.75 mm² [9.B.1]=2 (External sensor = Room) [1.7] Room sensor offset Installer reference guide 114 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Item Human Comfort Interface WLAN module Bizone kit 9 | Electrical installation Description See: Installation and operation manual of the Human Comfort Interface Addendum book for optional equipment Wires: 2×(0.75~1.25 mm²) Maximum length: 500 m [2.9] Control [1.6] Room sensor offset See: Installation manual of the WLAN module Addendum book for optional equipment Installer reference guide Use the cable delivered with the WLAN module. [D] Wireless gateway See: Installation manual of the bizone kit Addendum book for optional equipment Use the cable delivered with the bizone kit. [9.P] Bizone kit for room thermostat (wired or wireless): In case of... Wireless room thermostat See... Installation manual of the wireless room thermostat Addendum book for optional equipment Wired room thermostat Installation manual of the wired room without multi-zoning base unit thermostat Addendum book for optional equipment EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 115 9 | Electrical installation In case of... Wired room thermostat with multi-zoning base unit See... Installation manual of the wired room thermostat (digital or analogue) + multi-zoning base unit Addendum book for optional equipment In this case: - You need to connect the wired room thermostat (digital or analogue) to the multi-zoning base unit - You need to connect the multi-zoning base unit to the outdoor unit - For cooling/heating operation, you also need to implement a relay (field supply, see addendum book for optional equipment) 9.3.1 To connect the main power supply 1 Open the following (see "7.2.5 To open the indoor unit" [469]): 1 Top panel 1 3 2 User interface panel 2 3 Upper switch box cover 2 Connect the main power supply. In case of normal kWh rate power supply Interconnection cable Wires: (3+GND)×1.5 mm² (= main power supply) -- 123 a A Installer reference guide 116 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 9 | Electrical installation Ba A B X1M 123 X11YA X11Y X11YB X2M X1A a Interconnection cable (=main power supply) In case of preferential kWh rate power supply Interconnection cable Wires: (3+GND)×1.5 mm² (= main power supply) Normal kWh rate power supply Wires: 1N Maximum running current: 6.3 A Preferential kWh rate Wires: 2×(0.75~1.25 mm²) power supply contact Maximum length: 50 m. Preferential kWh rate power supply contact: 16 V DC detection (voltage supplied by PCB). The voltage-free contact shall ensure the minimum applicable load of 15 V DC, 10 mA. [9.8] Benefit kWh power supply Connect X11Y to X11YB. 1N~, 50 Hz, 230 V AC, 6.3 A LN S1S 123 65 a b 9 10 c A EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 117 9 | Electrical installation A B Ba b c X1M 123 56 X11YA X11YB X2M X11Y 9 10 X5M X1A a Interconnection cable (=main power supply) b Normal kWh rate power supply c Preferential power supply contact 3 Fix the cables with cable ties to the cable tie mountings. INFORMATION In case of preferential kWh rate power supply, connect X11Y to X11YB. The necessity of separate normal kWh rate power supply to indoor unit (b) X2M/5+6 depends on the type of preferential kWh rate power supply. Separate connection to the indoor unit is required: if preferential kWh rate power supply is interrupted when active, OR if no power consumption of the indoor unit is allowed at the preferential kWh rate power supply when active. 9.3.2 To connect the backup heater power supply Backup heater type *6V *9W [9.3] Backup heater Power supply 1N~ 230 V (6V3) 3~ 230 V (6T1) 3N~ 400 V Wires 2+GND 3+GND 4+GND WARNING The backup heater MUST have a dedicated power supply and MUST be protected by the safety devices required by the applicable legislation. CAUTION To guarantee the unit is completely earthed, ALWAYS connect the backup heater power supply and the earth cable. The backup heater capacity can vary, depending on the indoor unit model. Make sure that the power supply is in accordance with the backup heater capacity, as listed in the table below. Installer reference guide 118 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 9 | Electrical installation Backup heater Backup Power supply Maximum Zmax type heater running current capacity *6V 2 kW 1N~ 230 V(a) 9 A -- 4 kW 1N~ 230 V(a) 17 A(b)(c) 0.22 6 kW 1N~ 230 V(a) 26 A(b)(c) 0.22 2 kW 3~ 230 V(d) 5 A -- 4 kW 3~ 230 V(d) 10 A -- 6 kW 3~ 230 V(d) 15 A -- *9W 3 kW 3N~ 400 V 4 A -- 6 kW 3N~ 400 V 9 A -- 9 kW 3N~ 400 V 13 A -- (a) 6V3 (b) Electrical equipment complying with EN/IEC 61000-3-12 (European/International Technical Standard setting the limits for harmonic currents produced by equipment connected to public low-voltage systems with input current >16 A and 75 A per phase). (c) This equipment complies with EN/IEC 61000311 (European/International Technical Standard setting the limits for voltage changes, voltage fluctuations and flicker in public low-voltage supply systems for equipment with rated current 75 A) provided that the system impedance Zsys is less than or equal to Zmax at the interface point between the user's supply and the public system. It is the responsibility of the installer or user of the equipment to ensure, by consultation with the distribution network operator if necessary, that the equipment is connected only to a supply with a system impedance Zsys less than or equal to Zmax. (d) 6T1 Connect the backup heater power supply as follows: a X6M b F1B Q1DI a Factory-mounted cable connected to the contactor of the backup heater, inside the switch box (K5M) b Field wiring (see table below) EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 119 9 | Electrical installation Model (power supply) *6V (6V3: 1N~ 230 V) Connections to backup heater power supply 2 4 6 14 K5M 1 3 5 13 SWB BRN BLU1 GRY BLU2 X6M 1357 F1B IIII 2468 Q1DI *6V (6T1: 3~ 230 V) 1N~, 50 Hz 230 V AC L N 2 4 6 14 K5M 1 3 5 13 SWB BRN BLU1 GRY BLU2 X6M 1357 F1B IIII 2468 Q1DI *9W (3N~ 400 V) 3~, 50 Hz 230 V AC L1 L2 L3 2 4 6 14 K5M 1 3 5 13 SWB BRN BLK GRY BLU X6M 1357 F1B IIII 2468 Q1DI Installer reference guide 120 3N~, 50 Hz 400 V AC L1 L2 L3 N F1B K5M Q1DI SWB X6M Overcurrent fuse (field supply). Recommended fuse: 4pole; 20 A; curve 400 V; tripping class C. Safety contactor (in the lower switch box) Earth leakage circuit breaker (field supply) Switch box Terminal (field supply) EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 9 | Electrical installation NOTICE Do NOT cut or remove the backup heater power supply cable. 9.3.3 To connect the shut-off valve INFORMATION Shut-off valve usage example. In case of one LWT zone, and a combination of underfloor heating and heat pump convectors, install a shut-off valve before the underfloor heating to prevent condensation on the floor during cooling operation. For more information, see the installer reference guide. Wires: 2×0.75 mm² Maximum running current: 100 mA 230 V AC supplied by PCB [2.D] Shut off valve 1 Open the following (see "7.2.5 To open the indoor unit" [469]): 1 Top panel 1 3 2 User interface panel 2 3 Upper switch box cover 2 Connect the valve control cable to the appropriate terminals as shown in the illustration below. NOTICE Wiring is different for a NC (normally closed) valve and a NO (normally open) valve. M2S A EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 121 9 | Electrical installation A B B NO 21 28 X2M B NC 21 29 X2M 3 Fix the cable with cable ties to the cable tie mountings. 9.3.4 To connect the electricity meters Wires: 2 (per meter)×0.75 mm² Electricity meters: 12 V DC pulse detection (voltage supplied by PCB) [9.A] Energy metering INFORMATION In case of an electricity meter with transistor output, check the polarity. The positive polarity MUST be connected to X5M/6 and X5M/4; the negative polarity to X5M/5 and X5M/3. 1 Open the following (see "7.2.5 To open the indoor unit" [469]): 1 Top panel 1 3 2 User interface panel 2 3 Upper switch box cover 2 Connect the electricity meters cable to the appropriate terminals as shown in the illustration below. S3S S2S 34 56 A Installer reference guide 122 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 B A B 9 | Electrical installation 3456 X5M 3 Fix the cable with cable ties to the cable tie mountings. 9.3.5 To connect the domestic hot water pump Wires: (2+GND)×0.75 mm² DHW pump output. Maximum load: 2 A (inrush), 230 V AC, 1 A (continuous) [9.2.2] DHW pump [9.2.3] DHW pump schedule 1 Open the following (see "7.2.5 To open the indoor unit" [469]): 1 Top panel 1 3 2 User interface panel 2 3 Upper switch box cover 2 Connect the domestic hot water pump cable to the appropriate terminals as shown in the illustration below. 1~M M2P A EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 123 9 | Electrical installation A B B 12 X2M 3 Fix the cable with cable ties to the cable tie mountings. 9.3.6 To connect the alarm output Wires: (2+1)×0.75 mm² Maximum load: 0.3 A, 250 V AC [9.D] Alarm output 1 Open the following (see "7.2.5 To open the indoor unit" [469]): 1 Top panel 1 3 2 User interface panel 2 3 Upper switch box cover 2 Connect the alarm output cable to the appropriate terminals as shown in the illustration below. 2 1 X2M 7 9 3 1+2 Wires connected to the alarm output 3 Wire between X2M and A4P A4P Installation of EKRP1HBAA is required. A4P Y1 YC 7 Y1 A Installer reference guide 124 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 9 | Electrical installation B A B 79 X2M X1M YC Y1 A4P b a a Installation of EKRP1HBAA is required. b Prewiring between X2M/7+9 and Q1L (= thermal protector backup heater). Do NOT change. 3 Fix the cable with cable ties to the cable tie mountings. 9.3.7 To connect the space cooling/heating ON/OFF output Wires: (2+1)×0.75 mm² Maximum load: 0.3 A, 250 V AC -- 1 Open the following (see "7.2.5 To open the indoor unit" [469]): 1 Top panel 1 3 2 User interface panel 2 3 Upper switch box cover 2 Connect the space cooling/heating ON/OFF output cable to the appropriate terminals as shown in the illustration below. 2 1 1+2 Wires connected to the space cooling/heating ON/OFF output X2M 7 9 3 Wire between X2M and A4P 3 A4P Y2 YC A4P Installation of EKRP1HBAA is required. 7 Y2 A EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 125 9 | Electrical installation A B B 79 X2M X1M YC Y2 A4P b a a Installation of EKRP1HBAA is required. b Prewiring between X2M/7+9 and Q1L (= thermal protector backup heater). Do NOT change. 3 Fix the cable with cable ties to the cable tie mountings. 9.3.8 To connect the changeover to external heat source Wires: 2×0.75 mm² Maximum load: 0.3 A, 250 V AC Minimum load: 20 mA, 5 V DC [9.C] Bivalent 1 Open the following (see "7.2.5 To open the indoor unit" [469]): 1 Top panel 1 3 2 User interface panel 2 3 Upper switch box cover 2 Connect the changeover to external heat source cable to the appropriate terminals as shown in the illustration below. N L X2 X1 A Installer reference guide 126 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 B A B 9 | Electrical installation X2 X1 X2M A4P a a Installation of EKRP1HBAA is required. 3 Fix the cable with cable ties to the cable tie mountings. 9.3.9 To connect the power consumption digital inputs Wires: 2 (per input signal)×0.75 mm² Power limitation digital inputs: 12 V DC / 12 mA detection (voltage supplied by PCB) [9.9] Power consumption control. 1 Open the following (see "7.2.5 To open the indoor unit" [469]): 1 Top panel 1 3 2 User interface panel 2 3 Upper switch box cover 2 Connect the power consumption digital inputs cable to the appropriate terminals as shown in the illustration below. S6S S7S S8S S9S 5 43 2 1 A EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 127 9 | Electrical installation B A B a A8P X801M 12345 a Installation of EKRP1AHTA is required. 3 Fix the cable with cable ties to the cable tie mountings. 9.3.10 To connect the safety thermostat (normally closed contact) Wires: 2×0.75 mm² Maximum length: 50 m Safety thermostat contact: 16 V DC detection (voltage supplied by PCB). The voltage-free contact shall ensure the minimum applicable load of 15 V DC, 10 mA. -- 1 Open the following (see "7.2.5 To open the indoor unit" [469]): 1 Top panel 1 3 2 User interface panel 2 3 Upper switch box cover 2 Connect the safety thermostat (normally closed) cable to the appropriate terminals as shown in the illustration below. Note: The jumper wire (factory-mounted) must be removed from the respective terminals. Q4L 13 14 A Installer reference guide 128 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 B A B 9 | Electrical installation 13 14 X5M 3 Fix the cable with cable ties to the cable tie mountings. NOTICE Make sure to select and install the safety thermostat according to the applicable legislation. In any case, to prevent unnecessary tripping of the safety thermostat, we recommend the following: The safety thermostat is automatically resettable. The safety thermostat has a maximum temperature variation rate of 2°C/min. There is a minimum distance of 2 m between the safety thermostat and the 3way valve. NOTICE Error. If you remove the jumper (open circuit) but do NOT connect the safety thermostat, stop error 8H-03 will occur. 9.3.11 To connect a Smart Grid This topic describes 2 possible ways to connect the indoor unit to a Smart Grid: In case of low voltage Smart Grid contacts In case of high voltage Smart Grid contacts. This requires the installation of the Smart Grid relay kit (EKRELSG). The 2 incoming Smart Grid contacts can activate the following Smart Grid modes: Smart Grid contact 1 2 Smart Grid operation mode 0 0 Free running 0 1 Forced off 1 0 Recommended on 1 1 Forced on The use of a Smart Grid pulse meter is not mandatory: If Smart Grid pulse meter is... Then [9.8.8] Limit setting kW is... Used Not applicable ([9.A.2] Electricity meter 2 None) Not used Applicable ([9.A.2] Electricity meter 2 = None) EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 129 9 | Electrical installation In case of low voltage Smart Grid contacts Wires (Smart Grid pulse meter): 0.5 mm² Wires (low voltage Smart Grid contacts): 0.5 mm² [9.8.4]=3 (Benefit kWh power supply = Smart grid) [9.8.5] Smart grid operation mode [9.8.6] Allow electrical heaters [9.8.7] Enable room buffering [9.8.8] Limit setting kW The wiring of the Smart Grid in case of low voltage contacts is as follows: X5M 3 4 5 6 9 10 13 14 2 1 a S4S S11S S10S a S4S 1 /S10S 2 /S11S Jumper (factory-mounted). If you also connect a safety thermostat (Q4L), replace the jumper with the safety thermostat wires. Smart Grid pulse meter Low voltage Smart Grid contact 1 Low voltage Smart Grid contact 2 1 Open the following (see "7.2.5 To open the indoor unit" [469]): 1 Top panel 1 3 2 User interface panel 2 3 Upper switch box cover 2 Connect the wiring as follows: A X5M.4 X5M.3 X5M.10 X5M.9 1 X5M.6 X5M.5 2 S4S S10S S11S Installer reference guide 130 B A B 3 4 5 6 9 10 1314 X5M EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 9 | Electrical installation 3 Fix the cables with cable ties to the cable tie mountings. In case of high voltage Smart Grid contacts Wires (Smart Grid pulse meter): 0.5 mm² Wires (high voltage Smart Grid contacts): 1 mm² [9.8.4]=3 (Benefit kWh power supply = Smart grid) [9.8.5] Smart grid operation mode [9.8.6] Allow electrical heaters [9.8.7] Enable room buffering [9.8.8] Limit setting kW The wiring of the Smart Grid in case of high voltage contacts is as follows: X5M X10M 1 2 3 4 10 9 6 5 X5M 14 13 4 3 NL NL 21 A1 A2 K1A a A1 A2 K2A b K1A K2A cd S4S e f STEP 3 STEP 1 STEP 2 STEP 1 STEP 2 STEP 3 1 2 a, b c, d e f Smart Grid relay kit installation Low voltage connections High voltage connections High voltage Smart Grid contact 1 High voltage Smart Grid contact 2 Coil sides of relays Contact sides of relays Jumper (factory-mounted). If you also connect a safety thermostat (Q4L), replace the jumper with the safety thermostat wires. Smart Grid pulse meter 1 Install the components of the Smart Grid relay kit as follows: a ×2 b ×4 d K1A K2A e c X10M K1A, K2A X10M a b c d e Relays Terminal block Screws for X10M Screws for K1A and K2A Sticker to put on the high voltage wires Wires between the relays and X5M (AWG22 ORG) Wires between the relays and X10M (AWG18 RED) EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 131 9 | Electrical installation A B B b K1A b K2A 1234 a X10M 5 6 9 10 X5M 2 Connect the low voltage wiring as follows: X5M.4 S4S X5M.3 A B A B 34 1314 X5M 3 Connect the high voltage wiring as follows: X10M.1 X10M.2 L N1 X10M.3 L A X10M.4 N 2 Installer reference guide 132 1 High voltage Smart Grid contact 1 2 High voltage Smart Grid contact 2 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 B A B 9 | Electrical installation X10M 1234 X5M 4 Fix the cables with cable ties to the cable tie mountings. If necessary, bundle excessive cable length with a cable tie. 9.3.12 To connect the WLAN cartridge (delivered as accessory) [D] Wireless gateway 1 Insert the WLAN cartridge into the cartridge slot on the user interface of the indoor unit. 1 2 9.4 After connecting the electrical wiring to the indoor unit To prevent water ingress to the switch box, seal the low voltage wiring intake using the sealing tape (delivered as accessory). Without low voltage cables With low voltage cables EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 133 10 | Configuration 10 Configuration INFORMATION This unit is a heating only model. Therefore, all references to cooling in this document are NOT applicable. In this chapter 10.1 Overview: Configuration......................................................................................................................................................... 134 10.1.1 To access the most used commands ..................................................................................................................... 135 10.1.2 To connect the PC cable to the switch box ........................................................................................................... 137 10.2 Configuration wizard .............................................................................................................................................................. 137 10.3 Possible screens...................................................................................................................................................................... 139 10.3.1 Possible screens: Overview.................................................................................................................................... 139 10.3.2 Home screen .......................................................................................................................................................... 140 10.3.3 Main menu screen ................................................................................................................................................. 142 10.3.4 Menu screen........................................................................................................................................................... 143 10.3.5 Setpoint screen ...................................................................................................................................................... 144 10.3.6 Detailed screen with values ................................................................................................................................... 145 10.3.7 Schedule screen: Example ..................................................................................................................................... 145 10.4 Weather-dependent curve..................................................................................................................................................... 149 10.4.1 What is a weather-dependent curve? ................................................................................................................... 149 10.4.2 2-points curve......................................................................................................................................................... 150 10.4.3 Slope-offset curve .................................................................................................................................................. 151 10.4.4 Using weather-dependent curves ......................................................................................................................... 152 10.5 Settings menu ......................................................................................................................................................................... 154 10.5.1 Malfunctioning ....................................................................................................................................................... 154 10.5.2 Room ...................................................................................................................................................................... 155 10.5.3 Main zone............................................................................................................................................................... 159 10.5.4 Additional zone ...................................................................................................................................................... 169 10.5.5 Space heating/cooling............................................................................................................................................ 174 10.5.6 Tank ........................................................................................................................................................................ 183 10.5.7 User settings........................................................................................................................................................... 191 10.5.8 Information............................................................................................................................................................. 195 10.5.9 Installer settings ..................................................................................................................................................... 196 10.5.10 Commissioning ....................................................................................................................................................... 220 10.5.11 User profile............................................................................................................................................................. 220 10.5.12 Operation ............................................................................................................................................................... 220 10.5.13 WLAN...................................................................................................................................................................... 221 10.6 Menu structure: Overview user settings................................................................................................................................ 223 10.7 Menu structure: Overview installer settings.......................................................................................................................... 224 10.1 Overview: Configuration Installer reference guide 134 This chapter describes what you have to do and know to configure the system after it is installed. Why If you do NOT configure the system correctly, it might NOT work as expected. The configuration influences the following: The calculations of the software What you can see on and do with the user interface How You can configure the system via the user interface. First time Configuration wizard. When you turn ON the user interface for the first time (via the unit), the configuration wizard starts to help you configure the system. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 10 | Configuration Restart the configuration wizard. If the system is already configured, you can restart the configuration wizard. To restart the configuration wizard, go to Installer settings > Configuration wizard. To access Installer settings, see "10.1.1 To access the most used commands" [4135]. Afterwards. If necessary, you can make changes to the configuration in the menu structure or the overview settings. INFORMATION When the configuration wizard is finished, the user interface will show an overview screen and request to confirm. When confirmed, the system will restart and the home screen will be displayed. Accessing settings Legend for tables You can access the installer settings using two different methods. However, NOT all settings are accessible via both methods. If so, the corresponding table columns in this chapter are set to N/A (not applicable). Method Accessing settings via the breadcrumb in the home menu screen or the menu structure. To enable breadcrumbs, press the button in the home screen. Accessing settings via the code in the overview field settings. Column in tables # For example: [2.9] Code For example: [C-07] See also: "To access the installer settings" [4136] "10.7 Menu structure: Overview installer settings" [4224] 10.1.1 To access the most used commands To change the user permission level You can change the user permission level as follows: 1 Go to [B]: User profile. B User profile 2 Enter the applicable pin code for the user permission level. -- Browse through the list of digits and change the selected digit. Move the cursor from left to right. Confirm the pin code and proceed. Installer pin code The Installer pin code is 5678. Additional menu items and installer settings are now available. Installer 5678 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 135 10 | Configuration Advanced user pin code The Advanced user pin code is 1234. Additional menu items for the user are now visible. Advanced user 1234 User pin code The User pin code is 0000. User 0000 Installer reference guide 136 To access the installer settings 1 Set the user permission level to Installer. 2 Go to [9]: Installer settings. To modify an overview setting Example: Modify [101] from 15 to 20. Most settings can be configured via the menu structure. If for any reason it is required to change a setting using the overview settings, then the overview settings can be accessed as follows: 1 Set the user permission level to Installer. See "To change -- the user permission level" [4135]. 2 Go to [9.I]: Installer settings > Overview field settings. 3 Turn the left dial to select the first part of the setting and confirm by pressing the dial. 00 0 01 1 02 2 03 3 04 05 0A 06 0B 07 0C 08 0D 09 0E 4 Turn the left dial to select the second part of the setting 00 05 0A 01 15 06 0B 1 02 07 0C 03 08 0D 04 09 0E 5 Turn the right dial to modify the value from 15 to 20. 00 05 0A 01 20 06 0B 1 02 07 0C 03 08 0D 04 09 0E EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 10 | Configuration 6 Press the left dial to confirm the new setting. 7 Press the center button to go back to the home screen. INFORMATION When you change the overview settings and you go back to the home screen, the user interface will show a popup screen and request to restart the system. When confirmed, the system will restart and recent changes will be applied. 10.1.2 To connect the PC cable to the switch box This connection between PC and hydro PCB is needed when updating the hydro software and EEPROM. Prerequisite: The EKPCCAB4 kit is required. 1 Connect the USB connector of the cable to your PC. 2 Connect the plug of the cable to X10A on A1P of the switch box of the indoor unit. A1P X10A 3 Pay special attention to the position of the plug! 2 3 4 5 H JST 10.2 Configuration wizard After first power ON of the system, the user interface will guide you using the configuration wizard. This way you can set the most important initial settings. This way the unit will be able to run properly. Afterwards, more detailed settings can be done via the menu structure if required. You can find a short overview of the settings in the configuration here. All the settings can also be adjusted in the settings menu (use the breadcrumbs). For the setting... Language [7.1] Refer to... Time/date [7.2] EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 137 10 | Configuration For the setting... Hours Minutes Year Month Day System Indoor unit type (read only) Backup heater type [9.3.1] Domestic hot water [9.2.1] Emergency [9.5] Number of zones [4.4] Glycol Filled system (overview field setting [E0D]) Booster heater capacity [9.4.1] (if applicable) Backup heater Voltage [9.3.2] Configuration [9.3.3] Capacity step 1 [9.3.4] Additional capacity step 2 [9.3.5] (if applicable) Main zone Emitter type [2.7] Control [2.9] Setpoint mode [2.4] Heating WD curve [2.5] (if applicable) Cooling WD curve [2.6] (if applicable) Schedule [2.1] WD curve type [2.E] Additional zone (only if [4.4]=1) Refer to... -- "10.5.9 Installer settings" [4196] "10.5.5 Space heating/ cooling" [4174] "10.5.9 Installer settings" [4196] "Backup heater" [4198] "10.5.3 Main zone" [4159] Installer reference guide 138 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 For the setting... Emitter type [3.7] Control (read only) [3.9] Setpoint mode [3.4] Heating WD curve [3.5] (if applicable) Cooling WD curve [3.6] (if applicable) Schedule [3.1] WD curve type [3.C] (read only) Tank Heat up mode [5.6] Comfort setpoint [5.2] Eco setpoint [5.3] Reheat setpoint [5.4] Hysteresis [5.9] and [5.A] 10 | Configuration Refer to... "10.5.4 Additional zone" [4169] "10.5.6 Tank" [4183] 10.3 Possible screens 10.3.1 Possible screens: Overview The most common screens are as follows: a OR b + c1 c c2 c3 c4 a Home screen b Main menu screen EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 139 10 | Configuration c Lower level screens: c1: Setpoint screen c2: Detailed screen with values c3: Screen with weather-dependent curve c4: Screen with schedule 10.3.2 Home screen Press the button to go back to the home screen. You see an overview of the unit configuration and the room and setpoint temperatures. Only symbols applicable for your configuration are visible on the home screen. e3 a1 a2 b c l 26 Feb 2019 d 22:19 55 e1 k1 k2 45 f k3 e2 21 1.6 bar 6 g1 g2 j 35 g3 i1 i2 i3 i4 h1 h2 Possible actions on this screen Go through the list of the main menu. Go to the main menu screen. Enable/disable breadcrumbs. Item a Domestic hot water a1 Domestic hot water Description a2 55 Measured tank temperature(a) b Disinfection / Powerful Disinfection mode active Powerful operation mode active c Emergency Heat pump failure and system operates in Emergency mode or heat pump is forced off. d Current date and time e Smart energy e1 Smart energy is available via solar panels or smart grid. e2 Smart energy is currently being used for space heating. e3 Smart energy is currently being used for domestic hot water. f Space operation mode Cooling Heating Installer reference guide 140 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 10 | Configuration Item Description g Outdoor / quiet mode g1 6 Measured outdoor temperature(a) g2 Quiet mode active g3 Outdoor unit h Indoor unit / domestic hot water tank h1 Floor-standing indoor unit with integrated tank Wall-mounted indoor unit Wall-mounted indoor unit with separated tank h2 Water pressure i Main zone i1 Installed room thermostat type: Unit operation is decided based on the ambient temperature of the dedicated Human Comfort Interface (BRC1HHDA used as room thermostat). Unit operation is decided by the external room thermostat (wired or wireless). -- No room thermostat installed or set. Unit operation is decided based on the leaving water temperature regardless of the actual room temperature and/or heating demand of the room. i2 Installed heat emitter type: Underfloor heating Fancoil unit Radiator i3 21 Measured room temperature(a) i4 35 Leaving water temperature setpoint(a) j Holiday mode Holiday mode active EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 141 10 | Configuration Item Description k Additional zone k1 Installed room thermostat type: Unit operation is decided by the external room thermostat (wired or wireless). -- No room thermostat installed or set. Unit operation is decided based on the leaving water temperature regardless of the actual room temperature and/or heating demand of the room. k2 Installed heat emitter type: Underfloor heating Fancoil unit Radiator k3 45 Leaving water temperature setpoint(a) l Malfunction A malfunction occurred. See "14.4.1 To display the help text in case of a malfunction" [4254] for more information. (a) If the corresponding operation (for example: space heating) is not active, the circle is greyed out. 10.3.3 Main menu screen Starting from the home screen, press ( ) or turn ( ) the left dial to open the main menu screen. From the main menu, you can access the different setpoint screens and submenus. 2 Malfunctioning Room Main zone a Additional zone Space heating/cooling a Selected submenu Possible actions on this screen Go through the list. Enter the submenu. Enable/disable breadcrumbs. Submenu Description [0] or Malfunctioning Restriction: Only displayed if a malfunction occurs. See "14.4.1 To display the help text in case of a malfunction" [4254] for more information. Installer reference guide 142 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 10 | Configuration Submenu [1] Room Description Restriction: Only displayed if a dedicated Human Comfort Interface (BRC1HHDA used as room thermostat) is controlling the indoor unit. Set the room temperature. [2] Main zone Shows the applicable symbol for your main zone emitter type. Set the leaving water temperature for the main zone. [3] Additional zone Restriction: Only displayed if there are two leaving water temperature zones. Shows the applicable symbol for your additional zone emitter type. Set the leaving water temperature for the additional zone (if present). [4] Space heating/ cooling Shows the applicable symbol of your unit. Put the unit in heating mode or cooling mode. You cannot change the mode on heating only models. [5] Tank Set the domestic hot water tank temperature. [7] User settings Gives access to user settings such as holiday mode and quiet mode. [8] Information Displays data and information about the indoor unit. [9] Installer settings Restriction: Only for the installer. Gives access to advanced settings. [A] Commissioning Restriction: Only for the installer. Perform tests and maintenance. [B] User profile Change the active user profile. [C] Operation Turn heating/cooling functionality and domestic hot water preparation on or off. [D] Wireless gateway Restriction: Only displayed if a wireless LAN (WLAN) is installed. Contains settings needed when configuring the Daikin Residential Controller app. 10.3.4 Menu screen Example: 7.1 Language Time/date Holiday EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 143 10 | Configuration Possible actions on this screen Go through the list. Enter the submenu/setting. 10.3.5 Setpoint screen The setpoint screen is displayed for screens describing system components that need a setpoint value. Examples [1] Room temperature screen 1 + 21°C Room [2] Main zone screen 2 + 35°C Main zone [3] Additional zone screen 3 + 45°C Additional zone [5] Tank temperature screen 5 + 50°C Tank Explanation d a2 c e d e a1 + b2 d b1 Possible actions on this screen Go through the list of the submenu. Go to the submenu. Adjust and automatically apply the desired temperature. Item Minimum temperature limit Maximum temperature limit Current temperature Desired temperature Submenu Description a1 Fixed by the unit a2 Restricted by the installer b1 Fixed by the unit b2 Restricted by the installer c Measured by the unit d Turn the right dial to increase/ decrease. e Turn or press the left dial to go to the submenu. Installer reference guide 144 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 10.3.6 Detailed screen with values 10 | Configuration Example: 7.2.1 Time/date Hours 11 Minutes 30 acb a c b a Settings b Values c Selected setting and value Possible actions on this screen Go through the list of settings. Change the value. Go to the next setting. Confirm changes and proceed. 10.3.7 Schedule screen: Example This example shows how to set a room temperature schedule in heating mode for the main zone. INFORMATION The procedures to program other schedules are similar. To program the schedule: overview Example: You want to program the following schedule: User defined 1 Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Prerequisite: The room temperature schedule is only available if room thermostat control is active. If leaving water temperature control is active, you can program the main zone schedule instead. 1 Go to the schedule. 2 (optional) Clear the content of the whole week schedule or the content of a selected day schedule. 3 Program the schedule for Monday. 4 Copy the schedule to the other weekdays. 5 Program the schedule for Saturday and copy it to Sunday. 6 Give the schedule a name. To go to the schedule 1 Go to [1.1]: Room > Schedule. 2 Set scheduling to Yes. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 145 10 | Configuration 3 Go to [1.2]: Room > Heating schedule. To clear the content of the week schedule 1 Select the name of the current schedule. User defined 1 Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun 2 Select Delete. Delete Rename Select 3 Select OK to confirm. To clear the content of a day schedule 1 Select the day of which you want to clear the content. For example Friday User defined 1 Mon C Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun 2 Select Delete. Delete Edit Copy 3 Select OK to confirm. To program the schedule for Monday 1 Select Monday. User defined 1 Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun 2 Select Edit. Delete Edit Copy Installer reference guide 146 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 10 | Configuration 3 Use the left dial to select an entry and edit the entry with the right dial. You can program up to 6 actions each day. On the bar, a high temperature has a darker colour than a low temperature. 0 12 6:00 20°C 8:30 18°C 17:30 21°C Mon 24 22:00 18°C --:-- -- Note: To clear an action, set its time as the time of the previous action. 4 Confirm the changes. Result: The schedule for Monday is defined. The value of the last action is valid until the next programmed action. In this example, Monday is the first day you programmed. Thus, the last programmed action is valid up to the first action of next Monday. To copy the schedule to the other weekdays 1 Select Monday. User defined 1 Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun 2 Select Copy. Delete Edit Copy Result: Next to the copied day, "C" is displayed. 3 Select Tuesday. User defined 1 Mon C Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 147 10 | Configuration 4 Select Paste. Delete Edit Copy Paste Result: User defined 1 Mon C Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun 5 Repeat this action for all other weekdays. -- User defined 1 Mon C Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun To program the schedule for Saturday and copy it to Sunday 1 Select Saturday. 2 Select Edit. 3 Use the left dial to select an entry and edit the entry with the right dial. 0 12 8:00 21°C 23:00 18°C --:-- -- Sat 24 4 Confirm the changes. 5 Select Saturday. 6 Select Copy. 7 Select Sunday. 8 Select Paste. Result: User defined 1 Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat C Sun Installer reference guide 148 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 To rename the schedule 1 Select the name of the current schedule. User defined 1 Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun 2 Select Rename. 10 | Configuration Delete Rename Select 3 (optional) To delete the current schedule name, browse through the character list until is displayed, then press to remove the previous character. Repeat for each character of the schedule name. 4 To name the current schedule, browse through the character list and confirm the selected character. The schedule name can contain up to 15 characters. 5 Confirm the new name. INFORMATION Not all schedules can be renamed. 10.4 Weather-dependent curve 10.4.1 What is a weather-dependent curve? Weather-dependent operation The unit operates 'weather dependent' if the desired leaving water or tank temperature is determined automatically by the outdoor temperature. It therefore is connected to a temperature sensor on the North wall of the building. If the outdoor temperature drops or rises, the unit compensates instantly. Thus, the unit does not have to wait for feedback by the thermostat to increase or decrease the temperature of the leaving water or tank. Because it reacts more quickly, it prevents high rises and drops of the indoor temperature and water temperature at tap points. Advantage Weather-dependent operation reduces energy consumption. Weather-dependent curve To be able to compensate for differences in temperature, the unit relies on its weather-dependent curve. This curve defines how much the temperature of the tank or leaving water must be at different outdoor temperatures. Because the slope of the curve depends on local circumstances such as climate and the insulation of the house, the curve can be adjusted by an installer or user. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 149 10 | Configuration Types of weather-dependent curve There are 2 types of weather-dependent curves: 2-points curve Slope-offset curve Which type of curve you use to make adjustments, depends on your personal preference. See "10.4.4 Using weather-dependent curves" [4152]. Availability The weather-dependent curve is available for: Main zone - Heating Main zone - Cooling Additional zone - Heating Additional zone - Cooling Tank (only available to installers) INFORMATION To operate weather dependent, correctly configure the setpoint of the main zone, additional zone or tank. See "10.4.4 Using weather-dependent curves" 4[ 152]. 10.4.2 2-points curve Define the weather-dependent curve with these two setpoints: Setpoint (X1, Y2) Setpoint (X2, Y1) Example a Y2 Y1 X1 X2 Installer reference guide 150 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 10 | Configuration Item a X1, X2 Y1, Y2 Description Selected weather dependent zone: : Main zone or additional zone heating : Main zone or additional zone cooling : Domestic hot water Examples of outdoor ambient temperature Examples of desired tank temperature or leaving water temperature. The icon corresponds to the heat emitter for that zone: : Underfloor heating : Fan coil unit : Radiator : Domestic hot water tank Possible actions on this screen Go through the temperatures. Change the temperature. Go to the next temperature. Confirm changes and proceed. 10.4.3 Slope-offset curve Slope and offset Define the weather-dependent curve by its slope and offset: Change the slope to differently increase or decrease the temperature of the leaving water for different ambient temperatures. For example, if leaving water temperature is in general fine but at low ambient temperatures too cold, raise the slope so that leaving water temperature is heated increasingly more at decreasingly lower ambient temperatures. Change the offset to equally increase or decrease the temperature of the leaving water for different ambient temperatures. For example, if leaving water temperature is always a bit too cold at different ambient temperatures, shift the offset up to equally increase the leaving water temperature for all ambient temperatures. Examples Weather-dependent curve when slope is selected: c a b e d Y4 Y3 Y2 Y1 X1 X2 Weather-dependent curve when offset is selected: EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 151 10 | Configuration c a b e d Y4 Y3 Y2 Y1 X1 X2 Item Description a WD curve before changes. b WD curve after changes (as example): When slope is changed, the new preferred temperature at X1 is unequally higher than the preferred temperature at X2. When offset is changed, the new preferred temperature at X1 is equally higher as the preferred temperature at X2. c Slope d Offset e Selected weather dependent zone: : Main zone or additional zone heating : Main zone or additional zone cooling : Domestic hot water X1, X2 Examples of outdoor ambient temperature Y1, Y2, Y3, Examples of desired tank temperature or leaving water Y4 temperature. The icon corresponds to the heat emitter for that zone: : Underfloor heating : Fan coil unit : Radiator : Domestic hot water tank Possible actions on this screen Select slope or offset. Increase or decrease the slope/offset. When slope is selected: set slope and go to offset. When offset is selected: set offset. Confirm changes and return to the submenu. 10.4.4 Using weather-dependent curves Configure weather-dependent curves as following: To define the setpoint mode To use the weather-dependent curve, you need to define the correct setpoint mode: Installer reference guide 152 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 10 | Configuration Go to setpoint mode ... Set the setpoint mode to ... Main zone Heating [2.4] Main zone > Setpoint mode WD heating, fixed cooling OR Weather dependent Main zone Cooling [2.4] Main zone > Setpoint mode Weather dependent Additional zone Heating [3.4] Additional zone > Setpoint WD heating, fixed cooling OR mode Weather dependent Additional zone Cooling [3.4] Additional zone > Setpoint Weather dependent mode Tank [5.B] Tank > Setpoint mode Restriction: Only available to installers. Weather dependent To change the type of weather-dependent curve To change the type for all zones (main + additional) and for the tank, go to [2.E] Main zone > WD curve type. Viewing which type is selected is also possible via: [3.C] Additional zone > WD curve type [5.E] Tank > WD curve type Restriction: Only available to installers. To change the weather-dependent curve Zone Main zone Heating Main zone Cooling Additional zone Heating Additional zone Cooling Tank Go to ... [2.5] Main zone > Heating WD curve [2.6] Main zone > Cooling WD curve [3.5] Additional zone > Heating WD curve [3.6] Additional zone > Cooling WD curve Restriction: Only available to installers. [5.C] Tank > WD curve INFORMATION Maximum and minimum setpoints You cannot configure the curve with temperatures that are higher or lower than the set maximum and minimum setpoints for that zone or for the tank. When the maximum or minimum setpoint is reached, the curve flattens out. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 153 10 | Configuration To fine-tune the weather-dependent curve: slope-offset curve The following table describes how to fine-tune the weather-dependent curve of a zone or tank: You feel ... Fine-tune with slope and offset: At regular outdoor temperatures ... OK At cold outdoor temperatures ... Cold Slope Offset -- OK Hot -- Cold OK Cold Cold -- Cold Hot Hot OK Hot Cold Hot Hot -- To fine-tune the weather-dependent curve: 2-points curve The following table describes how to fine-tune the weather-dependent curve of a zone or tank: You feel ... At regular outdoor temperatures ... At cold outdoor temperatures ... OK Cold Fine-tune with setpoints: Y2(a) Y1(a) X1(a) X2(a) -- -- OK Hot -- -- Cold OK -- -- Cold Cold Cold Hot Hot OK -- -- Hot Cold Hot Hot (a) See "10.4.2 2-points curve" 4[ 150]. 10.5 Settings menu You can set additional settings using the main menu screen and its submenus. The most important settings are presented here. 10.5.1 Malfunctioning In case of a malfunction, or will appear on the home screen. To display the error code, open the menu screen and go to [0] Malfunctioning. Press for more information about the error. Installer reference guide 154 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 10.5.2 Room 0 User profile Operation Malfunctioning Room Main zone 10 | Configuration Overview The following items are listed in the submenu: 1 Operation Malfunctioning Room Main zone Additional zone [1] Room Setpoint screen [1.1] Schedule [1.2] Heating schedule [1.3] Cooling schedule [1.4] Antifrost [1.5] Setpoint range [1.6] Room sensor offset [1.7] Room sensor offset [1.9] Room comfort setpoint Setpoint screen Control the room temperature of the main zone via setpoint screen [1] Room. See "10.3.5 Setpoint screen" [4144]. Schedule Indicate if the room temperature is controlled according to a schedule or not. # [1.1] Code N/A Description Schedule: No: Room temperature is directly controlled by the user. Yes: Room temperature is controlled by a schedule and can be modified by the user. Heating schedule Applicable for all models. Define a heating schedule of the room temperature in [1.2] Heating schedule . See "10.3.7 Schedule screen: Example" [4145]. Cooling schedule Only applicable for reversible models. Define a cooling schedule of the room temperature in [1.3] Cooling schedule. See "10.3.7 Schedule screen: Example" [4145]. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 155 10 | Configuration Installer reference guide 156 Antifrost [1.4] Antifrost prevents the room from getting too cold. This setting is applicable when [2.9] Control=Room thermostat, but also offers functionality for leaving water temperature control and external room thermostat control. In case of the latter two, Antifrost can be activated by setting field setting [2-06]=1. Room frost protection, when enabled, is not guaranteed when there is no room thermostat that can activate the heat pump. This is the case when: [2.9] Control=External room thermostat and [C.2] Space heating/ cooling=Off, or if [2.9] Control=Leaving water. In the above cases, Antifrost will heat the space heating water to a reduced setpoint when the outdoor temperature is lower than 6°C. Main zone unit control method [2.9] Description Leaving water temperature control Room frost protection is NOT guaranteed. ([C07]=0) External room thermostat control ([C07]=1) Allow for the external room thermostat to take care of room frost protection: Set [C.2] Space cooling=On. heating/ Room thermostat control ([C07]=2) Allow for the dedicated Human Comfort Interface (BRC1HHDA used as room thermostat) to take care of room frost protection: Set antifrost [1.4.1] Activation=Yes. Set the temperature of the antifrost function in [1.4.2] Room setpoint. INFORMATION If a U4 error occurs, room frost protection is NOT guaranteed. NOTICE If the room Antifrost setting is active and a U4 error occurs, the unit will automatically start the Antifrost function via the backup heater. If the backup heater is not allowed for room frost protection during a U4 error, the room Antifrost setting MUST be disabled. NOTICE Room frost protection. Even if you turn OFF space heating/cooling operation ([C.2]: Operation > Space heating/cooling), room frost protection operation if enabled can still activate. However, for leaving water temperature control and external room thermostat control, the protection is NOT guaranteed. For more detailed information about room frost protection in relation to the applicable unit control method, see the sections below. Leaving water temperature control ([C07]=0) Under leaving water temperature control, room frost protection is NOT guaranteed. However, if room antifrost [206] is activated, limited frost protection by the unit is possible: EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 10 | Configuration If... Then... Space heating/cooling=Off, The unit will supply leaving water to and the heat emitters to heat up the room Outdoor ambient temperature drops again, and below 6°C the temperature setpoint of the leaving water will be lowered. Space heating/cooling=On, and The unit will supply leaving water to the Operation mode=Heating heat emitters to heat up the room according to normal logic. Space heating/cooling=On, and There is no room frost protection. Operation mode=Cooling External room thermostat control ([C07]=1) Under external room thermostat control, room frost protection is guaranteed by the external room thermostat, provided that: [C.2] Space heating/cooling=On, and [9.5.1] Emergency=Automatic or auto SH normal/DHW off. However, if [1.4.1] Antifrost is activated, limited frost protection by the unit is possible. In case of 1 leaving water temperature zone: If... Then... Space heating/cooling=Off, The unit will supply leaving water to and the heat emitters to heat up the room Outdoor ambient temperature drops again, and below 6°C the temperature setpoint of the leaving water will be lowered. Space heating/cooling=On, and The unit will supply leaving water to The external room thermostat is "Thermo OFF", and the heat emitters to heat up the room again, and Outdoor 6°C temperature drops below the temperature setpoint leaving water will be lowered. of the Space heating/cooling=On, and Room frost protection is guaranteed by The external room thermostat is the normal logic. "Thermo ON" In case of 2 leaving water temperature zones: If... Then... Space heating/cooling=Off, The unit will supply leaving water to and the heat emitters to heat up the room Outdoor ambient temperature drops again, and below 6°C the temperature setpoint of the leaving water will be lowered. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 157 10 | Configuration Installer reference guide 158 If... Then... Space heating/cooling=On, and The unit will supply leaving water to Operation mode=Heating, and The external room thermostat is "Thermo OFF", and Outdoor temperature drops below the heat emitters to heat up the room again, and the temperature setpoint of the leaving water will be lowered. 6°C Space heating/cooling=On, and There is no room frost protection. Operation mode=Cooling Room thermostat control ([C07]=2) During room thermostat control, room frost protection [206] is guaranteed when activated. If so, and the room temperature drops below the room antifrost temperature [205], the unit will supply leaving water to the heat emitters to heat up the room again. # [1.4.1] [1.4.2] Code [2-06] [2-05] Description Activation: 0 No: Antifrost functionality is OFF. 1 Yes: Antifrost functionality is on. Room setpoint: 4°C~16°C INFORMATION When the dedicated Human Comfort Interface (BRC1HHDA used as room thermostat) is disconnected (because of incorrect wiring or damage of the cable), then room frost protection is NOT guaranteed. NOTICE If Emergency is set to Manual ([9.5.1]=0), and the unit is triggered to start emergency operation, the unit will stop and needs to be recovered manually via the user interface. To recover operation manually, go to the Malfunctioning main menu screen, and confirm emergency operation before starting. Room frost protection is active even if the user does not confirm emergency operation. Setpoint range Only applicable in room thermostat control. To save energy by preventing overheating or undercooling the room, you can limit the range of the room temperature for heating and/or cooling. NOTICE When adjusting the room temperature ranges, all desired room temperatures are also adjusted to guarantee they are between the limits. # [1.5.1] [1.5.2] [1.5.3] Code [3-07] [3-06] [3-09] Description Heating minimum Heating maximum Cooling minimum EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 10 | Configuration # [1.5.4] Code [3-08] Description Cooling maximum Room sensor offset Only applicable in room thermostat control. To calibrate the (external) room temperature sensor, give an offset to the value of the room thermistor as measured by the Human Comfort Interface (BRC1HHDA used as room thermostat) or by the external room sensor. The setting can be used to compensate for situations where the Human Comfort Interface or the external room sensor cannot be installed at the ideal location. See "6.7 Setting up an external temperature sensor" [462]. # [1.6] [1.7] Code [2-0A] [2-09] Description Room sensor offset (Human Comfort Interface (BRC1HHDA used as room thermostat)): Offset on the actual room temperature measured by the Human Comfort Interface. 5°C~5°C, step 0.5°C Room sensor offset (external room sensor option): Only applicable if the external room sensor option is installed and configured. 5°C~5°C, step 0.5°C Room comfort setpoint Restriction: Only applicable if: Smart Grid is enabled ([9.8.4]=Smart grid), and Room buffering is enabled ([9.8.7]=Yes) If room buffering is enabled, the extra energy from photovoltaic panels is buffered in the DHW tank and in the space heating/cooling circuit (i.e. heat up or cool down the room). With the room comfort setpoints (cooling/heating) you can modify the maximum/minimum setpoints that will be used when buffering the extra energy in the space heating/cooling circuit. # [1.9.1] Code [9-0A] Description Heating comfort setpoint [3-07]~[3-06]°C [1.9.2] [9-0B] Cooling comfort setpoint [3-09]~[3-08]°C 10.5.3 Main zone Overview The following items are listed in the submenu: EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 159 10 | Configuration 2 Malfunctioning Room Main zone Additional zone Space heating/cooling [2] Main zone Setpoint screen [2.1] Schedule [2.2] Heating schedule [2.3] Cooling schedule [2.4] Setpoint mode [2.5] Heating WD curve [2.6] Cooling WD curve [2.7] Emitter type [2.8] Setpoint range [2.9] Control [2.A] Thermostat type [2.B] Delta T [2.C] Modulation [2.D] Shut off valve [2.E] WD curve type Setpoint screen Control the leaving water temperature for the main zone via setpoint screen [2] Main zone. See "10.3.5 Setpoint screen" [4144]. Schedule Indicate if the temperature of the leaving water is defined according to a schedule or not. Influence of the LWT setpoint mode [2.4] is as follows: In Fixed LWT setpoint mode, the scheduled actions consist of desired leaving water temperatures, either preset or custom. In Weather dependent LWT setpoint mode, the scheduled actions consist of desired shift actions, either preset or custom. # [2.1] Code N/A Schedule: 0: No 1: Yes Description Heating schedule Define a heating temperature schedule for the main zone via [2.2] Heating schedule. See "10.3.7 Schedule screen: Example" [4145]. Cooling schedule Define a cooling temperature schedule for the main zone via [2.3] Cooling schedule. See "10.3.7 Schedule screen: Example" [4145]. Installer reference guide 160 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 10 | Configuration Setpoint mode Define the setpoint mode: Fixed: the desired leaving water temperature does not depend on the outdoor ambient temperature. In WD heating, fixed cooling mode, the desired leaving water temperature: - depends on the outdoor ambient temperature for heating - does NOT depend on the outdoor ambient temperature for cooling In Weather dependent mode, the desired leaving water temperature depends on the outdoor ambient temperature. # [2.4] Code N/A Description Setpoint mode: Fixed WD heating, fixed cooling Weather dependent When weather dependent operation is active, low outdoor temperatures will result in warmer water and vice versa. During weather dependent operation, the user can shift the water temperature up or down by a maximum of 10°C. Heating WD curve Set weather-dependent heating for the main zone (if [2.4]=1 or 2): EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 161 10 | Configuration # [2.5] Code [1-00] [1-01] [1-02] [1-03] Description Set weather-dependent heating in [2.5] Heating WD curve: Tt [1-02] [1-03] [1-00] [1-01] Ta Tt Target leaving water temperature (main zone) Ta Outdoor temperature Set weather-dependent heating in [9.l] Overview field settings: [1-00]: Low outdoor ambient temperature. 40°C~+5°C [1-01]: High outdoor ambient temperature. 10°C~25°C [1-02]: Desired leaving water temperature when the outdoor temperature equals or drops below the low ambient temperature. [901]°C~[900]°C Note: This value should be higher than [103] as for low outdoor temperatures warmer water is required. [1-03]: Desired leaving water temperature when the outdoor temperature equals or rises above the high ambient temperature. [901]°C~min(45, [900])°C Note: This value should be lower than [102] as for high outdoor temperatures less warm water is required. Cooling WD curve Set weather-dependent cooling for the main zone (if [2.4]=2): Installer reference guide 162 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 # [2.6] Code [1-06] [1-07] [1-08] [1-09] 10 | Configuration Description Set weather-dependent cooling in [2.6] Cooling WD curve: Tt [1-08] [1-09] [1-06] [1-07] Ta Tt Target leaving water temperature (main zone) Ta Outdoor temperature Set weather-dependent heating in [9.l] Overview field settings: [1-06]: Low outdoor ambient temperature. 10°C~25°C [1-07]: High outdoor ambient temperature. 25°C~43°C [1-08]: Desired leaving water temperature when the outdoor temperature equals or drops below the low ambient temperature. [903]°C~[902]°C Note: This value should be higher than [109] as for low outdoor temperatures less cold water is required. [1-09]: Desired leaving water temperature when the outdoor temperature equals or rises above the high ambient temperature. [903]°C~[9-02]°C Note: This value should be lower than [108] as for high outdoor temperatures colder water is required. Emitter type Heating up or cooling down the main zone can take longer. This depends on: The water volume of the system The heater emitter type of the main zone The setting Emitter type can compensate for a slow or a quick heating/cooling system during the heat up/cool down cycle. In room thermostat control, Emitter type influences the maximum modulation of the desired leaving water temperature, and the possibility for usage of the automatic cooling/heating changeover based on the indoor ambient temperature. It is important to set Emitter type correctly and in accordance with your system layout. The target delta T for the main zone depends on it. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 163 10 | Configuration # [2.7] Code [20C] Description Emitter type: 0: Underfloor heating 1: Fancoil unit 2: Radiator The setting Emitter type influences the space heating setpoint range and the target delta T in heating as follows: Emitter type Main zone Space heating setpoint Target delta T in heating range [901]~[900] [10B] 0: Underfloor heating Maximum 55°C Variable (see [2.B.1]) 1: Fancoil unit Maximum 55°C Variable (see [2.B.1]) 2: Radiator Maximum 65°C Fixed 10°C NOTICE The maximum setpoint in space heating depends on the emitter type as can be seen in above table. If there are 2 water temperature zones, then the maximum setpoint is the maximum of the 2 zones. NOTICE NOT configuring the system in the following way can cause damage to the heat emitters. If there are 2 zones, it is important that in heating: the zone with the lowest water temperature is configured as the main zone, and the zone with the highest water temperature is configured as the additional zone. NOTICE If there are 2 zones and the emitter types are wrongly configured, water of high temperature can be sent towards a low temperature emitter (underfloor heating). To avoid this: Install an aquastat/thermostatic valve to avoid too high temperatures towards a low temperature emitter. Make sure you set the emitter types for the main zone [2.7] and for the additional zone [3.7] correctly in accordance with the connected emitter. NOTICE Average emitter temperature = Leaving water temperature (Delta T)/2 This means that for a same leaving water temperature setpoint, the average emitter temperature of radiators is lower than that of underfloor heating because of a bigger delta T. Example radiators: 4010/2=35°C Example underfloor heating: 405/2=37.5°C To compensate, you can: Increase the weather-dependent curve desired temperatures [2.5]. Enable leaving water temperature modulation and increase the maximum modulation [2.C]. Installer reference guide 164 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 10 | Configuration Setpoint range To prevent a wrong (i.e. too hot or too cold) leaving water temperature for the main leaving water temperature zone, limit its temperature range. NOTICE In case of a floor heating application it is important to limit the: maximum leaving water temperature at heating operation according to the specifications of the floor heating installation. the minimum leaving water temperature at cooling operation to 18~20°C to prevent condensation on the floor. NOTICE When adjusting the leaving water temperature ranges, all desired leaving water temperatures are also adjusted to guarantee they are between the limits. Always balance between the desired leaving water temperature with the desired room temperature and/or the capacity (according to the design and selection of the heat emitters). The desired leaving water temperature is the result of several settings (preset values, shift values, weather-dependent curves, modulation). As a result, too high or too low leaving water temperatures could occur which lead to overtemperatures or capacity shortage. By limiting the leaving water temperature range to adequate values (depending on the heat emitter), such situations can be avoided. Example: In heating mode, leaving water temperatures must be sufficiently higher than the room temperatures. To avoid that the room cannot heat up as desired, set the minimum leaving water temperature to 28°C. # Code Description Leaving water temperature range for the main leaving water temperature zone (= the leaving water temperature zone with the lowest leaving water temperature in heating operation and the highest leaving water temperature in cooling operation) [2.8.1] [9-01] Heating minimum: 15°C~37°C [2.8.2] [9-00] Heating maximum: [20C]=2 (emitter type main zone = radiator) 37°C~68°C Else: 37°C~55°C [2.8.3] [9-03] Cooling minimum: 5°C~18°C [2.8.4] [9-02] Cooling maximum: 18°C~22°C EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 165 10 | Configuration Control Define how the operation of the unit is controlled. Control Leaving water External room thermostat Room thermostat In this control... Unit operation is decided based on the leaving water temperature regardless the actual room temperature and/or heating or cooling demand of the room. Unit operation is decided by the external thermostat or equivalent (e.g. heat pump convector). Unit operation is decided based on the ambient temperature of the dedicated Human Comfort Interface (BRC1HHDA used as room thermostat). # [2.9] Code [C07] Description 0: Leaving water 1: External room thermostat 2: Room thermostat Thermostat type Only applicable in external room thermostat control. NOTICE If an external room thermostat is used, the external room thermostat will control the room frost protection. However, the room frost protection is only possible if [C.2] Space heating/cooling=On. # [2.A] Code [C05] Description External room thermostat type for the main zone: 1: 1 contact: The used external room thermostat can only send a thermo ON/OFF condition. There is no separation between heating or cooling demand. The room thermostat is connected to only 1 digital input (X2M/35). Select this value in case of a connection to the heat pump convector (FWXV). 2: 2 contacts: The used external room thermostat can send a separate heating/cooling thermo ON/OFF condition. The room thermostat is connected to 2 digital inputs (X2M/35 and X2M/34). Select this value in case of a connection to multi-zoning wired controls (see "5.3.3 Possible options for the indoor unit" [431]) or wireless room thermostat (EKRTR1). Leaving water temperature: Delta T In heating for the main zone, the target delta T (temperature difference) depends on the selected emitter type for the main zone. Installer reference guide 166 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 10 | Configuration Delta T is the absolute value of the temperature difference between the leaving water and entering water. The unit is designed to support underfloor loops operation. The recommended leaving water temperature for underfloor loops is 35°C. In such case, the unit will realize a temperature difference of 5°C, which means that the entering water temperature is around 30°C. Depending on the installed type of heat emitters (radiators, heat pump convector, underfloor loops) or situation, you can change the difference between entering and leaving water temperature. Note: The pump will regulate its flow to keep the delta T. In some special cases, the measured delta T can differ from the set value. INFORMATION When only the backup heater is active in heating, delta T will be controlled according to the fixed capacity of the backup heater. It is possible that this delta T is different from the selected target delta T. INFORMATION In heating, the target delta T will only be achieved after some operation time, when the setpoint is being reached, because of the big difference between leaving water temperature setpoint and inlet temperature at startup. INFORMATION If the main zone or the additional zone has a heating demand, and this zone is equipped with radiators, then the target delta T that the unit will use in heating operation will be 10°C fixed. If the zones are not equipped with radiators, then in heating the unit will give priority to the target delta T for the additional zone, if there is a heating demand in the additional zone. In cooling the unit will give priority to the target delta T for the additional zone, if there is a cooling demand in the additional zone. # [2.B.1] [2.B.2] Code [10B] [10D] Description Delta T heating: A minimum temperature difference is required for proper operation of heat emitters in heating mode. If [2-0C]=2, this is fixed to 10°C Else: 3°C~10°C Delta T cooling: A minimum temperature difference is required for proper operation of heat emitters in cooling mode. 3°C~10°C Leaving water temperature: Modulation Only applicable in case of room thermostat control. When using the room thermostat functionality, the customer needs to set the desired room temperature. The unit will supply hot water to the heat emitters and the room will be heated. Additionally, also the desired leaving water temperature must be configured: if Modulation is enabled, the unit automatically calculates the desired leaving water temperature. These calculations are based on: EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 167 10 | Configuration Installer reference guide 168 the preset temperatures, or the desired weather-dependent temperatures (if weather-dependent is enabled) Moreover, with Modulation enabled, the desired leaving water temperature is lowered or raised in function of the desired room temperature and the difference between the actual and the desired room temperature. This results in: stable room temperatures, exactly matching the desired temperature (higher comfort level) less on/off cycles (lower noise level, higher comfort and higher efficiency) water temperatures as low as possible to match the desired temperature (higher efficiency) If Modulation is disabled, set the desired leaving water temperature via [2] Main zone. # [2.C.1] Code [805] Description Modulation: 0 No (disabled) 1 Yes (enabled) Note: The desired leaving water temperature can only be read out on the user interface. [2.C.2] [806] Max modulation: 0°C~10°C This is the temperature value by which the desired leaving water temperature is increased or decreased. INFORMATION When leaving water temperature modulation is enabled, the weatherdependent curve needs to be set to a higher position than [8-06] plus the minimum leaving water temperature setpoint required to reach a stable condition on the comfort setpoint for the room. To increase efficiency, modulation can lower the leaving water setpoint. By setting the weatherdependent curve to a higher position, it cannot drop below the minimum setpoint. See the illustration below. Tt +[8-06] -[8-06] a b Ta a Weather-dependent curve b Minimum leaving water temperature setpoint required to reach a stable condition on the comfort setpoint for the room. Shut off valve The following is only applicable in case of 2 leaving water temperature zones. In case of 1 leaving water temperature zone, connect the shut-off valve to the heating/cooling output. The shut off valve for the main leaving water temperature zone can close under these circumstances: EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 10 | Configuration INFORMATION During defrost operation, the shut-off valve is ALWAYS opened. During thermo: If [F0B] is enabled, the shut off valve closes when there is no heating demand from the main zone. Enable this setting to: avoid leaving water supply to the heat emitters in the main LWT zone (through the mixing valve station) when there is request from the additional LWT zone. activate the ON/OFF pump of the mixing valve station ONLY when there is demand. # [2.D.1] Code [F-0B] Description The shut off valve: 0 No: is NOT influenced by heating or cooling demand. 1 Yes: closes when there is NO heating or cooling demand. INFORMATION The setting [F0B] is only valid when there is a thermostat or external room thermostat request setting (NOT in case of leaving water temperature setting). During cooling: If [F0B] is enabled, the shut off valve closes when the unit is running in cooling operation mode. Enable this setting to avoid cold leaving water through the heat emitter and the forming of condensation (e.g. under floor heating loops or radiators). # [2.D.2] Code [F-0C] Description The shut off valve: 0 No: is NOT influenced by changing the space operation mode to cooling. 1 Yes: closes when the space operation mode is cooling. WD curve type The weather dependent curve can be defined using the 2-points method or the Slope-Offset method. See "10.4.2 2-points curve" [4150] and "10.4.3 Slope-offset curve" [4151]. # [2.E] Code N/A 2-points Description Slope-Offset 10.5.4 Additional zone Overview The following items are listed in the submenu: EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 169 10 | Configuration 3 Room Main zone Additional zone Space heating/cooling Tank [3] Additional zone Setpoint screen [3.1] Schedule [3.2] Heating schedule [3.3] Cooling schedule [3.4] Setpoint mode [3.5] Heating WD curve [3.6] Cooling WD curve [3.7] Emitter type [3.8] Setpoint range [3.9] Control [3.A] Thermostat type [3.B] Delta T [3.C] WD curve type Setpoint screen Control the leaving water temperature for the additional zone via setpoint screen [3] Additional zone. See "10.3.5 Setpoint screen" [4144]. Schedule Indicates if the desired leaving water temperature is according to a schedule. See "10.5.3 Main zone" [4159]. # [3.1] Code N/A Schedule: Description No Yes Heating schedule Define a heating temperature schedule for the additional zone via [3.2] Heating schedule. See "10.3.7 Schedule screen: Example" [4145]. Cooling schedule Define a cooling temperature schedule for the additional zone via [3.3] Cooling schedule. See "10.3.7 Schedule screen: Example" [4145]. Setpoint mode The setpoint mode of the additional zone can be independently set from the setpoint mode of the main zone. See "Setpoint mode" [4161]. Installer reference guide 170 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 10 | Configuration # [3.4] Code N/A Description Setpoint mode: Fixed WD heating, fixed cooling Weather dependent Heating WD curve Set weather-dependent heating for the additional zone (if [3.4]=1 or 2): # [3.5] Code [0-00] Description Set weather-dependent heating: [0-01] Tt [0-02] [0-01] [0-03] [0-00] [0-03] [0-02] Ta Tt: Target leaving water temperature (additional zone) Ta: Outdoor temperature [0-03]: Low outdoor ambient temperature. 40°C~+5°C [0-02]: High outdoor ambient temperature. 10°C~25°C [0-01]: Desired leaving water temperature when the outdoor temperature equals or drops below the low ambient temperature. [905]°C~[906]°C Note: This value should be higher than [000] as for low outdoor temperatures warmer water is required. [0-00]: Desired leaving water temperature when the outdoor temperature equals or rises above the high ambient temperature. [905]~min(45, [906])°C Note: This value should be lower than [001] as for high outdoor temperatures less warm water is required. Cooling WD curve Set weather-dependent cooling for the additional zone (if [3.4]=2): EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 171 10 | Configuration Installer reference guide 172 # [3.6] Code [0-04] [0-05] [0-06] [0-07] Description Set weather-dependent cooling: Tt [0-05] [0-04] [0-07] [0-06] Ta Tt: Target leaving water temperature (additional zone) Ta: Outdoor temperature [0-07]: Low outdoor ambient temperature. 10°C~25°C [0-06]: High outdoor ambient temperature. 25°C~43°C [0-05]: Desired leaving water temperature when the outdoor temperature equals or drops below the low ambient temperature. [907]°C~[908]°C Note: This value should be higher than [004] as for low outdoor temperatures less cold water is required. [0-04]: Desired leaving water temperature when the outdoor temperature equals or rises above the high ambient temperature. [907]°C~[908]°C Note: This value should be lower than [005] as for high outdoor temperatures colder water is required. Emitter type For more information about Emitter type, see "10.5.3 Main zone" [4159]. # [3.7] Code [20D] Description Emitter type: 0: Underfloor heating 1: Fancoil unit 2: Radiator The setting of the emitter type has an influence on the space heating setpoint range and the target delta T in heating as follows: Emitter type Additional zone 0: Underfloor heating Space heating setpoint Target delta T in heating range [905]~[906] [10C] Maximum 55°C Variable (see [3.B.1]) 1: Fancoil unit Maximum 55°C Variable (see [3.B.1]) 2: Radiator Maximum 65°C Fixed 10°C EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 10 | Configuration Setpoint range For more information about Setpoint range, see "10.5.3 Main zone" [4159]. # Code Description Leaving water temperature range for the additional leaving water temperature zone (= the leaving water temperature zone with the highest leaving water temperature in heating operation and the lowest leaving water temperature in cooling operation) [3.8.1] [9-05] Heating minimum: 15°C~37°C [3.8.2] [9-06] Heating maximum [20D]=2 (emitter type additional zone = radiator) 37°C~68°C Else: 37°C~55°C [3.8.3] [9-07] Cooling minimum 5°C~18°C [3.8.4] [9-08] Cooling maximum 18°C~22°C Control The control type for the additional zone is read only. It is determined by the control type of the main zone. See "10.5.3 Main zone" [4159]. # [3.9] Code N/A Description Control: Leaving water if the control type of the main zone is Leaving water. External room thermostat if the control type of the main zone is: - External room thermostat,or - Room thermostat. Thermostat type Only applicable in external room thermostat control. Also see "10.5.3 Main zone" [4159]. # [3.A] Code [C06] Description External room thermostat type for the additional zone: 1: 1 contact. Connected to only 1 digital input (X2M/35a) 2: 2 contacts. Connected to 2 digital inputs (X2M/34a and X2M/35a) Leaving water temperature: Delta T For more information, see "10.5.3 Main zone" [4159]. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 173 10 | Configuration # [3.B.1] [3.B.2] Code [1-0C] [1-0E] Description Delta T heating: A minimum temperature difference is required for the good operation of heat emitters in heating mode. If [2-0D] = 2, this is fixed to 10°C Else: 3°C~10°C Delta T cooling: A minimum temperature difference is required for the good operation of heat emitters in cooling mode. 3°C~10°C WD curve type There are 2 methods to define the weather-dependent curves: 2-points (see "10.4.2 2-points curve" [4150]) Slope-Offset (see "10.4.3 Slope-offset curve" [4151]) In [2.E] WD curve type, you can choose which method you want to use. In [3.C] WD curve type, the chosen method is shown read-only (same value as in [2.E]). # [2.E] / [3.C] Code N/A 2-points Description Slope-Offset 10.5.5 Space heating/cooling INFORMATION This unit is a heating only model. Therefore, all references to cooling in this document are NOT applicable. Installer reference guide 174 Overview The following items are listed in the submenu: 4 Main zone Additional zone Space heating/cooling Tank User settings [4] Space heating/cooling [4.1] Operation mode [4.2] Operation mode schedule [4.3] Operation range [4.4] Number of zones [4.5] Pump operation mode [4.6] Unit type [4.7] or [4.8] Pump limitation [4.9] Pump outside range [4.A] Increase around 0°C [4.B] Overshoot [4.C] Antifrost About space operation modes Your unit can be a heating or a heating/cooling model: EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 10 | Configuration If your unit is a heating model, it can heat up a space. If your unit is a heating/cooling model, it can both heat up and cool down a space. You have to tell the system which operation mode to use. To determine if a heating/cooling heat pump model is installed 1 Go to [4]: Space heating/cooling. 2 Check if [4.1] Operation mode is listed and editable. If so, a heating/cooling heat pump model is installed. To tell the system which space operation to use, you can: You can... Location Check which space operation mode is currently used. Home screen Set the space operation mode permanently. Main menu Restrict automatic changeover according to a monthly schedule. To check which space operation mode is currently used The space operation mode is displayed on the home screen: When the unit is in heating mode, the icon is shown. When the unit is in cooling mode, the icon is shown. The status indicator shows if the unit is currently in operation: When the unit is not in operation, the status indicator will show a blue pulsation with an interval of approximately 5 seconds. While the unit is in operation, the status indicator will light up blue constantly. To set the space operation mode 1 Go to [4.1]: Space heating/cooling > Operation mode 2 Select one of the following options: Heating: Only heating mode Cooling: Only cooling mode Automatic: The operation mode changes automatically between heating and cooling based on the outdoor temperature. Restricted per month according to the Operation mode schedule [4.2]. Automatic heating/cooling changeover is only applicable for: Reversible models Heating only models + conversion kit (EKHVCONV*) When Automatic is selected, the unit switches its operation mode, based on the Operation mode schedule [4.2]. In this schedule, the end user indicates which operation is allowed for each month. To restrict automatic changeover according to a schedule Conditions: You set the space operation mode to Automatic. 1 Go to [4.2]: Space heating/cooling > Operation mode schedule. 2 Select a month. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 175 10 | Configuration Installer reference guide 176 3 For each month, select an option: Reversible: Not restricted Heating only: Restricted Cooling only: Restricted 4 Confirm the changes. Example: Changeover restrictions When Restriction During cold season. Heating only Example: October, November, December, January, February and March. During warm season. Example: June, July and August. Cooling only In-between. Example: April, May and September. Reversible The unit determines its operation mode by the outdoor temperature if: Operation mode=Automatic, and Operation mode schedule=Reversible. The unit determines its operation mode in such a way that it will always stay within the following operation ranges: Space heating off temperature Space cooling off temperature The outdoor temperature is time-averaged. If the outdoor temperature drops, the operation mode will switch to heating and vice versa. If the outdoor temperature is between the Space heating off temperature and the Space cooling off temperature, the operation mode remains unchanged. Operation range Depending on the average outdoor temperature, the operation of the unit in space heating or space cooling is prohibited. # [4.3.1] [4.3.2] Code [4-02] [F-01] Description Space heating off temperature: When the averaged outdoor temperature rises above this value, space heating is turned off.(a) 14°C~35°C Space cooling off temperature: When the averaged outdoor temperature drops below this value, space cooling is turned off.(a) 10°C~35°C (a) This setting is also used in automatic heating/cooling changeover. Exception: If the system is configured in room thermostat control with one leaving water temperature zone and quick heat emitters, the operation mode will change based on the measured indoor temperature. Besides the desired heating/cooling room temperature, the installer sets a hysteresis value (e.g. when in heating, this EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 10 | Configuration value is related to the desired cooling temperature) and an offset value (e.g. when in heating, this value is related to the desired heating temperature). Example: A unit is configured as following: Desired room temperature in heating mode: 22°C Desired room temperature in cooling mode: 24°C Hysteresis value: 1°C Offset: 4°C Changeover from heating to cooling will occur when the room temperature rises above the maximum of the desired cooling temperature added by the hysteresis value (thus 24+1=25°C) and the desired heating temperature added by the offset value (thus 22+4=26°C). Oppositely, changeover from cooling to heating will occur when the room temperature drops below the minimum of the desired heating temperature subtracted by the hysteresis value (thus 221=21°C) and the desired cooling temperature subtracted by the offset value (thus 244=20°C) Guard timer to prevent too frequent changing from heating to cooling and vice versa. # Code Description Changeover settings related to the indoor temperature. Only applicable when Automatic is selected and the system is configured in room thermostat control with 1 leaving water temperature zone and quick heat emitters. N/A [4-0B] Hysteresis: ensures that changeover is only done when necessary. The space operation only changes from heating to cooling when the room temperature rises above the desired cooling temperature added by the hysteresis value. Range: 1°C~10°C N/A [4-0D] Offset: ensures that the active desired room temperature is always reached. In heating mode, the space operation only changes when the room temperature rises above the desired heating temperature added by the offset value. Range: 1°C~10°C Number of zones The system can supply leaving water to up to 2 water temperature zones. During configuration, the number of water zones must be set. INFORMATION Mixing station. If your system layout contains 2 LWT zones, you need to install a mixing station in front of the main LWT zone. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 177 10 | Configuration # [4.4] Code [702] Description 0: Single zone Only one leaving water temperature zone: Installer reference guide 178 a a Main LWT zone [4.4] [702] 1: Dual zone Two leaving water temperature zones. The main leaving water temperature zone consists of the higher load heat emitters and a mixing station to achieve the desired leaving water temperature. In heating: a c b a Additional LWT zone: Highest temperature b Main LWT zone: Lowest temperature c Mixing station NOTICE NOT configuring the system in the following way can cause damage to the heat emitters. If there are 2 zones, it is important that in heating: the zone with the lowest water temperature is configured as the main zone, and the zone with the highest water temperature is configured as the additional zone. NOTICE If there are 2 zones and the emitter types are wrongly configured, water of high temperature can be sent towards a low temperature emitter (underfloor heating). To avoid this: Install an aquastat/thermostatic valve to avoid too high temperatures towards a low temperature emitter. Make sure you set the emitter types for the main zone [2.7] and for the additional zone [3.7] correctly in accordance with the connected emitter. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 10 | Configuration Pump operation mode When the space heating/cooling operation is OFF, the pump is always OFF. When space heating/cooling operation is ON, you have the choice between these operation modes: # [4.5] Code [F0D] Description Pump operation mode: 0 Continuous: Continuous pump operation, regardless of thermo ON or OFF condition. Remark: Continuous pump operation requires more energy than sample or request pump operation. a b c b c d a Space heating/cooling control b Off c On d Pump operation [4.5] [F-0D] 1 Sample: The pump is ON when there is heating or cooling demand as the leaving water temperature has not yet reached the desired temperature yet. When thermo OFF condition occurs, the pump runs every 3 minutes to check the water temperature and demand heating or cooling if necessary. Remark: Sample is ONLY available in leaving water temperature control. a b c d e f g b c a Space heating/cooling control b Off c On d LWT temperature e Actual f Desired g Pump operation EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 179 10 | Configuration Installer reference guide 180 # [4.5] Code [F-0D] Description 2 Request: Pump operation based on request. Example: Using a room thermostat and thermostat creates thermo ON/OFF condition. Remark: NOT available in leaving water temperature control. a b c d c b e bc a Space heating/cooling control b Off c On d Heating demand (by external room thermostat or room thermostat) e Pump operation Unit type In this part of the menu it can be read out which type of unit is used: # [4.6] Code [E02] Description Unit type: 0 Reversible 1 Heating only Pump limitation The pump speed limitation defines the maximum pump speed. In normal conditions, the default setting should NOT be modified. The pump speed limitation will be overruled when the flow rate is in the range of the minimum flow (error 7H). In most cases, instead of using [9-0D]/[9-0E], you can prevent flow noises by performing hydraulic balancing. # [4.7] [4.8.1] Code [9-0D] [9-0E] Description Restriction: Only displayed when the bizone kit (EKMIKPOA or EKMIKPHA) is NOT installed. Pump limitation Possible values: see below. Restriction: Only displayed when the bizone kit (EKMIKPOA or EKMIKPHA) is installed. [4.8.2] [9-0D] Pump limitation Main zone Possible values: see below. Restriction: Only displayed when the bizone kit (EKMIKPOA or EKMIKPHA) is installed. Pump limitation Additional zone Possible values: see below. Possible values: EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 10 | Configuration Value 0 1~4 5~8 Description No limitation General limitation. There is limitation in all conditions. The required delta T control and comfort are NOT guaranteed. 1: 90% pump speed 2: 80% pump speed 3: 70% pump speed 4: 60% pump speed Limitation when no actuators. When there is no heating output, the pump speed limitation is applicable. When there is heating output, the pump speed is only determined by delta T in relation to the required capacity. With this limitation range, delta T is possible and the comfort is guaranteed. During sampling operation the pump runs for a short time to measure the water temperatures, which indicate if operation is required or not. 5: 90% pump speed during sampling 6: 80% pump speed during sampling 7: 70% pump speed during sampling 8: 60% pump speed during sampling The maximum values depend on the unit type: [9-0D]/[9-0E]=0 a (kPa) [9-0D]/[9-0E]=1/5 a (kPa) [9-0D]/[9-0E]=2/6 a (kPa) b (l/min) [9-0D]/[9-0E]=3/7 a (kPa) b (l/min) EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 b (l/min) b (l/min) Installer reference guide 181 10 | Configuration [9-0D]/[9-0E]=4/8 a (kPa) Installer reference guide 182 b (l/min) a External static pressure b Water flow rate Pump outside range When the pump operation function is disabled the pump will stop if the outdoor temperature is higher than the value set by the Space heating off temperature [402] or if the outdoor temperature drops below the value set by the Space cooling off temperature [F01]. When the pump operation is enabled, the pump operation is possible at all outdoor temperatures. # [4.9] Code [F-00] Description Pump operation: 0: Disabled if outdoor temperature is higher than [402] or lower than [F01] depending on heating/cooling operation mode. 1: Possible at all outdoor temperatures. Increase around 0°C Use this setting to compensate for possible heat losses of the building due to the evaporation of melted ice or snow. (e.g. in cold region countries). In heating operation, the desired leaving water temperature is locally increased around an outdoor temperature of 0°C.This compensation can be selected when using an absolute or a weather dependent desired temperature (see illustration below). Tt Tt L L R 0°C TA a R 0°C TA b [4.A] a Absolute desired LWT b Weather dependent desired LWT # Code Description [D-03] Increase around 0°C: 0: No 1: increase 2°C, span 4°C 2: increase 4°C, span 4°C 3: increase 2°C, span 8°C 4: increase 4°C, span 8°C EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 10.5.6 Tank 10 | Configuration Overshoot Restriction: This function is only applicable in heating mode. This function defines how much the water temperature may rise above the desired leaving water temperature before the compressor stops. The compressor will start up again when the leaving water temperature drops below the desired leaving water temperature. # [4.B] Code [9-04] Description Overshoot: 1°C~4°C for slow emitters (UFH) 1°C~8°C for quick emitters (RAD/FCU) Undershoot Restriction: This function is only applicable in cooling mode during compressor startup. It is NOT applicable for stable operation. This function defines how much the water temperature may drop below the desired leaving water temperature before the compressor stops. The compressor will start up again when the leaving water temperature rises above the desired leaving water temperature. # N/A Code [9-09] Undershoot: Description 1°C~18°C Antifrost Antifrost [1.4] or [4.C] prevents the room from getting too cold. For more information about room frost protection, see "10.5.2 Room" [4155]. Overview The following items are listed in the submenu: EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 183 10 | Configuration Installer reference guide 184 5 Additional zone Space heating/cooling Tank User settings Information [5] Tank Setpoint screen [5.1] Powerful operation [5.2] Comfort setpoint [5.3] Eco setpoint [5.4] Reheat setpoint [5.5] Schedule [5.6] Heat up mode [5.7] Disinfection [5.8] Maximum [5.9] Hysteresis [5.A] Hysteresis [5.B] Setpoint mode [5.C] WD curve [5.D] Margin [5.E] WD curve type INFORMATION To make tank defrost possible, we recommend a minimum tank temperature of 35°C. Tank setpoint screen You can set the domestic hot water temperature using the setpoint screen. For more information about how to do this, see "10.3.5 Setpoint screen" [4144]. Powerful operation You can use powerful operation to immediately start heating up the water to the preset value (Storage comfort). However, this consumes extra energy. If powerful operation is active, will be shown on the home screen. To activate powerful operation Activate or deactivate Powerful operation as follows: 1 Go to [5.1]: Tank > Powerful operation 2 Turn powerful operation Off or On. Usage example: You immediately need more hot water If you are in the following situation: You already consumed most of your hot water. You cannot wait for the next scheduled action to heat up the DHW tank. Then you can activate DHW powerful operation. Advantage: The DHW tank immediately starts heating up the water to the preset value (Storage comfort). INFORMATION When powerful operation is active, the risk of space heating/cooling and capacity shortage comfort problems is significant. In case of frequent domestic hot water operation, frequent and long space heating/cooling interruptions will happen. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 10 | Configuration Comfort setpoint Only applicable when domestic hot water preparation is Schedule only or Schedule + reheat. When programming the schedule, you can make use of the comfort setpoint as a preset value. When you later want to change the storage setpoint, you only have to do it in one place. The tank will heat up until the storage comfort temperature has been reached. It is the higher desired temperature when a storage comfort action is scheduled. Additionally, a storage stop can be programmed. This feature puts a stop to tank heating even if the setpoint has NOT been reached. Only program a storage stop when tank heating is absolutely undesirable. # [5.2] Code [6-0A] Description Comfort setpoint: 30°C~[60E]°C Eco setpoint The storage economic temperature denotes the lower desired tank temperature. It is the desired temperature when a storage economic action is scheduled (preferably during day). # [5.3] Code [6-0B] Description Eco setpoint: 30°C~min(50,[60E])°C Reheat setpoint Desired reheat tank temperature, used: in Schedule + reheat mode, during reheat mode: the guaranteed minimum tank temperature is set by the Reheat setpoint minus the reheat hysteresis. If the tank temperature drops below this value, the tank is heated up. during storage comfort, to prioritize the domestic hot water preparation. When the tank temperature rises above this value, domestic hot water preparation and space heating/cooling are executed sequentially. # [5.4] Code [6-0C] Description Reheat setpoint: 30°C~min(50,[60E])°C Schedule You can set the tank temperature schedule using the schedule screen. For more information about this screen, see "10.3.7 Schedule screen: Example" [4145]. Heat up mode The domestic hot water can be prepared in 3 different ways. They differ from each other by the way the desired tank temperature is set and how the unit acts upon it. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 185 10 | Configuration # [5.6] Code [6-0D] Description Heat up mode: 0: Reheat only: Only reheat operation is allowed. 1: Schedule + reheat: The domestic hot water tank is heated according to a schedule and between the scheduled heat up cycles, reheat operation is allowed. 2: Schedule only: The domestic hot water tank can ONLY be heated according to a schedule. See the operation manual for more details. Disinfection Applies only to installations with a domestic hot water tank. The disinfection function disinfects the domestic hot water tank by periodically heating the domestic hot water to a specific temperature. CAUTION The disinfection function settings MUST be configured by the installer according to the applicable legislation. # [5.7.1] [5.7.2] [5.7.3] [5.7.4] [5.7.5] Code [201] [200] [202] [203] [204] Description Activation: 0: No 1: Yes Operation day: 0: Every day 1: Monday 2: Tuesday 3: Wednesday 4: Thursday 5: Friday 6: Saturday 7: Sunday Start time Tank setpoint: 60°C Duration: 40~60 minutes Installer reference guide 186 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 TDHW [2-03] TH TU [2-04] 10 | Configuration 00.00 01.00 22.00 23.00 24.00 t [2-02] TDHW TU TH t Domestic hot water temperature User setpoint temperature High setpoint temperature [2-03] Time WARNING Be aware that the domestic hot water temperature at the hot water tap will be equal to the value selected in field setting [2-03] after a disinfection operation. When the high domestic hot water temperature can be a potential risk for human injuries, a mixing valve (field supply) shall be installed at the hot water outlet connection of the domestic hot water tank. This mixing valve shall secure that the hot water temperature at the hot water tap never rise above a set maximum value. This maximum allowable hot water temperature shall be selected according to the applicable legislation. CAUTION Make sure that the disinfection function start time [5.7.3] with defined duration [5.7.5] is NOT interrupted by possible domestic hot water demand. NOTICE Disinfection mode. Even if you turn OFF tank heating operation ([C.3]: Operation > Tank), disinfection mode will remain active. However, if you turn it OFF while disinfection is running, an AH error occurs. INFORMATION In case of error code AH and no interruption of the disinfection function occurred due to domestic hot water tapping, following actions are recommended: When the Reheat only or Schedule + reheat mode is selected, it is recommended to program the start-up of the disinfection function at least 4 hours later than the last expected large hot water tapping. This start-up can be set by installer settings (disinfection function). When the Schedule only mode is selected, it is recommended to program an Eco action 3 hours before the scheduled start-up of the disinfection function to preheat the tank. INFORMATION Disinfection function is restarted in case the domestic hot water temperature drops 5°C below the disinfection target temperature within the duration time. Maximum DHW temperature setpoint The maximum temperature that users can select for the domestic hot water. You can use this setting to limit the temperatures at the hot water taps. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 187 10 | Configuration INFORMATION During disinfection of the domestic hot water tank, the DHW temperature can exceed this maximum temperature. INFORMATION Limit the maximum hot water temperature according to the applicable legislation. # [5.8] Code [6-0E] Description Maximum: The maximum temperature that users can select for the domestic hot water. You can use this setting to limit the temperature at the hot water taps. The maximum temperature is NOT applicable during disinfection function. See disinfection function. Hysteresis (heat pump ON hysteresis) Applicable when domestic hot water preparation is reheat only. When the tank temperature drops below the reheat temperature minus the heat pump ON hysteresis temperature, the tank heats up to the reheat temperature. The minimum ON temperature is 20°C, even if setpoint hysteresis is smaller than 20°C. # [5.9] Code [6-00] Description Heat pump ON hysteresis 2°C~40°C Hysteresis (reheat hysteresis) Applicable when domestic hot water preparation is scheduled+reheat. When the tank temperature drops below the reheat temperature minus the reheat hysteresis temperature, the tank heats up to the reheat temperature. # [5.A] Code [6-08] Description Reheat hysteresis 2°C~20°C Setpoint mode # [5.B] Code N/A Description Setpoint mode: Fixed Weather dependent WD curve When weather dependent operation is active the desired tank temperature is determined automatically depending on the averaged outdoor temperature: low outdoor temperatures will result in higher desired tank temperatures as the cold water tap is colder and vice versa. Installer reference guide 188 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 10 | Configuration In case of Schedule only or Schedule + reheat domestic hot water preparation, the storage comfort temperature is weather dependent (according to the weather dependent curve), the storage economic and reheat temperature are NOT weather dependent. In case of Reheat only domestic hot water preparation, the desired tank temperature is weather dependent (according to the weather dependent curve). During weather dependent operation, the end-user cannot adjust the desired tank temperature on the user interface. Also see "10.4 Weather-dependent curve" [4149]. # [5.C] Code [0-0E] [0-0D] [0-0C] [0-0B] WD curve: TDHW [0-0C] Description [0-0B] [0-0E] [0-0D] Ta TDHW: The desired tank temperature. Ta: The (averaged) outdoor temperature ambient [0-0E]: low outdoor ambient temperature: 40°C~5°C [0-0D]: high outdoor ambient temperature: 10°C~25°C [0-0C]: desired tank temperature when the outdoor temperature equals or drops below the low ambient temperature: 45°C~[60E]°C [0-0B]: desired tank temperature when the outdoor temperature equals or rises above the high ambient temperature: 35°C~[60E]°C Margin In domestic hot water operation, the following hysteresis value can be set for the heat pump operation: # [5.D] Code [6-01] Description The temperature difference determining the heat pump OFF temperature. Range: 0°C~10°C Example: setpoint (TU)>maximum heat pump temperature[601] (THP MAX[601]) EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 189 10 | Configuration TDHW TU=TBUH OFF 60 THP MAX 50 THP OFF 48 THP ON 46 40 [6-01] [6-00] 30 20 HP 10 5 TU = 60°C BUH THP MAX = 50°C HP [6-01] = 2°C [6-00] = 2°C t BUH HP TBUH OFF THP MAX THP OFF THP ON TDHW TU t Backup heater Heat pump. If heating up time by the heat pump takes too long, auxiliary heating by the backup heater can take place Backup heater OFF temperature (TU) Maximum heat pump temperature at sensor in domestic hot water tank Heat pump OFF temperature (THP MAX-[6-01]) HDoeamtepsutimc phoOtNwtaetmerpteermatpuerrea(tTuHrPeOFF-[6-00]) User setpoint temperature (as set on the user interface) Time Example: setpoint (TU)maximum heat pump temperature[601] (THP MAX[601]) TDHW THP MAX 50 TU=THP OFF 45 THP ON 43 40 [6-00] 30 20 HP 10 5 t HP THP MAX THP OFF THP ON TDHW TU t Heat pump. If heating up time by the heat pump takes too long, auxiliary heating by the backup heater can take place Maximum heat pump temperature at sensor in domestic hot water tank HHDoeeaamtteppsuutimmc pphoOOtFNwFtatetememrppteeermraatptuuerrreae(t(TuTHrHPePOMFFA-X-[6[6-0-001])]) User setpoint temperature (as set on the user interface) Time INFORMATION The maximum heat pump temperature depends on the ambient temperature. For more information, see the operation range. WD curve type There are 2 methods to define the weather-dependent curves: 2-points (see "10.4.2 2-points curve" [4150]) Slope-Offset (see "10.4.3 Slope-offset curve" [4151]) In [2.E] WD curve type, you can choose which method you want to use. In [5.E] WD curve type, the chosen method is shown read-only (same value as in [2.E]). Installer reference guide 190 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 # [2.E] / [5.E] Code N/A 10 | Configuration Description 0: 2-points 1: Slope-Offset 10.5.7 User settings Overview The following items are listed in the submenu: 7 Space heating/cooling Tank User settings Information Installer settings [7] User settings [7.1] Language [7.2] Time/date [7.3] Holiday [7.4] Quiet [7.5] Electricity price [7.6] Gas price Language # [7.1] Code N/A Language Description Time/date # [7.2] Code N/A Description Set the local time and date INFORMATION By default, daylight savings time is enabled and clock format is set to 24 hours. If you want to change these settings, you can do this in the menu structure (User settings > Time/date) once the unit is initialised. Holiday About holiday mode During your holiday, you can use the holiday mode to deviate from your normal schedules without having to change them. While holiday mode is active, space heating/cooling operation and domestic hot water operation will be turned off. Room frost protection and anti-legionella operation will remain active. Typical workflow Using holiday mode typically consists of the following stages: 1 Setting the starting date and ending date of your holiday. 2 Activating the holiday mode. To check if holiday mode is activated and/or running If is displayed on the home screen, holiday mode is active. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 191 10 | Configuration Quiet To configure the holiday 1 Activate the holiday mode. -- Go to [7.3.1]: User settings > Holiday > Activation. 7.3.1 Activation From Till Select On. 2 Set the first day of your holiday. -- Go to [7.3.2]: From. Select a date. Confirm the changes. 3 Set the last day of your holiday. -- Go to [7.3.3]: Till. Select a date. Confirm the changes. About quiet mode You can use quiet mode to decrease the sound of the outdoor unit. However, this also decreases the heating/cooling capacity of the system. There are multiple quiet mode levels. The installer can: Completely deactivate quiet mode Manually activate a quiet mode level Enable the user to program a quiet mode schedule If enabled by the installer, the user can program a quiet mode schedule. INFORMATION If the outdoor temperature is below zero, we recommend to NOT use the most quiet level. To check if quiet mode is active If is displayed on the home screen, quiet mode is active. To use quiet mode 1 Go to [7.4.1]: User settings > Quiet > Activation. 2 Do one of the following: -- Installer reference guide 192 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 10 | Configuration If you want to... Completely deactivate quiet mode Manually activate a quiet mode level Enable the user to program a quiet mode schedule Then... Select Off. Result: The unit never runs in quiet mode. The user cannot change this. Select Manual. Go to [7.4.3] Level and select the applicable quiet mode level. Example: Most quiet. Result: The unit always runs in the selected quiet mode level. The user cannot change this. Select Automatic. Result: The unit runs in quiet mode according to a schedule. The user (or you) can program the schedule in [7.4.2] Schedule. For more information about scheduling, see "10.3.7 Schedule screen: Example" [4145]. Electricity prices and gas price Only applicable in combination with the bivalent function. See also "Bivalent" [4213]. # [7.5.1] Code N/A Description Electricity price > High [7.5.2] N/A [7.5.3] N/A Electricity price > Medium Electricity price > Low [7.6] N/A Gas price INFORMATION Electricity price can only be set when bivalent is ON ([9.C.1] or [C-02]). These values can only be set in menu structure [7.5.1], [7.5.2] and [7.5.3]. Do NOT use overview settings. To set the gas price 1 Go to [7.6]: User settings > Gas price. 2 Select the correct gas price. 3 Confirm the changes. INFORMATION Price value ranging from 0.00~990 valuta/kWh (with 2 significant values). To set the electricity price 1 Go to [7.5.1]/[7.5.2]/[7.5.3]: User settings > Electricity price > High/Medium/Low. 2 Select the correct electricity price. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 193 10 | Configuration 3 Confirm the changes. 4 Repeat this for all three electricity prices. -- INFORMATION Price value ranging from 0.00~990 valuta/kWh (with 2 significant values). INFORMATION If no schedule is set, the Electricity price for High is taken into account. To set the electricity price schedule timer 1 Go to [7.5.4]: User settings > Electricity price > Schedule. 2 Program the selection using the scheduling screen. You can set -- the High, Medium and Low electricity prices according to your electricity supplier. 3 Confirm the changes. INFORMATION The values correspond with the electricity price values for High, Medium and Low previously set. If no schedule is set, the electricity price for High is taken into account. About energy prices in case of an incentive per kWh renewable energy An incentive can be taken into account when setting the energy prices. Although the running cost can increase, the total operation cost, taking into account the reimbursement will be optimized. Example Installer reference guide 194 NOTICE Make sure to modify the setting of the energy prices at the end of the incentive period. To set the gas price in case of an incentive per kWh renewable energy Calculate the value for the gas price with the following formula: Actual gas price+(Incentive/kWh×0.9) For the procedure to set the gas price, see "To set the gas price" [4193]. To set the electricity price in case of an incentive per kWh renewable energy Calculate the value for the electricity price with following formula: Actual electricity price+Incentive/kWh For the procedure to set the electricity price, see "To set the electricity price" [4193]. This is an example and the prices and/or values used in this example are NOT accurate. Data Gas price Price/kWh 4.08 Electricity price 12.49 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 10 | Configuration Data Renewable heat incentive per kWh Price/kWh 5 Calculation of the gas price Gas price=Actual gas price+(Incentive/kWh×0.9) Gas price=4.08+(5×0.9) Gas price=8.58 Calculation of the electricity price Electricity price=Actual electricity price+Incentive/kWh Electricity price=12.49+5 Electricity price=17.49 Price Gas: 4.08 /kWh Value in breadcrumb [7.6]=8.6 Electricity: 12.49 /kWh [7.5.1]=17 10.5.8 Information Overview The following items are listed in the submenu: 8 Tank User settings Information Installer settings Commissioning [8] Information [8.1] Energy data [8.2] Malfunction history [8.3] Dealer information [8.4] Sensors [8.5] Actuators [8.6] Operation modes [8.7] About [8.8] Connection status [8.9] Running hours [8.A] Reset Dealer information The installer can fill in his contact number here. # [8.3] Code N/A Description Number that users can call in case of problems. Reset Reset the configuration settings stored in the MMI (user interface of the indoor unit). Example: Energy meterings, holiday settings. INFORMATION This does not reset the configuration settings and field settings of the indoor unit. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 195 10 | Configuration # [8.A] N/A Possible read-out information In menu... [8.1] Energy data [8.2] Malfunction history [8.3] Dealer information [8.4] Sensors [8.5] Actuators [8.6] Operation modes [8.7] About [8.8] Connection status [8.9] Running hours Code Description Reset the MMI EEPROM to factory default You can read out... Produced energy, consumed electricity, and consumed gas Malfunction history Contact/helpdesk number Room, tank or domestic hot water, outside, and leaving water temperature (if applicable) Status/mode of each actuator Example: Domestic hot water pump ON/OFF Current operation mode Example: Defrost/oil return mode Version information about the system Information about the connection status of the unit, the room thermostat and the LAN adapter. Running hours of specific system components 10.5.9 Installer settings Overview The following items are listed in the submenu: Installer reference guide 196 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 9 User settings Information Installer settings Commissioning User profile 10 | Configuration [9] Installer settings [9.1] Configuration wizard [9.2] Domestic hot water [9.3] Backup heater [9.5] Emergency [9.6] Balancing [9.7] Water pipe freeze prevention [9.8] Benefit kWh power supply [9.9] Power consumption control [9.A] Energy metering [9.B] Sensors [9.C] Bivalent [9.D] Alarm output [9.E] Auto restart [9.F] Power saving function [9.G] Disable protections [9.H] Forced defrost [9.I] Overview field settings [9.N] Export MMI settings [9.P] Bizone kit Configuration wizard After first power ON of the system, the user interface will guide you using the configuration wizard. This way you can set the most important initial settings. This way the unit will be able to run properly. Afterwards, more detailed settings can be done via the menu structure if required. To restart the configuration wizard, go to Installer Configuration wizard [9.1]. settings > Domestic hot water Domestic hot water The following setting determines if the system can prepare domestic hot water or not, and which tank is used. This setting is read only. # [9.2.1] Code [E05](a) [E06](a) [E07](a) Description Integrated The backup heater will also be used for domestic hot water heating. (a) Use the menu structure instead of the overview settings. Menu structure setting [9.2.1] replaces the following 3 overview settings: · [E-05]: Can the system prepare domestic hot water? · [E-06]: Is a domestic hot water tank installed in the system? · [E-07]: What kind of domestic hot water tank is installed? EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 197 10 | Configuration DHW pump # [9.2.2] Code [D02] Description DHW pump: 0: No DHW pump: NOT installed 1: Instant hot water: Installed for instant hot water when water is tapped. The user sets the operation timing of the domestic hot water pump using the schedule. Control of this pump is possible with the user interface. 2: Disinfection: Installed for disinfection. It runs when the disinfection function of the domestic hot water tank is running. No further settings are needed. See also: "6.4.4 DHW pump for instant hot water" [454] "6.4.5 DHW pump for disinfection" [454] DHW pump schedule Program a schedule for the DHW pump (only for field supplied domestic hot water pump for secondary return). Program a domestic hot water pump schedule to determine when to turn on and off the pump. When turned on, the pump runs and makes sure hot water is instantly available at the tap. To save energy, only turn on the pump during periods of the day when instant hot water is necessary. Backup heater Besides the type of backup heater, the voltage, configuration and capacity must be set on the user interface. The capacities for the different steps of the backup heater must be set for the energy metering and/or power consumption feature to work properly. When measuring the resistance value of each heater, you can set the exact heater capacity and this will lead to more accurate energy data. Backup heater type The backup heater is adapted to be connected to most common European electricity grids. The type of backup heater can be viewed but not changed. # [9.3.1] Code [E03] 3: 6V 4: 9W Description Voltage For a 6V model, this can be set to: - 230V, 1ph - 230V, 3ph For a 9W model, this is fixed to 400V, 3ph. Installer reference guide 198 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 10 | Configuration # [9.3.2] Code [50D] 0: 230V, 1ph 1: 230V, 3ph 2: 400V, 3ph Description Configuration The backup heater can be configured in different ways. It can be chosen to have a 1-step only backup heater or a backup heater with 2 steps. If 2 steps, the capacity of the second step depends on this setting. It can also be chosen to have a higher capacity of the second step in emergency. # [9.3.3] Code [40A] Description 0: Relay 1 1: Relay 1 / Relay 1+2 2: Relay 1 / Relay 2 3: Relay 1 / Relay 2 Emergency Relay 1+2 INFORMATION Settings [9.3.3] and [9.3.5] are linked. Changing one setting influences the other. If you change one, check if the other is still as expected. INFORMATION During normal operation, the capacity of the second step of the backup heater at nominal voltage is equal to [603]+[604]. INFORMATION If [40A]=3 and emergency mode is active, the power usage of the backup heater is maximal and equal to 2×[603]+[604]. INFORMATION Only for systems with integrated domestic hot water tank: If the storage temperature setpoint is higher than 50°C, Daikin recommends NOT to disable the backup heater second step because it will have a big impact on the required time for the unit to heat up the domestic hot water tank. Capacity step 1 # [9.3.4] Code [603] Additional capacity step 2 # [9.3.5] Code [604] Description The capacity of the first step of the backup heater at nominal voltage. Description The capacity difference between the second and first step of the backup heater at nominal voltage. Nominal value depends on backup heater configuration. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 199 10 | Configuration Equilibrium # [9.3.6] Code [5-00] [9.3.7] [5-01] Description Equilibrium: Deactivate backup heater (or external backup heat source in case of a bivalent system) above the equilibrium temperature for space heating? 0: No 1: Yes Equilibrium temperature: Outdoor temperature below which operation of the backup heater (or external backup heat source in case of a bivalent system) is allowed. Range: 15°C~35°C INFORMATION Above 10°C ambient temperature, the heat pump will operate until 55°C. Configuring a higher setpoint with an ambient temperature that is higher than the set equilibrium temperature will prevent the backup heater from assisting. The backup heater will ONLY assist if you increase the equilibrium temperature [501] to the required ambient temperature you need to reach the higher setpoint. Operation # [9.3.8] Code [400] Description Backup heater operation: 0: Restricted 1: Allowed 2: Only DHW: Backup heater operation is enabled for domestic hot water and disabled for space heating. INFORMATION When heating of the DHW by the heat pump is too slow, it may affect a comfortable operation of the space heating/cooling circuit. If so, allow the backup heater to assist during DHW operation by setting [4-00]=1 or 2. INFORMATION Only for systems with integrated domestic hot water tank: If backup heater operation during space heating needs to be limited but can be allowed for domestic hot water operation, then set [400] to 2. Emergency Emergency When the heat pump fails to operate, the backup heater can serve as an emergency heater. It then takes over the heat load either automatically or by manual interaction. When Emergency is set to Automatic and a heat pump failure occurs, the backup heater automatically takes over the domestic hot water production and space heating. Installer reference guide 200 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 10 | Configuration When Emergency is set to Manual and a heat pump failure occurs, the domestic hot water heating and space heating stops. To manually recover it via the user interface, go to the Malfunctioning main menu screen and confirm whether the backup heater can take over the heat load or not. Alternatively, when Emergency is set to: - auto SH reduced/DHW on, space heating is reduced but domestic hot water is still available. - auto SH reduced/DHW off, space heating is reduced and domestic hot water is NOT available. - auto SH normal/DHW off, space heating operates as normally but domestic hot water is NOT available. Similarly as in Manual mode, the unit can take the full load with the backup heater if the user activates this via the Malfunctioning main menu screen. To keep energy consumption low, we recommend to set Emergency to auto SH reduced/DHW off if the house is unattended for longer periods. # [9.5.1] Code [4-06] Description 0: Manual 1: Automatic 2: auto SH reduced/DHW on 3: auto SH reduced/DHW off 4: auto SH normal/DHW off INFORMATION The auto emergency setting can be set in the menu structure of the user interface only. INFORMATION If a heat pump failure occurs and Emergency is set to Manual, the room frost protection function, the underfloor heating screed dryout function, and the water pipe antifreeze function will remain active even if the user does NOT confirm emergency operation. Compressor forced off Compressor forced off mode can be activated to only allow the backup heater to provide domestic hot water and space heating. When this mode is activated: Heat pump operation is NOT possible Cooling is NOT possible # [9.5.2] Code [7-06] Description Activation of the Compressor forced off mode: 0: disabled 1: enabled EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 201 10 | Configuration Glycol filled system Glycol Filled system This setting gives the installer the possibility to indicate whether the system is filled with glycol or water. This is important in case glycol is used to protect the water circuit against freezing. If NOT set correctly, the liquid in the piping can freeze. # N/A Code [E-0D] Description Glycol Filled system: Is the system filled with glycol? 0: No 1: Yes Balancing Priorities For systems with an integrated domestic hot water tank. # [9.6.1] Code [502] Description Space heating priority: Defines whether backup heater will assist the heat pump during domestic hot water operation. For optimal operation and lowest power consumption, it is strongly recommended to keep the default setting (0). If the backup heater operation is limited ([400]=0) and the outdoor temperature is lower than setting [503], the domestic hot water will not be heated with the backup heater. [9.6.2] [503] Priority temperature: Used for calculation of anti-recycling timer. If [502]=1, it defines the outdoor temperature below which the backup heater will assist during domestic hot water heating. [501] Equilibrium temperature and [503] Space heating priority temperature are related to backup heater. So, you must set [503] equal or a few degrees higher than [501]. [9.6.3] [5-04] Offset BSH setpoint: Setpoint correction for domestic hot water temperature: setpoint correction for the desired domestic hot water temperature, to be applied at low outdoor temperature when space heating priority is enabled. The corrected (higher) setpoint will make sure that the total heat capacity of the water in the tank remains approximately unchanged, by compensating for the colder bottom water layer of the tank (because the heat exchanger coil is not operational) with a warmer top layer. Range: 0°C~20°C Installer reference guide 202 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 10 | Configuration Timers For simultaneous space and domestic hot water operation request. [8-02]: Anti-recycle timer 1 0 1 0 [8-01] [8-02] t 1 Heat pump domestic water heating mode (1=active, 0=not active) 2 Hot water request for heat pump (1=request, 0=no request) t Time [8-04]: Additional timer at [4-02]/[F-01] t t [8-01]+ [8-04] [8-01]+ [8-04] [8-02] [8-02] [8-01] [8-01] 0 [5-03] [4-02] TA 0 [F-01] 35°C TA TA t Ambient (outdoor) temperature Time Anti-recycle timer Maximum running time domestic hot water # [9.6.4] Code [8-02] Description Anti-recycle timer: Minimum time between two cycles for domestic hot water. The actual anti-recycling time also depends on setting [8-04]. Range: 0~10 hours Remark: The minimum time is 0.5 hours even when the selected value is 0. [9.6.5] [8-00] Minimum running timer: Do NOT change. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 203 10 | Configuration # [9.6.6] [9.6.7] Code [8-01] [8-04] Description Maximum running timer for domestic hot water operation. Domestic hot water heating stops even when the target domestic hot water temperature is NOT reached. The actual maximum running time also depends on setting [8-04]. When Control=Room thermostat: This preset value is only taken into account if there is a request for space heating or cooling. If there is NO request for space heating/cooling, the tank is heated until the setpoint has been reached. When ControlRoom thermostat: This preset value is always taken into account. Range: 5~95 minutes Remark: It is NOT allowed to set [801] to a value below 10 minutes. Additional timer: Additional running time for the maximum running time depending on the outdoor temperature [4-02] or [F-01]. Range: 0~95 minutes Water pipe freeze prevention Only relevant for installations with water piping outdoors. This function tries to protect outdoor water piping from freezing. # [9.7] Code [4-04] Description Water pipe freeze prevention: 0: Continuous pump operation 1: Non continuous pump operation 2: Off NOTICE Water pipe freeze prevention. Even if you turn OFF space heating/cooling operation ([C.2]: Operation > Space heating/cooling), water pipe freeze prevention if enabled will remain active. NOTICE It is ONLY possible to disable water pipe freeze prevention if glycol is selected in the settings of the unit: [E-0D]=1.For more information on freeze protection by glycol, see "8.2.7 To protect the water circuit against freezing" 4[ 96]. Installer reference guide 204 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Benefit kWh power supply # [9.8.2] [9.8.3] [9.8.4] Code [D-00] [D-05] [D-01] 10 | Configuration Description Restriction: Only applicable if [9.8.4] is NOT set to Smart grid. Allow heater: Which heaters are allowed to operate during preferential kWh rate power supply? 0 No: None 1 Only BSH: Booster heater only 2 Only BUH: Backup heater only 3 All: All heaters See also below table (Allowed heaters during preferential kWh rate power supply). Setting 2 is only meaningful if the preferential kWh rate power supply is of type 1 or the hydro module is connected to a separate normal kWh rate power supply (via X2M/56) and the backup heater is NOT connected to the preferential kWh rate power supply. Restriction: Only applicable if [9.8.4] is NOT set to Smart grid. Allow pump: 0 No: Pump is forced off 1 Yes: No limitation Connection to a Benefit kWh power supply or a Smart grid: 0 No: The outdoor unit is connected to a normal power supply. 1 Open: The outdoor unit is connected to a preferential kWh rate power supply. When the preferential kWh rate signal is sent by the electricity company, the contact will open and the unit will go in forced off mode. When the signal is released again, the voltage-free contact will close and the unit will restart operation. Therefore, always enable the auto restart function. 2 Closed: The outdoor unit is connected to a preferential kWh rate power supply. When the preferential kWh rate signal is sent by the electricity company, the contact will close and the unit will go in forced off mode. When the signal is released again, the voltage-free contact will open and the unit will restart operation. Therefore, always enable the auto restart function. 3 Smart grid: A Smart Grid is connected to the system EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 205 10 | Configuration # [9.8.5] [9.8.6] [9.8.7] Code N/A N/A N/A Description Restriction: Only applicable if [9.8.4]=Smart grid. Shows the Smart Grid operation mode sent by the 2 incoming Smart Grid contacts. Smart grid operation mode: Free running Forced off Recommended on Forced on See also below table (Smart Grid operation modes). Restriction: Only applicable if [9.8.4]=Smart grid. To set if electrical heaters are allowed. Allow electrical heaters: No Yes Restriction: Only applicable in case of room thermostat control, and if [9.8.4]=Smart grid. To set if room buffering will be enabled. Enable room buffering: No: The extra energy from the photovoltaic panels is only buffered in the DHW tank (i.e. heat up the DHW tank). Yes: The extra energy from the photovoltaic panels is buffered in the DHW tank, and in the space heating/cooling circuit (i.e. heat up or cool down the room). Installer reference guide 206 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 10 | Configuration # [9.8.8] Code N/A Description Limit setting kW Restriction: Only applicable if: [9.8.4]=Smart grid. There is no pulse meter (power meter) for photovoltaic panels available ([9.A.2] Electricity meter 2 = None) Normally, when a pulse meter is available, the following happens: The pulse meter measures the power produced by the photovoltaic panels. The unit limits its power consumption during the Smart Grid's "Recommended ON" mode to only use the power provided by the photovoltaic panels. However, when the pulse meter is not available, you can still limit the unit's power consumption using this setting (Limit setting kW). This prevents overconsumption and thus requiring the use of power from the grid. Allowed heaters during preferential kWh rate power supply Do NOT use 1 or 3. Setting [D-00] to 1 or 3 when [D-01] is set to 1 or 2 will reset [D-00] back to 0, as the system does not have a booster heater. Only set [D-00] to the values in the table below: [D00] 0 Backup heater Forced OFF Compressor Forced OFF 2 Allowed Smart Grid operation modes The 2 incoming Smart Grid contacts (see "9.3.11 To connect a Smart Grid" [4129]) can activate the following Smart Grid modes: Smart Grid contact 1 2 [9.8.5] Smart grid operation mode 0 0 Free running 0 1 Forced off 1 0 Recommended on 1 1 Forced on Free running: The Smart Grid function is NOT active. Forced off: The unit forces OFF the compressor and the backup heater. The protective functions (water pipe freeze prevention, drain prevention, room frost protection, tank disinfection) and defrost are NOT overruled (capacity will not be limited for these functions) Also see "Protective functions" [4217]. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 207 10 | Configuration Recommended on: In case the space heating/cooling request is OFF and the tank temperature setpoint is reached, the unit can choose to buffer energy from the photovoltaic panels in the room (only in case of room thermostat control) or in the DHW tank instead of putting the photovoltaic panel energy on the grid. In case of room buffering, the room will heat up or cool down to the comfort setpoint. In case of tank buffering, the tank will heat up to the maximum tank temperature. The goal is to buffer the energy from the photovoltaic panels. Therefore, the capacity of the unit is limited to what the photovoltaic panels are providing: If Smart Grid pulse meter is... Available Then the limit is... Decided by the unit based on the input of the Smart Grid pulse meter. Not available Decided by [9.8.8] Limit setting kW The protective functions (water pipe freeze prevention, drain prevention, room frost protection, tank disinfection) and defrost are NOT overruled (capacity will not be limited for these functions) Also see "Protective functions" [4217]. Forced on: Similar to Recommended on, but there is no capacity limitation. The goal is NOT to use the grid as much as possible. Emergency mode. In case emergency mode is active, buffering with electrical heater is NOT possible in Forced on and Recommended on operation modes. Power consumption control Power consumption control See "6 Application guidelines" [4 34] for detailed information about this functionality. # [9.9.1] Code [4-08] Description Power consumption control: 0 No: Disabled. 1 Continuous: Enabled: You can set one power limitation value (in A or kW) to which the system power consumption will be limited for all the time. 2 Inputs: Enabled: You can set up to four different power limitation values (in A or kW) to which the system power consumption will be limited when the corresponding digital input asks. [9.9.2] [4-09] Type: 0 Amp: The limitation values are set in A. 1 kW: The limitation values are set in kW. Limit when [9.9.1]=Continuous and [9.9.2]=Amp: Installer reference guide 208 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 10 | Configuration # [9.9.3] Code [5-05] Description Limit: Only applicable in case of full time current limitation mode. 0 A~50 A Limits when [9.9.1]=Inputs and [9.9.2]=Amp: # [9.9.4] Code [5-05] Description Limit 1: 0 A~50 A [9.9.5] [5-06] Limit 2: 0 A~50 A [9.9.6] [5-07] Limit 3: 0 A~50 A [9.9.7] [5-08] Limit 4: 0 A~50 A Limit when [9.9.1]=Continuous and [9.9.2]=kW: # [9.9.8] Code [5-09] Description Limit: Only applicable in case of full time power limitation mode. 0 kW~20 kW Limits when [9.9.1]=Inputs and [9.9.2]=kW: # [9.9.9] Code [5-09] Description Limit 1: 0 kW~20 kW [9.9.A] [5-0A] Limit 2: 0 kW~20 kW [9.9.B] [5-0B] Limit 3: 0 kW~20 kW [9.9.C] [5-0C] Limit 4: 0 kW~20 kW EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 209 10 | Configuration Priority heater # [9.9.D] Code [4-01] Description Power consumption control DISABLED [408]=0 0 None : Backup heater and booster heater can operate simultaneously. 1 Booster heater: The booster heater is prioritised. 2 Backup heater: The backup heater is prioritised. Power consumption control ENABLED [408]=1/2 0 None : Depending on the power limitation level, the booster heater will be limited first, before the backup heater is limited. 1 Booster heater: Depending on the power limitation level, the backup heater will be limited first, before the booster heater is limited. 2 Backup heater: Depending on the power limitation level, the booster heater will be limited first, before the backup heater is limited. Note: In case power consumption control is DISABLED (for all models) the setting [401] defines whether backup heater and booster heater can operate simultaneously, or if the booster heater/backup heater has priority over the backup heater/booster heater. In case power consumption control is ENABLED, the setting [401] defines the priority of the electrical heaters depending on applicable limitation. BBR16 See "6.6.4 BBR16 power limitation" [4 62] for detailed information about this functionality. INFORMATION Restriction: BBR16 settings are only visible when the language of the user interface is set to Swedish. NOTICE 2 weeks to change. After you activated BBR16, you only have 2 weeks to change its settings (BBR16 activation and BBR16 power limit). After 2 weeks, the unit freezes these settings. Note: This is different from the permanent power limitation, which is always changeable. Installer reference guide 210 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 BBR16 activation # [9.9.F] Code [7-07] BBR16 power limit # [9.9.G] Code [N/A] 10 | Configuration Description BBR16 activation: 0: disabled 1: enabled Description BBR16 power limit: This setting can only be modified via the menu structure. 0 kW~25 kW, step 0.1 kW Energy metering Energy metering If energy metering is performed by the use of external power meters, configure the settings as described below. Select the pulse frequency output of each power meter in accordance with the power meter specifications. It is possible to connect up to 2 power meters with different pulse frequencies. If only 1 or no power meter is used, select 'None' to indicate the corresponding pulse input is NOT used. # [9.A.1] Code [D08] Description Electricity meter 1: 0 None: NOT installed 1 1/10kWh: Installed 2 1/kWh: Installed 3 10/kWh: Installed 4 100/kWh: Installed 5 1000/kWh: Installed [9.A.2] [D09] Electricity meter 2: 0 None: NOT installed 1 1/10kWh: Installed 2 1/kWh: Installed 3 10/kWh: Installed 4 100/kWh: Installed 5 1000/kWh: Installed In case of pulse meter for photovoltaic panels: 6 100/kWh for PV panel: Installed 7 1000/kWh for PV panel: Installed EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 211 10 | Configuration Sensors External sensor # [9.B.1] Code [C08] Description External sensor: When an optional external ambient sensor is connected, the type of the sensor must be set. 0 None : NOT installed. The thermistor in the dedicated Human Comfort Interface and in the outdoor unit are used for measurement. 1 Outdoor: Connected to PCB of the indoor unit measuring the outdoor temperature. Remark: For some functionality, the temperature sensor in the outdoor unit is still used. 2 Room: Connected to PCB of the indoor unit measuring the indoor temperature. The temperature sensor in the dedicated Human Comfort Interface is NOT used anymore. Remark: This value has only meaning in room thermostat control. Ext. amb. sensor offset ONLY applicable in case an external outdoor ambient sensor is connected and configured. You can calibrate the external outdoor ambient temperature sensor. It is possible to give an offset to the thermistor value. This setting can be used to compensate for situations where the external outdoor ambient sensor cannot be installed on the ideal installation location. # [9.B.2] Code [2-0B] Description Ext. amb. sensor offset: Offset on the ambient temperature measured on the external outdoor temperature sensor. 5°C~5°C, step 0.5°C Averaging time The average timer corrects the influence of ambient temperature variations. The weather-dependent setpoint calculation is done on the average outdoor temperature. The outdoor temperature is averaged over the selected time period. # [9.B.3] Code [1-0A] Description Averaging time: 0: No averaging 1: 12 hours 2: 24 hours 3: 48 hours 4: 72 hours Installer reference guide 212 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Bivalent 10 | Configuration Bivalent Only applicable in case of auxiliary boiler. NOTICE Bivalent operation is only possible if space heating is turned ON. INFORMATION Bivalent is only possible in case of 1 leaving water temperature zone with: room thermostat control, OR external room thermostat control. About bivalent The purpose of this function is to determine which heating source can/will provide the space heating, either the heat pump system or the auxiliary boiler. # [9.C.1] Code [C-02] Description Bivalent: Indicates if the space heating is also performed by means of another heat source than the system. 0 No: Not installed 1 Yes: Installed. The auxiliary boiler (gas boiler, oil burner) will operate when the outdoor ambient temperature is low. During bivalent operation, the heat pump is turned off. Set this value in case an auxiliary boiler is used. If Bivalent is enabled: When the outdoor temperature drops below the bivalent ON temperature (fixed or variable based on energy prices), the space heating by the heat pump stops automatically and the permission signal for the auxiliary boiler is active. If Bivalent is disabled: Space heating is only done by the heat pump within the operation range. The permission signal for the auxiliary boiler is always inactive. The switch-over between the heat pump system and the auxiliary boiler is based on the following settings: [C03] and [C04] Electricity and gas prices ([7.5.1], [7.5.2], [7.5.3], and [7.6]) [C03], [C04], and Tcalc Based on the settings above, the heat pump system calculates a value Tcalc, which is variable between [C03] and [C03]+[C04]. 3°C a EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 b [C-03] Tcalc [C-03]+[C-04] TA TA Tcalc Outdoor temperature Bivalent ON temperature (variable). Below this temperature, the auxiliary boiler will always be ON. Tcalc can never go below [C03] or above [C03]+[C04]. 3°C Fixed hysteresis to prevent too much switching between heat pump system and auxiliary boiler a Auxiliary boiler active Installer reference guide 213 10 | Configuration b Auxiliary boiler inactive If the outdoor temperature... Then... Space heating by the heat Bivalent signal for the pump system... auxiliary boiler is... Drops below Tcalc Stops Active Rises above Tcalc+3°C Starts Inactive INFORMATION The permission signal for the auxiliary boiler is located on the EKRP1HBAA (digital I/O PCB). When it is activated, the contact X1, X2 is closed and open when it is deactivated. See illustration below for the schematic location of this contact. X2M OFF ON SS1 X1 X2 X3 X4 X1M YC Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 # 9.C.3 9.C.4 Code [C-03] [C-04] Description Range: 25°C~25°C (step: 1°C) Range: 2°C~10°C (step: 1°C) The higher the value of [C04], the higher the accuracy of the switch-over between the heat pump system and the auxiliary boiler. To determine the value of [C03], proceed as follows: 1 Determine the COP (= coefficient of performance) using the formula: Formula Example COP = (Electricity price / gas price)(a) × If: boiler efficiency Electricity price: 20 c/kWh Gas price: 6 c/kWh Boiler efficiency: 0.9 Then: COP = (20/6)×0.9 = 3 (a) Make sure to use the same units of measurement for the electricity price and gas price (example: both c/kWh). 2 Determine the value of [C03] using the graph. For an example, see the table legend. Installer reference guide 214 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 COP 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 -14 -12 -10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2.5 (a) 10.5 (b) a [C03]=2.5 in case of COP=3 and LWT=35°C b [C03]=10.5 in case of COP=3 and LWT=55°C 10 | Configuration NOTICE Make sure to set the value of [501] at least 1°C higher than the value of [C03]. Electricity and gas prices INFORMATION To set electricity and gas price values, do NOT use overview settings. Set them in the menu structure instead ([7.5.1], [7.5.2], [7.5.3], and [7.6]). For more information on how to set the energy prices, see the operation manual and the user reference guide. INFORMATION Solar panels. If solar panels are used, set the electricity price value very low to promote the use of the heat pump. # [7.5.1] [7.5.2] [7.5.3] [7.6] Code N/A N/A N/A N/A Description User settings > Electricity price > High User settings > Electricity price > Medium User settings > Electricity price > Low User settings > Gas price Boiler efficiency Depending on the used boiler, this should be chosen as follows: # [9.C.2] Code [705] 0: Very high 1: High 2: Medium 3: Low 4: Very low Description EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 215 10 | Configuration Alarm output Alarm output # [9.D] Code [C09] Description Alarm output: Indicates the logic of alarm output on digital I/O PCB during high level indoor unit error malfunctioning. Low level errors (caution/warning) will NOT be transmitted to alarm output. 0 Abnormal: The alarm output will be powered when an alarm occurs. By setting this value, a distinction is made between the detection of an alarm, and the detection of a power failure. 1 Normal: The alarm output will NOT be powered when an alarm occurs. See also table below (Alarm output logic). Alarm output logic [C-09] Alarm 0 Closed output 1 Open output No alarm Open output Closed output No power supply to unit Open output Auto restart Auto restart When power returns after a power supply failure, the auto restart function reapplies the user interface settings at the time of the power failure. Therefore, it is recommended to always enable the function. If the preferential kWh rate power supply is of the type that power supply is interrupted, always enable the auto restart function. Continuous indoor unit control can be guaranteed independent of the preferential kWh rate power supply status, by connecting the indoor unit to a separate normal kWh rate power supply. # [9.E] Code [3-00] Description Auto restart: 0: Manual 1: Automatic Power saving function Power saving function NOTICE Power saving function. The power saving function is only applicable for V3 models. If you want to use the power saving function, on the outdoor unit PCB make sure to connect X804A to X806A. For more information, see "In case of V3 models" 4[ 106]. Installer reference guide 216 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 10 | Configuration Defines whether the outdoor unit power supply can be interrupted (internally by indoor unit control) during stand-still conditions (no space heating/cooling nor domestic hot water demand). The final decision to allow power interruption of the outdoor unit during standstill depends on the ambient temperature, compressor conditions and minimum internal timers. To enable the power saving function setting, [E08] needs to be enabled on the user interface. # [9.F] Code [E08] Description Power saving function for outdoor unit: 0: No 1: Yes Disable protections Protective functions The unit is equipped with the following protective functions: Room antifrost [2-06] Water pipe freeze prevention [4-04] Tank disinfection [2-01] INFORMATION Protective functions "Installer-on-site mode". The software is equipped with protective functions, such as room antifrost. The unit automatically runs these functions when necessary. During installation or service this behaviour is undesired. Therefore, the protective functions can be disabled: At first power-on: The protective functions are disabled by default. After 12 hours they will be automatically enabled. Afterwards: An installer can manually disable the protective functions by setting [9.G]: Disable protections=Yes. After his work is done, he can enable the protective functions by setting [9.G]: Disable protections=No. # [9.G] Code N/A Description Disable protections: 0: No 1: Yes Forced defrost Forced defrost Manually start a defrost operation. # [9.H] Code N/A Description Do you want to start a defrost operation? Back OK NOTICE Forced defrost start-up. You can only start forced defrost when the heating operation has been running for a while. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 217 10 | Configuration Overview field settings Almost all settings can be done using the menu structure. If for any reason it is required to change a setting using the overview settings, then the overview settings can be accessed in the field settings overview [9.I]. See "To modify an overview setting" [4136]. Export MMI settings About exporting the configuration settings Export the configuration settings of the unit to a USB memory stick, via the MMI (the user interface of the indoor unit). When troubleshooting, these settings can be provided to our Service department. # [9.N] Code N/A Description Your MMI settings will be exported to the connected storage device: Back OK To export MMI settings 1 Open the user interface panel and insert a USB memory stick. -- 1 1 2 Bizone kit 2 On the user interface, go to [9.N] Export MMI settings. 3 Select OK. 4 Remove the USB memory stick and close the user interface -- panel. Bizone kit installed # [9.P.1] Code [E-0B] Description Bizone kit installed: 0 No : The system only has a main zone. 1 N/A 2 Yes: A bizone kit is installed in order to add an additional temperature zone. Installer reference guide 218 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Bizone kit system type # [9.P.2] Code [E-0C] 10 | Configuration Description Bizone system type 0 Without hydraulic separator / no direct pump a b 1 With hydraulic separator / no direct pump a c b 2 With hydraulic separator / with direct pump c d a b a: Indoor unit; b: Mixing station; c: Hydraulic separator; d: Direct pump Additional zone pump fixed PWM The speed of the additional zone pump can be fixed with this setting. # [9.P.3] Code [7-0A] Description Add zone pump fixed PWM: Fixed pump speed for additional (direct) zone. 20~95% (default: 95) Main zone pump fixed PWM The speed of the main zone pump can be fixed with this setting. # [9.P.4] Code [7-0B] Description Main zone pump fixed PWM: Fixed pump speed for main (mixed) zone. 20~95% (default: 95) EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 219 10 | Configuration Mixing valve turning time If a third party mixing valve is installed in combination with controller EKMIKPOA, the valve turning time must be set accordingly. For this setting, space heating/cooling and tank operation MUST be off: [C.2] Space heating/cooling=0 (Off) and [C.3] Tank=0 (Off). See "10.5.12 Operation" [4220]. # [9.P.5] Code [7-0C] Description Mixing valve turning time: Time in seconds for the mixing valve to turn from one side to the other. 20~300 sec (default: 125) 10.5.10 Commissioning Overview The following items are listed in the submenu: A Information Installer settings Commissioning User profile Operation [A] Commissioning [A.1] Operation test run [A.2] Actuator test run [A.3] Air purge [A.4] UFH screed dryout About commissioning See: "11 Commissioning" [4226] 10.5.11 User profile [B] User profile: See "To change the user permission level" [4135]. B Installer settings Commissioning User profile Operation Malfunctioning 10.5.12 Operation Overview The following items are listed in the submenu: C Commissioning User profile Operation Malfunctioning Room [C] Operation [C.2] Space heating/cooling [C.3] Tank To enable or disable functionalities In the operation menu, you can separately enable or disable functionalities of the unit. Installer reference guide 220 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 10.5.13 WLAN # [C.2] [C.3] Code N/A N/A 10 | Configuration Description Space heating/cooling: 0: Off 1: On Tank: 0: Off 1: On INFORMATION Restriction: WLAN settings are only visible when a WLAN cartridge is inserted in the user interface. Overview The following items are listed in the submenu: D User profile Operation Wireless gateway Malfunctioning Room [D] Wireless gateway [D.1] Mode [D.2] Reboot [D.3] WPS [D.4] Remove from cloud [D.5] Home network connection [D.6] Cloud connection About the WLAN cartridge The WLAN cartridge connects the system to the internet. The user you can then control the system via the Daikin Residential Controller app. This needs the following components: a WLAN cartridge The WLAN cartridge needs to be inserted in the user interface. See the installation manual of the WLAN cartridge. b Router Field supply. c Smartphone + app The Daikin Residential Controller app needs to be installed on the user's smartphone. See: http://www.onlinecontroller.daikineurope.com/ Configuration To configure the Daikin Residential Controller app, follow the in-app instructions. While doing this, the following actions and information are needed on the user interface: Mode: Turn AP mode ON (= WLAN adapter active as access point) or OFF. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 221 10 | Configuration # [D.1] Code N/A Description Enable AP mode: No Yes Reboot: Reboot the WLAN cartridge. # [D.2] Code N/A Description Reboot the gateway: Back OK WPS: Connect the WLAN cartridge to the router. # [D.3] Code N/A WPS: Description No Yes INFORMATION You can only use this function if it is supported by the software version of the WLAN, and the software version of the Daikin Residential Controller app. Remove from cloud: Remove the WLAN cartridge from the cloud. # [D.4] Code N/A Description Remove from cloud: No Yes Home network connection: Read out the status of the connection to the home network. # [D.5] Code N/A Description Home network connection: Disconnected from [WLAN_SSID] Connected to [WLAN_SSID] Cloud connection: Read out the status of the connection to the cloud. # [D.6] Code N/A Description Cloud connection: Not connected Connected Installer reference guide 222 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 10.6 Menu structure: Overview user settings 10 | Configuration [1] Room Schedule Heating schedule (*) Cooling schedule Antifrost Setpoint range Room sensor offset Room comfort setpoint [2] Main zone Schedule Heating schedule (*) Cooling schedule Setpoint mode Heating WD curve (*) Cooling WD curve WD curve type [3] Additional zone Schedule Heating schedule (*) Cooling schedule Setpoint mode Heating WD curve (*) Cooling WD curve WD curve type [4] Space heating/cooling Operation mode (*) Operation mode schedule [5] Tank Powerful operation Comfort setpoint Eco setpoint Reheat setpoint Schedule WD curve WD curve type [7] User settings Language Time/date Holiday Quiet Electricity price Gas price [8] Information Energy data Malfunction history Dealer information Sensors Actuators Operation modes About Connection status Running hours [B] User profile [C] Operation Space heating/cooling Tank (*) (**) (***) Setpoint screen Only applicable for models where cooling is possible Only accessible by installer Only applicable when WLAN is installed [1.4] Antifrost Activation Room setpoint [1.5] Setpoint range Heating minimum Heating maximum (*) Cooling minimum (*) Cooling maximum [1.9] Room comfort setpoint Heating comfort setpoint (*) Cooling comfort setpoint [7.2] Time/date Hours Minutes Year Month Day Daylight savings time Format [7.3] Holiday Activation From Till [7.4] Quiet (**) Activation Schedule (**) Level [7.5] Electricity price High Medium Low Schedule [8.1] Energy data Electricity input Produced heat (***) [D] Wireless gateway Mode Reboot WPS Remove from cloud Home network connection Cloud connection INFORMATION Depending on the selected installer settings and unit type, settings will be visible/ invisible. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 223 10 | Configuration 10.7 Menu structure: Overview installer settings [9] Installer settings Configuration wizard Domestic hot water Backup heater Emergency Balancing Water pipe freeze prevention Benefit kWh power supply Power consumption control Energy metering Sensors Bivalent Alarm output Auto restart Power saving function Disable protections Forced defrost Overview field settings Export MMI settings Bizone kit (*) Only applicable in Swedish language. [9.2] Domestic hot water Domestic hot water DHW pump DHW pump schedule Solar [9.3] Backup heater Backup heater type Voltage Configuration Capacity step 1 Additional capacity step 2 Equilibrium Equilibrium temperature Operation [9.5] Emergency Emergency Compressor forced off [9.6] Balancing Space heating priority Priority temperature Offset BSH setpoint Anti-recycle timer Minimum running timer Maximum running timer Additional timer [9.8] Benefit kWh power supply Allow heater Allow pump Benefit kWh power supply Smart grid operation mode Allow electrical heaters Enable room buffering Limit setting kW [9.9] Power consumption control Power consumption control Type Limit Limit 1 Limit 2 Limit 3 Limit 4 Priority heater (*) BBR16 activation (*) BBR16 power limit [9.A] Energy metering Electricity meter 1 Electricity meter 2 [9.B] Sensors External sensor Ext. amb. sensor offset Averaging time [9.C] Bivalent Bivalent Boiler efficiency Temperature Hysteresis [9.P] Bizone kit Bizone kit installed Bizone system type Add zone pump fixed PWM Main zone pump fixed PWM Mixing valve turning time INFORMATION Solar kit settings are shown but are NOT applicable for this unit. Settings shall NOT be used or changed. Installer reference guide 224 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 10 | Configuration INFORMATION Depending on the selected installer settings and unit type, settings will be visible/ invisible. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 225 11 | Commissioning 11 Commissioning INFORMATION This unit is a heating only model. Therefore, all references to cooling in this document are NOT applicable. NOTICE General commissioning checklist. Next to the commissioning instructions in this chapter, a general commissioning checklist is also available on the Daikin Business Portal (authentication required). The general commissioning checklist is complementary to the instructions in this chapter and can be used as a guideline and reporting template during the commissioning and hand-over to the user. NOTICE Make sure both air purge valves (one on the magnetic filter and one on the backup heater) are open. All automatic air purge valves MUST remain open after commissioning. INFORMATION Protective functions "Installer-on-site mode". The software is equipped with protective functions, such as room antifrost. The unit automatically runs these functions when necessary. During installation or service this behaviour is undesired. Therefore, the protective functions can be disabled: At first power-on: The protective functions are disabled by default. After 12 hours they will be automatically enabled. Afterwards: An installer can manually disable the protective functions by setting [9.G]: Disable protections=Yes. After his work is done, he can enable the protective functions by setting [9.G]: Disable protections=No. Also see "Protective functions" [4217]. In this chapter 11.1 Overview: Commissioning ...................................................................................................................................................... 226 11.2 Precautions when commissioning.......................................................................................................................................... 227 11.3 Checklist before commissioning............................................................................................................................................. 227 11.4 Checklist during commissioning ............................................................................................................................................. 228 11.4.1 Minimum flow rate ................................................................................................................................................ 228 11.4.2 Air purge function .................................................................................................................................................. 229 11.4.3 Operation test run.................................................................................................................................................. 230 11.4.4 Actuator test run .................................................................................................................................................... 231 11.4.5 Underfloor heating screed dryout ......................................................................................................................... 232 11.1 Overview: Commissioning This chapter describes what you have to do and know to commission the system after it is installed and configured. Installer reference guide 226 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 11 | Commissioning Typical workflow Commissioning typically consists of the following stages: 1 Checking the "Checklist before commissioning". 2 Performing an air purge. 3 Performing a test run for the system. 4 If necessary, performing a test run for one or more actuators. 5 If necessary, performing an underfloor heating screed dryout. 11.2 Precautions when commissioning INFORMATION During the first running period of the unit, the required power may be higher than stated on the nameplate of the unit. This phenomenon is caused by the compressor, that needs a continuous run time of 50 hours before reaching smooth operation and stable power consumption. NOTICE ALWAYS operate the unit with thermistors and/or pressure sensors/switches. If NOT, burning of the compressor might be the result. 11.3 Checklist before commissioning After the installation of the unit, first check the items listed below. Once all checks are fulfilled, the unit MUST be closed. Power-up the unit after it is closed. You read the complete installation instructions, as described in the installer reference guide. The indoor unit is properly mounted. The outdoor unit is properly mounted. The following field wiring has been carried out according to this document and the applicable legislation: Between the local supply panel and the outdoor unit Between indoor unit and outdoor unit Between the local supply panel and the indoor unit Between the indoor unit and the valves (if applicable) Between the indoor unit and the room thermostat (if applicable) The system is properly earthed and the earth terminals are tightened. The fuses or locally installed protection devices are installed according to this document, and have NOT been bypassed. The power supply voltage matches the voltage on the identification label of the unit. There are NO loose connections or damaged electrical components in the switch box. There are NO damaged components or squeezed pipes on the inside of the indoor and outdoor units. Backup heater circuit breaker F1B (field supply) is turned ON. The correct pipe size is installed and the pipes are properly insulated. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 227 11 | Commissioning There is NO water leak inside the indoor unit. The shut-off valves are properly installed and fully open. The automatic air purge valves are open. The pressure relief valve purges water when opened. Clean water MUST come out. The minimum water volume is guaranteed in all conditions. See "To check the water volume and flow rate" in "8.1 Preparing water piping" 4[ 82]. The domestic hot water tank is filled completely. 11.4 Checklist during commissioning The minimum flow rate during backup heater/defrost operation is guaranteed in all conditions. See "To check the water volume and flow rate" in "8.1 Preparing water piping" 4[ 82]. To perform an air purge. To perform a test run. To perform an actuator test run. Underfloor screed dryout function The underfloor screed dryout function is started (if necessary). 11.4.1 Minimum flow rate Purpose For a correct operating unit, it is important to check if the minimum flow rate is reached. If needed, modify the bypass valve setting. Minimum required flow rate 20 l/min To check the minimum flow rate 1 Check the hydraulic configuration to find out which space -- heating loops can be closed by mechanical, electronic, or other valves. 2 Close all space heating loops that can be closed. -- 3 Start the pump test run (see "11.4.4 Actuator test run" [4231]). -- 4 Read out the flow rate(a) and modify the bypass valve setting to -- reach the minimum required flow rate + 2 l/min. (a) During pump test run, the unit can operate below the minimum required flow rate. Installer reference guide 228 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 11 | Commissioning 11.4.2 Air purge function Purpose When commissioning and installing the unit, it is very important to remove all air in the water circuit. When the air purge function is running, the pump operates without actual operation of the unit and the removal of air in the water circuit will start. NOTICE Before starting the air purge, open the safety valve and check if the circuit is sufficiently filled with water. Only if water escapes the valve after opening it, you can start the air purge procedure. Manual or automatic There are 2 modes for purging air: Manual: You can set the pump speed to low or high. You can set the circuit (the position of the 3-way valve) to Space or Tank. Air purge must be performed for both space heating and tank (domestic hot water) circuits. Automatic: The unit automatically changes the pump speed and switches the position of the 3-way valve between the space heating and the domestic hot water circuit. Typical workflow Purging the air from the system should consist of: 1 Performing a manual air purge 2 Performing an automatic air purge INFORMATION Start by performing a manual air purge. When almost all the air is removed, perform an automatic air purge. If necessary, repeat performing the automatic air purge until you are sure that all air is removed from the system. During air purge function, pump speed limitation [90D] is NOT applicable. The air purge function automatically stops after 30 minutes. INFORMATION For best results, air purge each loop separately. To perform a manual air purge Conditions: Make sure all operation is disabled. Go to [C]: Operation and turn off Space heating/cooling and Tank operation. 1 Set the user permission level to Installer. See "To change -- the user permission level" [4135]. 2 Go to [A.3]: Commissioning > Air purge. 3 In the menu, set Type = Manual. 4 Select Start air purge. 5 Select OK to confirm. Result: The air purge starts. It stops automatically when ready. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 229 11 | Commissioning 6 During manual operation: You can change the pump speed. You must change the circuit. To change these settings during the air purge, open the menu and go to [A.3.1.5]: Settings. Scroll to Circuit and set it to Space/Tank. Scroll to Pump speed and set it to Low/High. 7 To stop the air purge manually: -- 1 Open the menu and go to Stop air purge. 2 Select OK to confirm. To perform an automatic air purge Conditions: Make sure all operation is disabled. Go to [C]: Operation and turn off Space heating/cooling and Tank operation. 1 Set the user permission level to Installer. See "To change -- the user permission level" [4135]. 2 Go to [A.3]: Commissioning > Air purge. 3 In the menu, set Type = Automatic. 4 Select Start air purge. 5 Select OK to confirm. Result: The air purge starts. It stops automatically when done. 6 To stop the air purge manually: -- 1 In the menu, go to Stop air purge. 2 Select OK to confirm. 11.4.3 Operation test run Purpose Perform test runs on the unit and monitor the leaving water and tank temperatures to check if the unit is working correctly. The following test runs should be made: Heating Cooling (if applicable) Tank To perform an operation test run Conditions: Make sure all operation is disabled. Go to [C]: Operation and turn off Space heating/cooling and Tank operation. 1 Set the user permission level to Installer. See "To change -- the user permission level" [4135]. 2 Go to [A.1]: Commissioning > Operation test run. 3 Select a test from the list. Example: Heating. Installer reference guide 230 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 11 | Commissioning 4 Select OK to confirm. Result: The test run starts. It stops automatically when ready (±30 min). To stop the test run manually: -- 1 In the menu, go to Stop test run. 2 Select OK to confirm. INFORMATION If the outdoor temperature is outside the range of operation, the unit may NOT operate or may NOT deliver the required capacity. To monitor leaving water and tank temperatures During test run, the correct operation of the unit can be checked by monitoring its leaving water temperature (heating/cooling mode) and tank temperature (domestic hot water mode). To monitor the temperatures: 1 In the menu, go to Sensors. 2 Select the temperature information. 11.4.4 Actuator test run Purpose Perform an actuator test run to confirm the operation of the different actuators. For example, when you select Pump, a test run of the pump will start. To perform an actuator test run Conditions: Make sure all operation is disabled. Go to [C]: Operation and turn off Space heating/cooling and Tank operation. 1 Set the user permission level to Installer. See "To change the -- user permission level" [4135]. 2 Go to [A.2]: Commissioning > Actuator test run. 3 Select a test from the list. Example: Pump. 4 Select OK to confirm. Result: The actuator test run starts. It stops automatically when ready (±30 min). To stop the test run manually: -- 1 In the menu, go to Stop test run. 2 Select OK to confirm. Possible actuator test runs Backup heater 1 test Backup heater 2 test Pump test EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 231 11 | Commissioning INFORMATION Make sure that all air is purged before executing the test run. Also avoid disturbances in the water circuit during the test run. Shut off valve test Diverter valve test (3-way valve for switching between space heating and tank heating) Bivalent signal test Alarm output test C/H signal test DHW pump test Bizone kit direct pump test (bizone kit EKMIKPOA or EKMIKPHA) Bizone kit mixed pump test (bizone kit EKMIKPOA or EKMIKPHA) Bizone kit mixing valve test (bizone kit EKMIKPOA or EKMIKPHA) 11.4.5 Underfloor heating screed dryout About underfloor heating screed dryout Purpose The underfloor heating (UFH) screed dryout function is used for drying out the screed of an underfloor heating system during the construction of the building. NOTICE The installer is responsible for: contacting the screed manufacturer for the maximum allowed water temperature, to avoid cracking the screed, programming the underfloor heating screed dryout schedule according to the initial heating instructions of the screed manufacturer, checking the proper functioning of the setup on a regular basis, performing the correct program complying with the type of the used screed. UFH screed dryout before or during installation of outdoor unit The UFH screed dryout function can be executed without finishing the outdoor installation. In this case, the backup heater will perform the screed dryout and supply the leaving water without heat pump operation. To program an underfloor heating screed dryout schedule Duration and temperature The installer can program up to 20 steps. For each step he needs to enter: 1 the duration in hours, up to 72 hours, 2 the desired leaving water temperature, up to 55°C. Example: Installer reference guide 232 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 T 24h (1) 36h (2) 11 | Commissioning 35°C (2) 25°C (1) A1 t T Desired leaving water temperature (15~55°C) t Duration (1~72 h) (1) Action step 1 (2) Action step 2 Steps 1 Set the user permission level to Installer. See "To change -- the user permission level" [4135]. 2 Go to [A.4.2]: Commissioning > UFH screed dryout > Program. 3 Program the schedule: -- To add a new step, select the next empty line and change its value. To delete a step and all steps below it, decrease the duration to "". Scroll through the schedule. Adjust the duration (between 1 and 72 hours) and temperatures (between 15°C and 55°C). 4 Press the left dial to save the schedule. To perform an underfloor heating screed dryout INFORMATION If Emergency is set to Manual ([9.5]=0), and the unit is triggered to start emergency operation, the user interface will ask confirmation before starting. The underfloor heating screed dryout function is active even if the user does NOT confirm emergency operation. During underfloor heating screed dryout, pump speed limitation [90D] is NOT applicable. NOTICE To perform an underfloor heating screed dryout, room frost protection needs to be disabled ([206]=0). By default, it is enabled ([206]=1). However, due to the "installer-on-site" mode (see "Commissioning"), room frost protection will be automatically disabled for 12 hours after the first power-on. If the screed dryout still needs to be performed after the first 12 hours of power-on, manually disable room frost protection by setting [206] to "0", and KEEP it disabled until the screed dryout has finished. Ignoring this notice will result in cracking of the screed. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 233 11 | Commissioning NOTICE For the underfloor heating screed dryout to be able to start, make sure the following settings are met: [400]=1 [C02]=0 [D01]=0 [408]=0 [401]1 Steps Conditions: An underfloor heating screed dryout schedule has been programmed. See "To program an underfloor heating screed dryout schedule" [4232]. Conditions: Make sure all operation is disabled. Go to [C]: Operation and turn off Space heating/cooling and Tank operation. 1 Set the user permission level to Installer. See "To change -- the user permission level" [4135]. 2 Go to [A.4]: Commissioning > UFH screed dryout. 3 Select Start UFH screed dryout. 4 Select OK to confirm. Result: The underfloor heating screed dryout starts. It stops automatically when done. 5 To stop the underfloor heating screed dryout manually: -- 1 Open the menu and go to Stop UFH screed dryout. 2 Select OK to confirm. To read out the status of an underfloor heating screed dryout Conditions: You are performing an underfloor heating screed dryout. 1 Press the back button. Result: A graph is displayed, highlighting the current step of the screed dryout schedule, the total remaining time, and the current desired leaving water temperature. 2 Press the left dial to open the menu structure and to: 1 View the status of sensors and actuators. -- 2 Adjust the current program -- To stop an underfloor heating (UFH) screed dryout U3-error When the program is stopped by an error or an operation switch off, the U3 error will be displayed on the user interface. To resolve the error codes, see "14.4 Solving problems based on error codes" [4254]. In case of a power failure, the U3 error is not generated. When power is restored, the unit automatically restarts the latest step and continues the program. Installer reference guide 234 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 11 | Commissioning Stop UFH screed dryout To manually stop underfloor heating screed dryout: 1 Go to [A.4.3]: Commissioning > UFH screed dryout -- 2 Select Stop UFH screed dryout. 3 Select OK to confirm. Result: The underfloor heating screed dryout is stopped. Read out UFH screed dryout status When the program is stopped due to an error, an operation switch-off, or a power failure, you can read out the underfloor heating screed dryout status: 1 Go to [A.4.3]: Commissioning > UFH screed dryout > Status 2 You can read out the value here: Stopped at + the step -- where the underfloor screed dryout was stopped. 3 Modify and restart the execution of the program(a). -- (a) If the UFH screed dryout program was stopped due to a power failure and the power resumes, the program will automatically restart the last implemented step. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 235 12 | Hand-over to the user 12 Hand-over to the user Once the test run is finished and the unit operates properly, please make sure the following is clear for the user: Fill in the installer setting table (in the operation manual) with the actual settings. Make sure that the user has the printed documentation and ask him/her to keep it for future reference. Inform the user that he can find the complete documentation at the URL mentioned earlier in this manual. Explain the user how to properly operate the system and what to do in case of problems. Show the user what to do for the maintenance of the unit. Explain the user about energy saving tips as described in the operation manual. Installer reference guide 236 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 13 Maintenance and service 13 | Maintenance and service NOTICE General maintenance/inspection checklist. Next to the maintenance instructions in this chapter, a general maintenance/inspection checklist is also available on the Daikin Business Portal (authentication required). The general maintenance/inspection checklist is complementary to the instructions in this chapter and can be used as a guideline and reporting template during maintenance. NOTICE Maintenance MUST be done by an authorised installer or service agent. We recommend performing maintenance at least once a year. However, applicable legislation might require shorter maintenance intervals. In this chapter 13.1 Overview: Maintenance and service...................................................................................................................................... 237 13.2 Maintenance safety precautions............................................................................................................................................ 237 13.3 Yearly maintenance ................................................................................................................................................................ 238 13.3.1 Yearly maintenance outdoor unit: overview ......................................................................................................... 238 13.3.2 Yearly maintenance outdoor unit: instructions..................................................................................................... 238 13.3.3 Yearly maintenance indoor unit: overview............................................................................................................ 238 13.3.4 Yearly maintenance indoor unit: instructions ....................................................................................................... 238 13.4 To drain the domestic hot water tank ................................................................................................................................... 242 13.5 To inspect the inside of the domestic hot water tank........................................................................................................... 243 13.6 About cleaning the water filter in case of trouble................................................................................................................. 243 13.6.1 To remove the water filter..................................................................................................................................... 244 13.6.2 To clean the water filter in case of trouble ........................................................................................................... 244 13.6.3 To install the water filter........................................................................................................................................ 245 13.1 Overview: Maintenance and service This chapter contains information about: The yearly maintenance of the outdoor unit The yearly maintenance of the indoor unit 13.2 Maintenance safety precautions DANGER: RISK OF ELECTROCUTION DANGER: RISK OF BURNING/SCALDING NOTICE: Risk of electrostatic discharge Before performing any maintenance or service work, touch a metal part of the unit in order to eliminate static electricity and to protect the PCB. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 237 13 | Maintenance and service 13.3 Yearly maintenance 13.3.1 Yearly maintenance outdoor unit: overview Check the following at least once a year: Heat exchanger Water filter 13.3.2 Yearly maintenance outdoor unit: instructions Heat exchanger The heat exchanger of the outdoor unit can get blocked up due to dust, dirt, leaves, etc. It is recommended to clean the heat exchanger yearly. A blocked heat exchanger can lead to too low pressure or too high pressure leading to worse performance. Water filter Close the valve. Clean and rinse the water filter. NOTICE Handle the filter with care. To prevent damage to the mesh of the filter, do NOT use excessive force when you reinsert it. 2 13 13.3.3 Yearly maintenance indoor unit: overview Water pressure Magnetic filter/dirt separator Water pressure relief valve Relief valve hose Pressure relief valve of the domestic hot water tank Switch box Descaling Chemical disinfection Temperature and pressure relief valve 13.3.4 Yearly maintenance indoor unit: instructions Water pressure Keep water pressure above 1 bar. If it is lower, add water. Installer reference guide 238 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Magnetic filter/dirt separator 13 | Maintenance and service a b c d a Screw connection b Magnetic sleeve c Drain valve d Drain cap The yearly maintenance of the magnetic filter/dirt separator consists of: Checking if both parts of the magnetic filter/dirt separator are still screwed tight (a). Emptying the dirt separator as follows: 1 Take off the magnetic sleeve (b). 2 Unscrew the drain cap (d). 3 Connect a drain hose to the bottom of the water filter so that the water and dirt can be collected in a suitable container (bottle, sink...). 4 Open the drain valve for a couple of seconds (c). Result: Water and dirt will come out. 5 Close the drain valve. 6 Screw the drain cap back on. 7 Reattach the magnetic sleeve. 8 Check the pressure of the water circuit. If required, add water. NOTICE When checking the magnetic filter/dirt separator for tightness, hold it firmly, so as NOT to apply stress to the water piping. Do NOT isolate the magnetic filter/dirt separator by closing the shutoff valves. To properly empty the dirt separator, sufficient pressure is required. To prevent dirt from remaining in the dirt separator, ALWAYS take off the magnetic sleeve. ALWAYS first unscrew the drain cap, and connect a drain hose to the bottom of the water filter, then open the drain valve. INFORMATION For yearly maintenance, you do not have to remove the water filter from the unit to clean it. But in case of trouble with the water filter, you might have to remove it so that you can thoroughly clean it. Then you need to do as follows: "13.6.1 To remove the water filter" 4[ 244] "13.6.2 To clean the water filter in case of trouble" 4[ 244] "13.6.3 To install the water filter" 4[ 245] Water pressure relief valve Open the valve and check if it operates correctly. The water may be very hot! Checkpoints are: EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 239 13 | Maintenance and service The water flow coming from the relief valve is high enough, no blockage of the valve or in between piping is suspected. Dirty water coming out of the relief valve: - open the valve until the discharged water does NOT contain dirt anymore - flush the system It is recommended to do this maintenance more frequently. Pressure relief valve hose Check whether the pressure relief valve hose is positioned appropriately to drain the water. See "7.4.4 To connect the drain hose to the drain" [481]. Pressure relief valve of the domestic hot water tank Open the valve. CAUTION Water coming out of the valve may be very hot. Check if nothing blocks the water in the valve or in between piping. The water flow coming from the relief valve must be high enough. Check if the water coming out of the relief valve is clean. If it contains debris or dirt: - Open the valve until the discharged water does not contain debris or dirt anymore. - Flush and clean the complete tank, including the piping between the relief valve and cold water inlet. To make sure this water originates from the tank, check after a tank heat up cycle. INFORMATION It is recommended to perform this maintenance more than once a year. Switch box Carry out a thorough visual inspection of the switch box and look for obvious defects such as loose connections or defective wiring. Using an ohmmeter, check if contactors K1M, K2M, K3M and K5M (depending on your installation) operate correctly. All contacts of these contactors must be in open position when the power is turned OFF. WARNING If the internal wiring is damaged, it has to be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similarly qualified persons. Descaling Depending on water quality and set temperature, scale can deposit on the heat exchanger inside the domestic hot water tank and can restrict heat transfer. For this reason, descaling of the heat exchanger may be required at certain intervals. Installer reference guide 240 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 13 | Maintenance and service Chemical disinfection If the applicable legislation requires a chemical disinfection in specific situations, involving the domestic hot water tank, please be aware that the domestic hot water tank is a stainless steel cylinder. We recommend to use a non-chloride based disinfectant approved for use with water intended for human consumption. NOTICE When using means for descaling or chemical disinfection, make sure water quality still complies with EU directive 2020/2184. Pressure reducing valve Depending on local water conditions, annual inspection of the integral line strainer, pressure reducing valve cartridge and seating may be necessary. c a b a Cartridge b Strainer c Calibration screw 1 Unscrew the plastic cover of the pressure reducing valve. 2 Extract the cartridge with the aid of long nosed pliers to grip the head of the set screw. 3 Remove the strainer element. 4 Clean the strainer element and cartridge under clean running water. 5 Replace if the strainer or cartridge are damaged. 6 Refit the strainer, cartridge and cover. 7 If the cartridge has been replaced, calibrate the pressure reducing valve: Close the downstream isolating valve (field supply). Install an Allen key on the calibration screw in the centre of the plastic cover. Rotate it clockwise to increase the outlet pressure and anticlockwise to reduce it. Temperature and pressure relief valve Check for correct operation of the temperature and pressure relief valve. Manually operate the temperature and pressure relief valve to ensure free water flow through discharge pipe. Turn knob left. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 241 13 | Maintenance and service 13.4 To drain the domestic hot water tank DANGER: RISK OF BURNING/SCALDING The water in the tank can be very hot. Prerequisite: Stop the unit operation via the user interface. Prerequisite: Turn OFF the respective circuit breaker. Prerequisite: Close the cold water supply. Prerequisite: Open all the hot water tapping points to allow air to enter the system. 1 Remove the top panel. See "7.2.5 To open the indoor unit" [469]. 2 Remove the user interface panel. See "7.2.5 To open the indoor unit" [469]. 3 Lower the switchbox. See "7.2.6 To lower the switch box on the indoor unit" [471]. 4 Remove the tube from the temperature and pressure relief valve that is located on top of the tank. 5 Remove the temperature and pressure relief valve from the tank. 6 Use a drain hose and a pump to drain the tank via the access point. 1 2 Installer reference guide 242 7 Tightening torques for installation: Item Tube connection Temperature and pressure relief valve Tightening torque 30 N·m 40 N·m EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 13 | Maintenance and service 13.5 To inspect the inside of the domestic hot water tank DANGER: RISK OF BURNING/SCALDING The water in the tank can be very hot. Prerequisite: Stop the unit operation via the user interface. Prerequisite: Turn OFF the respective circuit breaker. Prerequisite: Close the cold water supply. Prerequisite: Open all the hot water tapping points to allow air to enter the system. Prerequisite: Remove the top panel. See "7.2.5 To open the indoor unit" [469]. 1 Remove the clip that fixes the domestic hot water OUT pipe. 2 Disconnect the pipe such that the tank is accessible for visual inspection (e.g. with an endoscope). 2 1 3 3 Reconnect the pipe to the tank. 4 Reinstall the clip to fix the domestic hot water OUT pipe. 13.6 About cleaning the water filter in case of trouble INFORMATION For yearly maintenance, you do not have to remove the water filter from the unit to clean it. But in case of trouble with the water filter, you might have to remove it so that you can thoroughly clean it. Then you need to do as follows: "13.6.1 To remove the water filter" 4[ 244] "13.6.2 To clean the water filter in case of trouble" 4[ 244] "13.6.3 To install the water filter" 4[ 245] EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 243 13 | Maintenance and service 13.6.1 To remove the water filter Prerequisite: Stop the unit operation via the user interface. Prerequisite: Turn OFF the respective circuit breaker. 1 The water filter is located behind the switch box. To get access to it, see: "7.2.5 To open the indoor unit" [469] "7.2.6 To lower the switch box on the indoor unit" [471] 2 Close the stop valves of the water circuit. 3 Close the valve (if equipped) of the water circuit towards the expansion vessel. 4 Remove the cap on the bottom of the magnetic filter/dirt separator. 5 Connect a drain hose to the bottom of the water filter. 6 Open the valve on the bottom of the water filter to drain water from the water circuit. Collect the drained water in a bottle, sink,... using the installed drain hose. 7 Remove the 2 clips that fix the water filter. a a b a Clip b Magnetic filter/dirt separator 8 Remove the water filter. 9 Remove the drain hose from the water filter. NOTICE Although the water circuit is drained, some water may be spilled when removing the magnetic filter/dirt separator from the filter housing. ALWAYS clean up spilled water. 13.6.2 To clean the water filter in case of trouble 1 Remove the water filter from the unit. See "13.6.1 To remove the water filter" [4244]. NOTICE To protect the piping connected to the magnetic filter/dirt separator from damage it is recommended to perform this procedure with the magnetic filter/dirt separator removed from the unit. 2 Unscrew the bottom of the water filter housing. Use an appropriate tool if needed. NOTICE Opening the magnetic filter/dirt separator is ONLY required in case of severe issues. Preferably this action is never to be done during the complete lifetime of the magnetic filter/dirt separator. Installer reference guide 244 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 13 | Maintenance and service b a a Bottom part to be unscrewed b Water filter housing 3 Remove the strainer and the rolledup filter from the water filter housing and clean with water. 4 Install the cleaned rolledup filter and strainer in the water filter housing. INFORMATION Correctly install the strainer in the magnetic filter/dirt separator housing using the protrusions. c b c a a Rolledup filter b Strainer c Protrusion 5 Install and properly tighten the bottom of the water filter housing. 13.6.3 To install the water filter NOTICE Check the condition of the O-rings and replace if needed. Apply water or silicon grease to the O-rings before installation. 1 Install the water filter in the correct location. c a a b EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 245 13 | Maintenance and service a Clip b Magnetic filter/dirt separator c Air purge valve 2 Install the 2 clips to fix the water filter to the water circuit pipes. 3 Make sure that the air purge valve of the water filter is in the open position. 4 Open the valve (if equipped) of the water circuit towards the expansion vessel. CAUTION Make sure to open the valve (if equipped) towards the expansion vessel, otherwise the overpressure will be generated. 5 Open the stop valves and add water to the water circuit if needed. Installer reference guide 246 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 14 Troubleshooting 14 | Troubleshooting Contact For the symptoms listed below, you can try to solve the problem yourself. For any other problem, contact your installer. You can find the contact/helpdesk number via the user interface. 1 Go to [8.3]: Information > Dealer information. In this chapter 14.1 Overview: Troubleshooting .................................................................................................................................................... 247 14.2 Precautions when troubleshooting........................................................................................................................................ 247 14.3 Solving problems based on symptoms................................................................................................................................... 248 14.3.1 Symptom: The unit is NOT heating or cooling as expected .................................................................................. 248 14.3.2 Symptom: Hot water does NOT reach the desired temperature ......................................................................... 249 14.3.3 Symptom: The compressor does NOT start (space heating or domestic water heating) .................................... 249 14.3.4 Symptom: The system is making gurgling noises after commissioning................................................................ 249 14.3.5 Symptom: The pump is blocked............................................................................................................................. 250 14.3.6 Symptom: The pump is making noise (cavitation) ................................................................................................ 251 14.3.7 Symptom: The pressure relief valve opens ........................................................................................................... 251 14.3.8 Symptom: The water pressure relief valve leaks................................................................................................... 252 14.3.9 Symptom: The space is NOT sufficiently heated at low outdoor temperatures .................................................. 252 14.3.10 Symptom: The pressure at the tapping point is temporarily unusually high ....................................................... 253 14.3.11 Symptom: Tank disinfection function is NOT completed correctly (AH-error) .................................................... 253 14.4 Solving problems based on error codes................................................................................................................................. 254 14.4.1 To display the help text in case of a malfunction.................................................................................................. 254 14.4.2 Error codes: Overview............................................................................................................................................ 254 14.1 Overview: Troubleshooting This chapter describes what you have to do in case of problems. It contains information about: Solving problems based on symptoms Solving problems based on error codes Before troubleshooting Carry out a thorough visual inspection of the unit and look for obvious defects such as loose connections or defective wiring. 14.2 Precautions when troubleshooting WARNING When carrying out an inspection on the switch box of the unit, ALWAYS make sure that the unit is disconnected from the mains. Turn off the respective circuit breaker. When a safety device was activated, stop the unit and find out why the safety device was activated before resetting it. NEVER shunt safety devices or change their values to a value other than the factory default setting. If you are unable to find the cause of the problem, call your dealer. DANGER: RISK OF ELECTROCUTION EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 247 14 | Troubleshooting WARNING Prevent hazards due to inadvertent resetting of the thermal cut-out: power to this appliance MUST NOT be supplied through an external switching device, such as a timer, or connected to a circuit that is regularly turned ON and OFF by the utility. DANGER: RISK OF BURNING/SCALDING 14.3 Solving problems based on symptoms 14.3.1 Symptom: The unit is NOT heating or cooling as expected Possible causes The temperature setting is NOT correct The water flow is too low The water volume in the installation is too low Corrective action Check the temperature setting on the remote controller. Refer to the operation manual. Check and make sure that: All shut-off valves of the water circuit are completely open. The water filter is clean. Clean if necessary. There is no air in the system. Purge air if necessary. You can purge air manually (see "To perform a manual air purge" [4 229]) or use the automatic air purge function (see "To perform an automatic air purge" [4230]). The water pressure is >1 bar. The expansion vessel is NOT broken. The valve (if equipped) of the water circuit towards the expansion vessel is open. The resistance in the water circuit is NOT too high for the pump (see the ESP curve in the "Technical data" chapter). If the problem persists after you have conducted all of the above checks, contact your dealer. In some cases, it is normal that the unit decides to use a low water flow. Make sure that the water volume in the installation is above the minimum required value (see "8.1.3 To check the water volume and flow rate" [486]). Installer reference guide 248 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 14.3.2 Symptom: Hot water does NOT reach the desired temperature 14 | Troubleshooting Possible causes Corrective action One of the tank temperature sensors is See the service manual of the unit for broken. the corresponding corrective action. 14.3.3 Symptom: The compressor does NOT start (space heating or domestic water heating) Possible causes The compressor cannot start if the water temperature is too low. The unit will use the backup heater to reach the minimum water temperature (12°C), after which the compressor can start. Corrective action If the backup heater doesn't start either, check and make sure that: The power supply to the backup heater is correctly wired. The backup heater thermal protector is NOT activated. The backup heater contactors are NOT broken. If the problem persists, contact your dealer. The preferential kWh rate power supply This should match with the connections settings and electrical connections do as explained in: NOT match "9.3.1 To connect the main power supply" [4116] "9.1.5 About preferential kWh rate power supply" [4104] "9.1.6 Overview of connections except actuators" [4105] electrical external The preferential kWh rate signal was sent by the electricity company In the user interface of the unit, go to [8.5.B] Information > Actuators > Forced off contact. If Forced off contact is On, the unit is operating under the preferential kWh rate. Wait for the power to return (maximum 2 hours). 14.3.4 Symptom: The system is making gurgling noises after commissioning Possible cause There is air in the system. Incorrect hydraulic balance. Corrective action Purge air from the system.(a) To be performed by the installer: 1 Perform hydraulic balancing to assure that the flow is correctly distributed between the emitters. 2 If hydraulic balancing is not sufficient, change the pump limitation settings ([9-0D] and [9-0E] if applicable). EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 249 14 | Troubleshooting Possible cause Various malfunctions. Corrective action Check if or is displayed on the home screen of the user interface. See "14.4.1 To display the help text in case of a malfunction" [4254] for more information about the malfunction. (a) We recommend to purge air with the air purge function of the unit (to be performed by the installer). If you purge air from the heat emitters or collectors, mind the following: WARNING Air purging heat emitters or collectors. Before you purge air from heat emitters or collectors, check if or is displayed on the home screen of the user interface. If not, you can purge air immediately. If yes, make sure that the room where you want to purge air is sufficiently ventilated. Reason: Refrigerant might leak into the water circuit, and subsequently into the room when you purge air from the heat emitters or collectors. 14.3.5 Symptom: The pump is blocked Possible causes If the unit has been powered off for a long time, lime might block the rotor of the pump. Corrective action Use a Philips No. 2 screwdriver to push the deblocking screw of the rotor in (0.5 cm). Then turn the deblocking screw back and forth until the rotor is deblocked.(a) Note: Do NOT use excessive force. 1 2 2 Flow error 7H is displayed Check if there are 7H-08 errors in the error history of the unit. If so, the pump is blocked or there is not sufficient voltage towards the pump. (a) If you cannot deblock the rotor of the pump with this method, you will need to disassemble the pump and turn the rotor by hand. Installer reference guide 250 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 14.3.6 Symptom: The pump is making noise (cavitation) 14 | Troubleshooting Possible causes There is air in the system The water pressure at the pump inlet is too low Corrective action Purge air manually (see "To perform a manual air purge" [4229]) or use the automatic air purge function (see "To perform an automatic air purge" [4230]). Check and make sure that: The water pressure is >1 bar. The water pressure sensor is not broken. The expansion vessel is NOT broken. The valve (if equipped) of the water circuit towards the expansion vessel is open. The pre-pressure setting of the expansion vessel is correct (see "8.1.4 Changing the pre-pressure of the expansion vessel" [488]). 14.3.7 Symptom: The pressure relief valve opens Possible causes The expansion vessel is broken The valve (if equipped) of the water circuit towards the expansion vessel is closed. The water volume in the installation is too high The water circuit head is too high Corrective action Replace the expansion vessel. Open the valve. Make sure that the water volume in the installation is below the maximum allowed value (see "8.1.3 To check the water volume and flow rate" [486] and "8.1.4 Changing the pre-pressure of the expansion vessel" [488]). The water circuit head is the difference in height between the indoor unit and the highest point of the water circuit. If the indoor unit is located at the highest point of the installation, the installation height is considered 0 m. The maximum water circuit head is 10 m. Check the installation requirements. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 251 14 | Troubleshooting 14.3.8 Symptom: The water pressure relief valve leaks Possible causes Corrective action Dirt is blocking the water pressure relief Check whether the pressure relief valve valve outlet works correctly by turning the red knob on the valve counterclockwise: If you do NOT hear a clacking sound, contact your dealer. If the water keeps running out of the unit, close both the water inlet and outlet shut-off valves first and then contact your dealer. 14.3.9 Symptom: The space is NOT sufficiently heated at low outdoor temperatures Possible causes The backup heater operation is not activated The backup heater equilibrium temperature has not been configured correctly There is air in the system. Corrective action Check the following: The backup heater operation mode is enabled. Go to: [9.3.8]: Installer settings > Backup heater > Operation [400] The backup heater overcurrent circuit breaker is on. If not, turn it back on. The thermal protector of the backup heater is NOT activated. If it has, check the following, and then press the reset button in the switch box: - The water pressure - Whether there is air in the system - The air purge operation Increase the equilibrium temperature to activate the backup heater operation at a higher outdoor temperature. Go to: [9.3.7]: Installer settings > Backup heater > Equilibrium temperature [501] Purge air manually or automatically. See the air purge function in the chapter "11 Commissioning" [4226]. Installer reference guide 252 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Possible causes Too much heat pump capacity is used for heating domestic hot water 14 | Troubleshooting Corrective action Check if the Space heating priority settings have been configured appropriately: Make sure that the Space heating priority has been enabled. Go to [9.6.1]: Installer settings > Balancing > Space heating priority [502] Increase the "space heating priority temperature" to activate backup heater operation at a higher outdoor temperature. Go to [9.6.3]: Installer settings > Balancing > Priority temperature [503] 14.3.10 Symptom: The pressure at the tapping point is temporarily unusually high Possible causes Failing or blocked pressure relief valve. Corrective action Flush and clean the complete tank including the piping between pressure relief valve and the cold water inlet. Replace the pressure relief valve. 14.3.11 Symptom: Tank disinfection function is NOT completed correctly (AH-error) Possible causes The disinfection function was interrupted by domestic hot water tapping Corrective action Program the start-up of the disinfection function when the coming 4 hours NO domestic hot water tapping is expected. Large domestic hot water tapping If in [5.6] Tank > Heat up mode the happened recently before the mode Reheat only or Schedule + programmed start-up of the disinfection reheat is selected, it is recommended function to program the start-up of the disinfection function at least 4 hours later than the last expected large hot water tapping. This start-up can be set by installer settings (disinfection function). If in [5.6] Tank > Heat up mode the mode Schedule only is selected, it is recommended to program a Eco action 3 hours before the scheduled start-up of the disinfection function to preheat the tank. The disinfection operation was stopped Do NOT stop tank operation during manually: [C.3] Operation > Tank was disinfection. turned off during disinfection. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 253 14 | Troubleshooting 14.4 Solving problems based on error codes If the unit runs into a problem, the user interface displays an error code. It is important to understand the problem and to take measures before resetting an error code. This should be done by a licensed installer or by your local dealer. This chapter gives you an overview of most possible error codes and their descriptions as they appear on the user interface. INFORMATION See the service manual for: The complete list of error codes A more detailed troubleshooting guideline for each error 14.4.1 To display the help text in case of a malfunction In case of a malfunction, the following will appear on the home screen depending on the severity: : Error : Malfunction You can get a short and a long description of the malfunction as follows: 1 Press the left dial to open the main menu and go to Malfunctioning. Result: A short description of the error and the error code is displayed on the screen. 2 Press in the error screen. Result: A long description of the error is displayed on the screen. 14.4.2 Error codes: Overview Error codes of the unit Error code 7H-01 7H-04 7H-05 7H-06 7H-07 7H-08 80-01 81-00 81-01 Description Water flow problem Water flow problem during domestic hot water production Water flow problem during heating/sampling Water flow problem during cooling/defrost Water flow problem. Pump deblocking active Pump abnormality during operation (pump feedback) Returning water temperature sensor problem Leaving water temperature sensor problem Mixed water thermistor abnormality. Installer reference guide 254 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Error code 81-06 89-01 89-02 89-03 89-05 89-06 8F-00 8H-00 8H-01 8H-02 8H-03 A1-00 A5-00 AA-01 AC-00 AH-00 AJ-03 C0-00 C0-01 C0-02 C4-00 C5-00 CJ-02 E1-00 E2-00 E3-00 E3-24 E4-00 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 14 | Troubleshooting Description Entering water temperature thermistor abnormality (indoor unit) Heat exchanger freeze-up protection activated during defrost (error) Heat exchanger freeze-up protection activated during heating / DHW Heat exchanger freeze-up protection activated during defrost (warning) Heat exchanger freeze-up protection activated during cooling (error) Heat exchanger freeze-up protection activated during defrost (warning) Abnormal increase outlet water temperature (DHW) Abnormal increase outlet water temperature Overheating mixed water circuit Overheating mixed water circuit (thermostat) Overheating water circuit (thermostat) Zero cross detection problem OU: High pressure peak cut / freeze protection problem Backup heater overheated or BUH power cable not connected Booster heater overheated Tank disinfection function not completed correctly Too long DHW heat-up time required Flow sensor malfunction Flow switch malfunction Flow switch malfunction Heat exchanger temperature sensor problem Heat exchanger thermistor abnormality Room temperature sensor problem OU: PCB defect Leakage current detection error OU: Actuation of high pressure switch (HPS) High pressure switch abnormality Abnormal suction pressure Installer reference guide 255 14 | Troubleshooting Installer reference guide 256 Error code E5-00 E6-00 E7-00 E8-00 E9-00 EA-00 EA-01 EC-00 EC-04 F3-00 F6-00 FA-00 H0-00 H1-00 H3-00 H4-00 H5-00 H6-00 H8-00 H9-00 HC-00 HC-01 HJ-10 J3-00 J3-10 J5-00 J6-00 J6-07 J6-32 J6-33 J6-36 J8-00 Description OU: Overheat of inverter compressor motor OU: Compressor startup defect OU: Malfunction of outdoor unit fan motor OU: Power input overvoltage Malfunction of electronic expansion valve OU: Cool/heat switchover problem 4WV switching error Abnormal increase tank temperature Tank preheating OU: Malfunction of discharge pipe temperature OU: Abnormal high pressure in cooling OU: Abnormal high pressure, actuation of HPS OU: Voltage/current sensor problem External temperature sensor problem OU: Malfunction of high pressure switch (HPS) Malfunction of low pressure switch Malfunction of compressor overload protection OU: Malfunction of position detection sensor OU: Malfunction of compressor input (CT) system OU: Malfunction of outdoor air thermistor Tank temperature sensor problem Second tank temperature sensor problem Water pressure sensor abnormality OU: Malfunction of discharge pipe thermistor Compressor port thermistor abnormality Malfunction of suction pipe thermistor OU: Malfunction of heat exchanger thermistor OU: Malfunction of heat exchanger thermistor Leaving water temperature thermistor Abnormality (outdoor unit) Sensor communication error OU: Malfunction of injection thermistor Malfunction of refrigerant liquid thermistor EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Error code JA-00 JC-00 JC-01 L1-00 L3-00 L4-00 L5-00 L8-00 L9-00 LC-00 P1-00 P3-00 P4-00 PJ-00 U0-00 U1-00 U2-00 U3-00 U4-00 U5-00 U7-00 U8-02 U8-03 U8-04 U8-05 U8-06 U8-07 UA-00 UA-16 UA-17 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 14 | Troubleshooting Description OU: Malfunction of high pressure sensor Low pressure sensor abnormality Evaporator pressure abnormality Malfunction of INV PCB OU: Electrical box temperature rise problem OU: Malfunction of inverter radiating fin temperature rise OU: Inverter instantaneous overcurrent (DC) Malfunction triggered by a thermal protection in the inverter PCB Prevention of compressor lock Malfunction in communication system of outdoor unit Open-phase power supply imbalance Abnormal direct current OU: Malfunction of radiating fin temperature sensor Capacity setting mismatch OU: Shortage of refrigerant Malfunction by reverse phase/open-phase OU: Defect of power supply voltage Underfloor heating screed dryout function not completed correctly Indoor/outdoor unit communication problem User interface communication problem OU: Transmission malfunction between main CPUINV CPU Connection with room thermostat lost No connection with room thermostat Unknown USB device File malfunction MMI/bizone kit communication problem P1P2 communication error Indoor unit, outdoor unit matching problem Extension/hydro communication problem Tank type problem Installer reference guide 257 14 | Troubleshooting Error code UA-21 UF-00 UJ-14 UJ-20 UJ-26 Description Extension/hydro mismatch problem Reversed piping or bad communication wiring detection AF communication error AF warning AF caution INFORMATION In case of error code AH and no interruption of the disinfection function occurred due to domestic hot water tapping, following actions are recommended: When the Reheat only or Schedule + reheat mode is selected, it is recommended to program the start-up of the disinfection function at least 4 hours later than the last expected large hot water tapping. This start-up can be set by installer settings (disinfection function). When the Schedule only mode is selected, it is recommended to program an Eco action 3 hours before the scheduled start-up of the disinfection function to preheat the tank. NOTICE When the minimum water flow is lower than described in the table below, the unit will temporarily stop operation and the user interface will display error 7H01. After some time, this error will reset automatically and the unit will resume operation. Minimum required flow rate 20 l/min INFORMATION Error AJ-03 is reset automatically from the moment there is a normal tank heat-up. INFORMATION If an U804 error occurs, the error can be reset after a successful update of the software. If the software is not successfully updated then you must make sure that your USB device has the FAT32 format. INFORMATION The user interface will display how to reset an error code. Installer reference guide 258 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 15 Disposal 15 | Disposal NOTICE Do NOT try to dismantle the system yourself: dismantling of the system, treatment of the refrigerant, oil and other parts MUST comply with applicable legislation. Units MUST be treated at a specialised treatment facility for reuse, recycling and recovery. In this chapter 15.1 To recover refrigerant ............................................................................................................................................................ 259 15.1.1 To manually open the electronic expansion valves............................................................................................... 260 15.1.2 Recovery mode -- In case of 3N~ models (7-segments display) .......................................................................... 261 15.1.3 Recovery mode -- In case of 1N~ models (7-LEDs display) .................................................................................. 262 15.1 To recover refrigerant When disposing of the outdoor unit, you need to recover its refrigerant. Use the service port (a) to recover refrigerant. Make sure the valves (Y1E, Y3E, Y2S, Y3S, Y4S) are open. If they are not open during refrigerant recovery, refrigerant remains trapped in the unit. Y2S Y3S Y4S Y1E Y3E a a Service port 5/16" flare Y1E Electronic expansion valve (main) Y3E Electronic expansion valve (injection) Y2S Solenoid valve (low pressure bypass) Y3S Solenoid valve (hot gas bypass) Y4S Solenoid valve (liquid injection) To recover refrigerant when power is ON WARNING Rotating fan. Before powering ON or servicing the outdoor unit, make sure that the discharge grille covers the fan as protection against a rotating fan. See: "7.3.6 To install the discharge grille" 4[ 76] "7.3.7 To remove the discharge grille, and put the grille in safety position" 4[ 78] 1 Make sure the unit is not running. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 259 15 | Disposal 2 Activate the recovery mode (see "15.1.2 Recovery mode -- In case of 3N~ models (7-segments display)" [4261] or "15.1.3 Recovery mode -- In case of 1N~ models (7-LEDs display)" [4262]). Result: The unit opens the valves (Y*). 3 Recover refrigerant from the service port (a). 4 Deactivate the recovery mode (see "15.1.2 Recovery mode -- In case of 3N~ models (7-segments display)" [4261] or "15.1.3 Recovery mode -- In case of 1N~ models (7-LEDs display)" [4262]). Result: The unit returns the valves (Y*) to their initial state. To recover refrigerant when power is OFF 1 Manually open the valves (Y*) (see "15.1.1 To manually open the electronic expansion valves" [4260]). 2 Recover refrigerant from the service port (a). 15.1.1 To manually open the electronic expansion valves Before recovering refrigerant, make sure the electronic expansion valves are open. When power is OFF, this has to be done manually. c2 c3 1 2 3 c1 c1 Electronic expansion valve c2 EEV coil c3 EEV magnet 1 Remove the EEV coil (c2). 2 Slide an EEV magnet (c3) over the expansion valve (c1). 3 Turn the EEV magnet anticlockwise to the fully open position of the valve. If you are not sure about what the open position is, turn the valve in its middle position so that refrigerant can pass. Installer reference guide 260 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 15 | Disposal 15.1.2 Recovery mode -- In case of 3N~ models (7-segments display) Before recovering refrigerant, make sure the electronic expansion valves are open. When power is ON, this has to be done by using the recovery mode. Components To activate/deactivate the recovery mode, you need the following components: BS1 BS3 X2 BS2 7segments display BS1~BS3 Push buttons. Operate the push buttons with an insulated stick (such as a closed ballpoint pen) to avoid touching of live parts. To activate the recovery mode INFORMATION If you get confused in the middle of the process, press BS1 to return to the default situation. Before recovering refrigerant, activate the recovery mode as follows: # Action 1 Start from the default situation. 7-segments display(a) 2 Select mode 2. Press and hold BS1 for 5 seconds. 3 Select setting 9. Press BS2 9 times. 4 Select value 2. a Display the current value. Press BS3 once. b Change the value to 2. Press BS2 once. c Enter the value in the system. Press BS3 once. d Confirm. Press BS3 once. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 261 15 | Disposal # Action 5 Return to the default situation. Press BS1 once. 7-segments display(a) (a) = OFF, = ON, and = flashing. Result: The recovery mode is activated. The unit opens the electronic expansion valves. To deactivate the recovery mode After recovering refrigerant, deactivate the recovery mode as follows: # Procedure 1 Start from the default situation. 7-segments display(a) 2 Select mode 2. Press and hold BS1 for 5 seconds. 3 Select setting 9. Press BS2 9 times. 4 Select value 2. a Display the current value. Press BS3 once. b Change the value to 2. Press BS2 once. c Enter the value in the system. Press BS3 once. d Confirm. Press BS3 once. 5 Return to the default situation. Press BS1 once. (a) = OFF, = ON, and = flashing. Result: The recovery mode is deactivated. The unit returns the electronic expansion valves to their initial state. INFORMATION Power OFF. When power is turned OFF and turned ON again, the recovery mode is deactivated automatically. 15.1.3 Recovery mode -- In case of 1N~ models (7-LEDs display) Before recovering refrigerant, make sure the electronic expansion valves are open. When power is ON, this has to be done by using the recovery mode. Installer reference guide 262 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 15 | Disposal Components To activate/deactivate the recovery mode, you need the following components: X1 BS1 BS2 BS3 X1 7LEDs display BS1~BS3 Push buttons. Operate the push buttons with an insulated stick (such as a closed ballpoint pen) to avoid touching of live parts. To activate the recovery mode INFORMATION If you get confused in the middle of the process, press BS1 to return to the default situation. Before recovering refrigerant, activate the recovery mode as follows: # Action 7-LEDs display(a) H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P 1 Start from the default situation. 2 Press and hold BS1 for 5 seconds. 3 Press BS2 9 times. 4 Press BS3 once. 5 Press BS2 once. 6 Press BS3 once. 7 Press BS3 once. The flashing H1P indicates the recovery mode has been correctly selected and is activated. 8 Press BS1 once. H1P keeps flashing, indicating that you are in a mode that does not allow compressor operation. (a) = OFF, = ON, and = flashing. Result: The recovery mode is activated. The unit opens the electronic expansion valves. To deactivate the recovery mode After recovering refrigerant, deactivate the recovery mode as follows: EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 263 15 | Disposal # Procedure 1 Press and hold BS1 for 5 seconds. 2 Press BS2 9 times. 3 Press BS3 once. 4 Press BS2 once. 5 Press BS3 once. 6 Press BS3 once. 7 Press BS1 once to return to the default situation. 7-LEDs display(a) H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P (a) = OFF, = ON, and = flashing. Result: The recovery mode is deactivated. The unit returns the electronic expansion valves to their initial state. INFORMATION Power OFF. When power is turned OFF and turned ON again, the recovery mode is deactivated automatically. Installer reference guide 264 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 16 Technical data 16 | Technical data INFORMATION This unit is a heating only model. Therefore, all references to cooling in this document are NOT applicable. A subset of the latest technical data is available on the regional Daikin website (publicly accessible). The full set of latest technical data is available on the Daikin Business Portal (authentication required). In this chapter 16.1 Service space: Outdoor unit ................................................................................................................................................... 266 16.2 Piping diagram: Outdoor unit................................................................................................................................................. 267 16.3 Piping diagram: Indoor unit.................................................................................................................................................... 268 16.4 Wiring diagram: Outdoor unit ................................................................................................................................................ 269 16.5 Wiring diagram: Indoor unit ................................................................................................................................................... 274 16.6 Technical specifications: Domestic hot water tank ............................................................................................................... 280 16.6.1 Test results in accordance with EN12897 (2016).................................................................................................. 280 16.6.2 Warning label ......................................................................................................................................................... 280 16.7 ESP curve: Indoor unit ............................................................................................................................................................ 281 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 265 1000 X (X<H) 16 | Technical data 16.1 Service space: Outdoor unit General 500 500 1000 H 500 1000 150 Top-side obstacle 1000 500 300 150 No top-side obstacle 500 500 X (X<H) 1000 500 300 300 1000 500 300 Wall height unrestricted 300 X (X<H) 100 (mm) Installer reference guide 266 500 General English No top-side obstacle Top-side obstacle Wall height unrestricted General Translation No top-side obstacle Top-side obstacle Wall height unrestricted 3D124412 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 16.2 Piping diagram: Outdoor unit 16 | Technical data ii R1T R4T d h k l Y1E f f e f f g M1F R5T Y4S i Y3E R7T sv i Y2S R6T d c Gas Liquid S2PH sv E1HHEX j Y1S S1NPH sv e Y3S R2T n S1PH n R10T b a R9T R3T m Gas Liquid a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o E1HHEX M1C M1F S1PH S2PH S1NPH Y1E Y3E Y1S Y2S Y3S Y4S Q1E Gas Liquid Water IN (screw connection, male, 1") Water OUT (screw connection, male, 1") Plate heat exchanger Pinched pipe Refrigerant filter One-way valve Economiser heat exchanger Service port 5/16" flare Capillary tube Distributor Air heat exchanger PCB cooling Accumulator Muffler Casing Plate heat exchanger heater Compressor Fan motor High pressure switch (4.6 MPa) High pressure switch (4.17 MPa) High pressure sensor Electronic expansion valve (main) Electronic expansion valve (injection) Solenoid valve (4-way valve) Solenoid valve (low pressure bypass) Solenoid valve (hot gas bypass) Solenoid valve (liquid injection) Overload EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Q1E o M1C 3D127127 R1T R2T R3T R4T R5T R6T R7T R9T R10T Thermistors: Thermistor - outdoor air Thermistor - compressor discharge Thermistor - compressor suction Thermistor - air heat exchanger, distributor Thermistor - air heat exchanger, middle Thermistor - refrigerant liquid Thermistor - injection Thermistor - entering water Thermistor - leaving water Refrigerant flow: Heating Cooling Installer reference guide 267 16 | Technical data 16.3 Piping diagram: Indoor unit A B a2 f l k M3S j B1PW S1L B1L R1T R2T e b2 b1 B a1 f l R8T R5T i j d g h k k A B a1 a2 b1 b2 c1 c2 d e f g h i j k l B1L B1PW M3S R1T R2T R5T, R8T S1L Indoor unit Field installed Space heating/cooling Water IN (screw connection, 1") Space heating/cooling Water OUT (screw connection, 1") DHW Cold water IN (screw connection, 3/4") DHW Hot water OUT (screw connection, 3/4") Water IN from outdoor unit (screw connection, 1") Water OUT to outdoor unit (screw connection, 1") Pump Backup heater Shut-off valve, male-female 1" Expansion vessel Magnetic filter/dirt separator Safety valve Air purge Drain valve Loose nut 1" Flow sensor Space heating water pressure sensor 3-way valve (space heating/domestic hot water) Thermistor (water IN) Thermistor (backup heater water OUT) Thermistor (tank) Flow switch Screw connection Flare connection Quick coupling Brazed connection B c1 l f B c2 l f 3D120611B Installer reference guide 268 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 16.4 Wiring diagram: Outdoor unit 16 | Technical data The wiring diagram is delivered with the unit, located at the inside of the switch box cover. English Electronic component assembly Translation Electronic component assembly Front side view Front side view Indoor Indoor OFF OFF ON ON Outdoor Outdoor Position of compressor terminal Position of compressor terminal Position of elements Position of elements Rear side view Rear side view(a) Right side view Right side view See note *** See note *** (a) Only for *W1 models. Notes: 1 Symbols: L Live N Neutral Protective earth Noiseless earth Field wiring Option Terminal strip Terminal Connector Connection EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 269 16 | Technical data Installer reference guide 270 2 Colours: BLK Black RED Red BLU Blue WHT White GRN Green YLW Yellow PNK Pink ORG Orange GRY Grey BRN Brown 3 This wiring diagram applies only to the outdoor unit. 4 When operating, do not short-circuit protective devices Q1, S1PH and S2PH. 5 Refer to the combination table and the option manual for how to connect the wiring to X5A(a), X77A(a), X41A and X2M. 6 The factory setting of all switches is OFF, do not change the setting of the selector switch (DS1). 7 Ferrite core Z8C consists of 2 separate core parts.(a) (a) Only for *W1 models. Legend in case of W1 models: A1P Printed circuit board (main) A2P Printed circuit board (noise filter) A4P Printed circuit board (ACS) BS1~BS3 (A1P) Push button switch C1~C7 (A1P) Capacitor DS1 (A1P) DIP switch E1H Drain tube heater (field supply) E1HHEX Plate heat exchanger heaters F1U Field fuse (field supply) F1U~F4U (A2P) Fuse (T 6.3 A / 250 V) F5U (A1P) Fuse (T 5.0 A / 250 V) H1P~H7P (A1P) Light-emitting diode (service monitor is orange) HAP (A1P) Light-emitting diode (service monitor is green) K1R (A1P) Magnetic relay (Y1S) K1R (A4P) Magnetic relay (E1HHEX) K2R (A1P) Magnetic relay (Y2S) K2R (A4P) Magnetic relay (E1H) K3R (A1P) Magnetic relay (Y3S) EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 K5R~K8R (A1P) K1M~K2M (A1P) K3M (A1P) L1R~L9R (A1P, A2P) M1C M1F PS (A1P) Q1DI Q1 R1~R9) (A1P) R1T R2T R3T R4T R5T R6T R7T R9T R10T R11T RC (A1P) S1NPH S1PH, S2PH SEG* (A1P) V1D~V3D (A1P) V1R~V2R (A1P) V3R~V5R (A1P) X1M, X2M Y1E Y3E Y1S Y2S Y3S Y4S Z1C~Z11C Z1F~Z5F (A1P, A2P) 16 | Technical data Magnetic relay Magnetic contactor Magnetic relay Reactor Compressor motor Fan motor Switching power supply Earth leakage circuit breaker (30 mA) (field supply) Thermal overcurrent protector Resistor Thermistor (outdoor air) Thermistor (compressor discharge) Thermistor (compressor suction) Thermistor (air heat exchanger, liquid pipe) Thermistor (air heat exchanger, middle) Thermistor (refrigerant liquid) Thermistor (injection) Thermistor (entering water) Thermistor (leaving water) Thermistor (fin) Signal receiver circuit High pressure sensor High pressure switch 7segment display Diode Diode module Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor (IGBT) power module Terminal strip Electronic expansion valve (main) Electronic expansion valve (injection) Solenoid valve (4way valve) Solenoid valve (low pressure bypass) Solenoid valve (hot gas bypass) Solenoid valve (liquid injection) Noise filter (ferrite core) Noise filter EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 271 16 | Technical data Installer reference guide 272 Legend in case of V3 models: A1P Printed circuit board (main) A2P Printed circuit board (noise filter) A4P Printed circuit board (ACS) A5P Printed circuit board (flash) BS1~BS4 (A1P) Push button switch C1~C4 (A1P, A2P) Capacitor DS1 (A1P) DIP switch E1H Drain tube heater (field supply) E1HHEX~E3HHEX Plate heat exchanger heaters F1U Field fuse (field supply) F1U~F4U (A2P) Fuse (T 6.3 A / 250 V) F6U (A1P) Fuse (T 5.0 A / 250 V) H1P~H7P (A1P) Light-emitting diode (service monitor is orange) HAP (A1P) Light-emitting diode (service monitor is green) K1R (A1P) Magnetic relay (Y1S) K1R (A4P) Magnetic relay (E1HHEX) K2R (A1P) Magnetic relay (Y2S) K2R (A4P) Magnetic relay (E1H) K3R (A1P) Magnetic relay (Y3S) K4R (A1P) Magnetic relay (E1HC) K10R (A1P) Magnetic relay K11M (A1P) Magnetic contactor K13R~K15R (A1P, A2P) Magnetic relay L1R~L3R (A1P) Reactor M1C Compressor motor M1F Fan motor PS (A1P) Switching power supply Q1DI Earth leakage circuit breaker (30 mA) (field supply) R1~R5 (A1P, A2P) Resistor R1T Thermistor (outdoor air) R2T Thermistor (compressor discharge) R3T Thermistor (compressor suction) R4T Thermistor (air heat exchanger, liquid pipe) R5T Thermistor (air heat exchanger, middle) R6T Thermistor (refrigerant liquid) R7T Thermistor (injection) R9T Thermistor (entering water) EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 R10T R11T RC (A2P) S1NPH S1PH, S2PH TC (A2P) V1D~V4D (A1P) V1R (A1P) V2R (A1P) V1T~V3T (A1P) X1M, X2M Y1E Y3E Y1S Y2S Y3S Y4S Z1C~Z11C Z1F~Z6F (A1P, A2P) 16 | Technical data Thermistor (leaving water) Thermistor (fin) Signal receiver circuit High pressure sensor High pressure switch Signal transmission circuit Diode IGBT power module Diode module Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor (IGBT) Terminal strip Electronic expansion valve (main) Electronic expansion valve (injection) Solenoid valve (4way valve) Solenoid valve (low pressure bypass) Solenoid valve (hot gas bypass) Solenoid valve (liquid injection) Noise filter (ferrite core) Noise filter EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 273 16 | Technical data 16.5 Wiring diagram: Indoor unit See the internal wiring diagram supplied with the unit (on the inside of the indoor unit switch box cover). The abbreviations used are listed below. Notes to go through before starting the unit English Notes to go through before starting the unit X1M Translation Notes to go through before starting the unit Main terminal X2M Field wiring terminal for AC X5M X6M X10M Field wiring terminal for DC Backup heater power supply terminal Smart Grid terminal Earth wiring Field supply 1 Several wiring possibilities Option Not mounted in switch box Wiring depending on model PCB Note 1: Connection point of the power Note 1: Connection point of the power supply for the BUH should be foreseen supply for the backup heater should be outside the unit. foreseen outside the unit. Backup heater power supply Backup heater power supply 6T1 (3~, 230 V, 6 kW) 6V3 (1N~, 230 V, 6 kW) 6WN/9WN (3N~, 400 V, 6/9 kW) User installed options 6T1 (3~, 230 V, 6 kW) 6V3 (1N~, 230 V, 6 kW) 6WN/9WN (3N~, 400 V, 6/9 kW) User installed options Remote user interface Ext. indoor thermistor Ext outdoor thermistor Dedicated Human Comfort Interface (BRC1HHDA used as room thermostat) External indoor thermistor External outdoor thermistor Digital I/O PCB Digital I/O PCB Demand PCB Safety thermostat Smart Grid WLAN module WLAN cartridge Demand PCB Safety thermostat Smart Grid WLAN module WLAN cartridge Bizone mixing kit Bizone mixing kit Main LWT Main leaving water temperature Installer reference guide 274 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 16 | Technical data English On/OFF thermostat (wired) On/OFF thermostat (wireless) Ext. thermistor Heat pump convector Add LWT On/OFF thermostat (wired) On/OFF thermostat (wireless) Ext. thermistor Heat pump convector Translation ON/OFF thermostat (wired) ON/OFF thermostat (wireless) External thermistor Heat pump convector Additional leaving water temperature ON/OFF thermostat (wired) ON/OFF thermostat (wireless) External thermistor Heat pump convector Position in switch box English Position in switch box Translation Position in switch box Legend A1P A2P A3P A4P A8P A11P A14P A15P A20P A30P CN* (A4P) DS1 (A8P) F1B F1U, F2U (A4P) K1A, K2A K1M, K2M K5M K*R (A4P) M2P M2S PC (A15P) PHC1 (A4P) Main PCB * ON/OFF thermostat (PC=power circuit) * Heat pump convector * Digital I/O PCB * Demand PCB Main PCB of the MMI (= user interface of the indoor unit) * PCB of the dedicated Human Comfort Interface (BRC1HHDA used as room thermostat) * Receiver PCB (wireless ON/OFF thermostat) * WLAN module * Bizone mixing kit PCB * Connector * DIP switch # Overcurrent fuse backup heater * Fuse 5 A 250 V for digital I/O PCB * High voltage Smart Grid relay Contactor backup heater Safety contactor backup heater Relay on PCB # Domestic hot water pump # 2-way valve for cooling mode * Power circuit * Optocoupler input circuit EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 275 16 | Technical data Installer reference guide 276 Q1L Q4L Q*DI R1H (A2P) R1T (A2P) R2T (A2P) R6T S1S S2S S3S S4S S6S~S9S S10S-S11S SS1 (A4P) TR1 X6M X10M X*, X*A, X*Y, Y* X*M Thermal protector backup heater # Safety thermostat # Earth leakage circuit breaker * Humidity sensor * Ambient sensor ON/OFF thermostat * External sensor (floor or ambient) * External indoor or outdoor ambient thermistor # Preferential kWh rate power supply contact # Electrical meter pulse input 1 # Electrical meter pulse input 2 # Smart Grid feed-in * Digital power limitation inputs # Low voltage Smart Grid contact * Selector switch Power supply transformer # Backup heater power supply terminal strip * Smart Grid power supply terminal strip Connector Terminal strip * Optional # Field supply Translation of text on wiring diagram English (1) Main power connection For HP tariff Indoor unit supplied from outdoor Normal kWh rate power supply Only for normal power supply (standard) Only for preferential kWh rate power supply (outdoor) Outdoor unit Preferential kWh rate power supply contact: 16 V DC detection (voltage supplied by PCB) SWB Use normal kWh rate power supply for indoor unit (2) Backup heater power supply Only for *** Translation (1) Main power connection For heat pump tariff Indoor unit supplied from outdoor Normal kWh rate power supply Only for normal power supply (standard) Only for preferential kWh rate power supply (outdoor) Outdoor unit Preferential kWh rate power supply contact: 16 V DC detection (voltage supplied by PCB) Switch box Use normal kWh rate power supply for indoor unit (2) Backup heater power supply Only for *** EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 English (3) User interface Only for remote user interface SD card SWB WLAN cartridge (5) Ext. thermistor SWB (6) Field supplied options 12 V DC pulse detection (voltage supplied by PCB) 230 V AC supplied by PCB Bizone mixing kit Continuous DHW pump output DHW pump Electrical meters For HV smartgrid For LV smartgrid For safety thermostat For smartgrid Inrush Max. load Normally closed Normally open Safety thermostat contact: 16 V DC detection (voltage supplied by PCB) Shut-off valve Smartgrid contacts Smartgrid PV power pulse meter SWB (7) Option PCBs Alarm output Changeover to ext. heat source Max. load Min. load Only for demand PCB option EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 16 | Technical data Translation (3) User interface Only for the dedicated Human Comfort Interface (BRC1HHDA used as room thermostat) Card slot for WLAN cartridge Switch box WLAN cartridge (5) External thermistor Switch box (6) Field supplied options 12 V DC pulse detection (voltage supplied by PCB) 230 V AC supplied by PCB Bizone mixing kit Continuous current Domestic hot water pump output Domestic hot water pump Electrical meters For high voltage Smart Grid For low voltage Smart Grid For safety thermostat For Smart Grid Inrush current Maximum load Normally closed Normally open Safety thermostat contact: 16 V DC detection (voltage supplied by PCB) Shut-off valve Smart Grid contacts Smart Grid photovoltaic power pulse meter Switch box (7) Option PCBs Alarm output Changeover to external heat source Maximum load Minimum load Only for demand PCB option Installer reference guide 277 16 | Technical data English Only for digital I/O PCB option Translation Only for digital I/O PCB option Options: ext. heat source output, alarm Options: external heat source output, output alarm output Options: On/OFF output Options: ON/OFF output Power limitation digital inputs: 12 V Power limitation digital inputs: DC / 12 mA detection (voltage supplied 12 V DC / 12 mA detection (voltage by PCB) supplied by PCB) Space C/H On/OFF output Space cooling/heating ON/OFF output SWB Switch box (8) External On/OFF thermostats and heat pump convector (8) External ON/OFF thermostats and heat pump convector Additional LWT zone Additional leaving water temperature zone Main LWT zone Main leaving water temperature zone Only for external sensor (floor/ambient) Only for external sensor (floor or ambient) Only for heat pump convector Only for heat pump convector Only for wired On/OFF thermostat Only for wired ON/OFF thermostat Only for wireless On/OFF thermostat Only for wireless ON/OFF thermostat Installer reference guide 278 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Electrical connection diagram For more details, please check the unit wiring. POWER SUPPLY 1 Only for normal power supply installation Unit power supply: 400 V or 230 V + earth STANDARD PART 5 or 3 core X1M: L-N-earth or X1M: L1-L2-L3-N-earth 1 Only for preferential kWh rate power supply installation Unit preferential kWh rate power supply: 400 V or 230 V + earth 5 or 3 core X1M: 1-2-3-earth Normal kWh rate power supply for indoor unit: 230 V 2 core 4 core FIELD SUPPLY 2 Preferential kWh rate power supply contact 2 core 2×0.75 signal X1M: 1-2-3-earth 2 Only for low voltage Smart Grid Smart Grid contact S10S OPTIONAL PART 2 Only for high voltage Smart Grid Smart Grid contact K1A Smart Grid relay K1A Smart Grid relay K2A High voltage Smart Grid control supply: 230 V 2 core 2×0.75 2 core 2×0.75 4 core X2M: 5-6 X5M: 9-10 X10M: 1-2 X10M: 3-4 OUTDOOR UNIT INDOOR UNIT A4P: Y1-YC X2M: 7-9 Alarm output A4P: X1-X2 Changeover to ext. heat source output A4P: Y2-YC X2M: 7-9 Cooling/heating ON/OFF output X2M: 1-2 FIELD SUPPLY 3 Safety thermostat Q4L Backup heater power supply (6/9 kW): 400 V or 230 V + earth (F1B) 2 core 2×0.75 3 X5M: 13 X5M: 14 X5M: 13-14 5 or 4 or 3 core X6M: L1-L2-L3 + earth or L-N + earth or L1-L2-L3-N + earth NO valve: X2M: 21-28 NC valve: X2M: 21-29 X5M: 5-6 16 | Technical data Notes: - In case of signal cable: keep minimum distance to power cables >5 cm 2 core 230 V 2 core signal 2 core 230 V Alarm indication Ext. heat source (e.g. boiler) Cooling/heating ON/OFF output FIELD SUPPLY Only for *KRP1HB* 2 core 230 V 2 core 230 V Circulation pump for domestic hot water 2-way valve M2S for cooling mode 2 core Electricity meter pulse input 1 5 signal Only for high voltage Smart Grid 5 Smart Grid contact K2A Only for low voltage Smart Grid 5 Smart Grid contact S11S OPTIONAL PART WLAN module A20P: J2 Bizone mixing kit A30P: ST6 FIELD SUPPLY Power limitation demand input 1 Power limitation demand input 2 Power limitation demand input 3 Power limitation demand input 4 5 core communication 3 core communication 2 core signal 2 core signal 2 core signal 2 core signal A11P: X5: 4-5 A11P: X9: 1-2-3 A11P: X3: 2-3-4 X5M: 3-4 2 core signal Electricity meter pulse input 2 Smart Grid pulse meter X5M: 7-8 2 core signal Only for KRCS01-1 or EKRSCA1 External thermistor (indoor or outdoor) 6 6 OPTIONAL PART Only for *KRP1AHTA A8P: X801M: 1-5 A8P: X801M: 2-5 A8P: X801M: 3-5 A8P: X801M: 4-5 4 main: X2M: 30-34-35 add: X2M: 30-34a-35a 4 main: X2M: 30-31-34-35 add: X2M: 30-31-34a-35a 4 main: X2M: 30-35 add: X2M: 30-35a main & add: X2M: 3-4 External room thermostat / Heat pump convector (main and/or additional zone) 3 core for C/H operation Only for *KRTW (wired room thermostat) 2 core for H only operation signal A2P: X1M: C-com-H 5 core for C/H operation 4 core for H only operation signal Only for *KRTR (wireless room thermostat) A15P: X1M: H-C-com A2P: X1M: 1-3 X2M: L-N 2 core (3m included) signal Only for *KRTETS R2T External sensor (floor or ambient) 4 core signal Only for heat pump convector A3P X5M: 11-12 2 core 2×0.75 communication Only for Human Comfort Interface A14P: P1-P2 user interface 4D133016B EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 279 16 | Technical data 16.6 Technical specifications: Domestic hot water tank 16.6.1 Test results in accordance with EN12897 (2016) INFORMATION This unit has been tested and approved according to BS EN12897:2016 Description ETVH12SU18EA6V ETVH12SU23EA6V Hot water capacity 163 l 200 l Reheat time 18 min 07 sec 23 min 05 sec 16.6.2 Warning label WARNING TO USER Do not remove or adjust any component part of this installation. Contact the installer. Should the system develop a fault, switch the system off and contact the installer. WARNING TO INSTALLER This installation is subject to building regulation approval, notify Local Authority of intention to install. Use only manufacturer's recommended spare parts. Contact your local Daikin dealer. Installed by name address tel. No. completion date TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS EN12897: 2016 Maximum water supply pressure to pressure reducing valve: 16 bar Operating pressure/set pressure of pressure reducing valve: 3.5 bar Maximum primary working pressure (heating): Maximum flow temperature: 2.5 bar 65 oC Expansion vessel pre-charge pressure: 3.5 bar Expansion valve setting: 8 bar Temperature and pressure relief valve replacement part No.: 302810P Operating pressure of temperature and pressure relief valve: 10 bar Operating temperature of temperature and pressure relief valve: Operating temperature of thermal cut-out (2 pieces): 95 oC 89 oC Primary heating power input: ETVH16SU18EA6V 30.05 kW ETVH16SU23EA6V 30.12 kW Primary flow rate to reach primary heating power input: 15 l/min Standing heat loss: ETVH16SU18EA6V 1.35 kWh/24h ETVH16SU23EA6V 1.76 kWh/24h Model storage capacity mass of unit when full ETVH16SU18EA6V 180 l 289 kg ETVH16SU23EA6V 220 l 338 kg Maximum design pressure: 10 bar Rated volume heat exchanger: 9.1 l 4P647876-1A Installer reference guide 280 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 16.7 ESP curve: Indoor unit 16 | Technical data Note: A flow error will occur when the minimum water flow rate is not reached. A (kPa) 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 0 C 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 DE F B (l/min) A External static pressure in the space heating/cooling circuit B Water flow rate through the unit in the space heating/cooling circuit C Operation range D Minimum flow during normal operation E Minimum flow during backup heater operation F Minimum flow during defrost heater operation Dashed lines: Operation area is extended to lower flow rates only in case the unit operates with heat pump only. (Not in startup, no backup heater operation, no defrost operation.) Notes: Selecting a flow outside the operating area can damage the unit or cause the unit to malfunction. See also the minimum and maximum allowed water flow range in the technical specifications. Make sure water quality complies with EU directive 2020/2184. EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Installer reference guide 281 17 | Glossary 17 Glossary Dealer Sales distributor for the product. Authorised installer Technical skilled person who is qualified to install the product. User Person who is owner of the product and/or operates the product. Applicable legislation All international, European, national and local directives, laws, regulations and/or codes that are relevant and applicable for a certain product or domain. Service company Qualified company which can perform or coordinate the required service to the product. Installation manual Instruction manual specified for a certain product or application, explaining how to install, configure and maintain it. Operation manual Instruction manual specified for a certain product or application, explaining how to operate it. Maintenance instructions Instruction manual specified for a certain product or application, which explains (if relevant) how to install, configure, operate and/or maintain the product or application. Accessories Labels, manuals, information sheets and equipment that are delivered with the product and that need to be installed according to the instructions in the accompanying documentation. Optional equipment Equipment made or approved by Daikin that can be combined with the product according to the instructions in the accompanying documentation. Field supply Equipment NOT made by Daikin that can be combined with the product according to the instructions in the accompanying documentation. Installer reference guide 282 EPRA08~12EAV3+W1 + ETVH12SU18+23EA6V Daikin Altherma 3 H MT F 4P644482-1 2021.03 Field settings table Applicable indoor units ETBH12EF6V ETBH12EF9W ETBX12EF6V ETBX12EF9W ETVH12S18EA6V ETVH12S23EA6V ETVH12S18EA9W ETVH12S23EA9W ETVX12S18EA6V ETVX12S23EA6V ETVX12S18EA9W ETVX12S23EA9W ETVH12SU18EA6V ETVH12SU23EA6V Notes (*1) *6V (*2) *9W (*3) ETB* (*4) ETV* (*5) *X* (*6) *H* (*7) *18* (*8) *23* 1/13 4P634891-1 - 2021.03 2/13 Field settings table Breadcrumb Field code Setting name Range, step Default value Room Antifrost 1.4.1 1.4.2 1.5.1 1.5.2 1.5.3 1.5.4 Room [2-06] Activation [2-05] Room setpoint Setpoint range [3-07] Heating minimum [3-06] Heating maximum [3-09] Cooling minimum [3-08] Cooling maximum R/W 0: Disabled 1: Enabled R/W 4~16°C, step: 1°C 8°C R/W 12~18°C, step: 1°C 12°C R/W 18~30°C, step: 1°C 30°C R/W 15~25°C, step: 1°C 15°C R/W 25~35°C, step: 1°C 35°C 1.6 [2-09] Room sensor offset 1.7 [2-0A] Room sensor offset Room comfort setpoint R/W -5~5°C, step: 0,5°C 0°C R/W -5~5°C, step: 0,5°C 0°C 1.9.1 1.9.2 Main zone [9-0A] [9-0B] Heating comfort setpoint Cooling comfort setpoint R/W [3-07]~[3-06]°C, step: 0,5°C 23°C R/W [3-09]~[3-08]°C, step: 0,5°C 23°C 2.4 Setpoint mode Heating WD curve 2.5 [1-00] Low ambient temp. for LWT main zone heating WD curve. R/W 2.5 [1-01] High ambient temp. for LWT main zone heating WD curve. R/W 2.5 [1-02] Leaving water value for low ambient temp. for LWT main zone heating WD curve. R/W 2.5 [1-03] Leaving water value for high ambient temp. for LWT main zone heating WD curve. R/W Cooling WD curve 2.6 [1-06] Low ambient temp. for LWT main zone cooling WD curve. R/W 2.6 [1-07] High ambient temp. for LWT main zone cooling WD curve. R/W 2.6 [1-08] Leaving water value for low ambient temp. for LWT main zone cooling WD curve. R/W 2.6 [1-09] Leaving water value for high ambient temp. for LWT main zone cooling WD curve. R/W Main zone 0: Fixed 1: WD heating, fixed cooling 2: Weather dependent -40~5°C, step: 1°C -15°C 10~25°C, step: 1°C 15°C [9-01]~[9-00], step: 1°C [2-0C]=0: 35°C [2-0C]=1: 45°C [2-0C]=2: 65°C [9-01]~min(45, [9-00])°C, step: 1°C [2-0C]=0: 25°C [2-0C]=1: 35°C [2-0C]=2: 35°C 10~25°C, step: 1°C 20°C 25~43°C, step: 1°C 35°C [9-03]~[9-02]°C, step: 1°C 22°C [9-03]~[9-02]°C, step: 1°C [2-0C]=0: 18°C [2-0C]=1: 7°C [2-0C]=2: 18°C 2.7 [2-0C] Emitter type Setpoint range R/W 0: Underfloor heating 1: Fancoil unit 2: Radiator 2.8.1 2.8.2 [9-01] [9-00] Heating minimum Heating maximum 2.8.3 2.8.4 Main zone [9-03] [9-02] Cooling minimum Cooling maximum R/W 15~37°C, step: 1°C 25°C R/W [2-0C]=2: 37~65, step: 1°C 65°C [2-0C]2: 37~55, step: 1°C 55°C R/W 5~18°C, step: 1°C 7°C R/W 18~22°C, step: 1°C 22°C 2.9 [C-07] Control 2.A [C-05] Thermostat type 2.B.1 Delta T [1-0B] Delta T heating 2.B.2 2.C.1 2.C.2 [1-0D] Delta T cooling Modulation [8-05] Modulation [8-06] Max modulation Shut off valve R/W 0: LWT control 1: Ext RT control 2: RT control R/W 0: MMI requests (incl. quick logic) 1: 1 contact 2: 2 contacts [2-0C] 2 [2-0C]2 (Radiator): R/W 3~10°C, step: 1°C [2-0C] =2 5°C R/O [2-0C]=2 (Radiator): 10°C R/W 3~10°C, step: 1°C 5°C R/W 0: No 1: Yes R/W 0~10°C, step: 1°C 5°C 4P634891-1 - 2021.03 Installer setting at variance with default value Date Value (*1) *6V_(*2) *9W_ (*3) ETB*_(*4) ETV*_ (*5) *X*_(*6) *H*_ (*7) *18*_(*8) *23* 3/13 Field settings table Breadcrumb Field code Setting name 2.D.1 [F-0B] During thermo R/W 2.D.2 [F-0C] During cooling R/W Main zone 2.E WD curve type R/W Additional zone 3.4 Setpoint mode Heating WD curve 3.5 [0-00] Leaving water value for high ambient temp. for LWT add zone heating WD curve. R/W Range, step Default value 0: No 1: Yes 0: No 1: Yes 0: 2-points 1: Slope-Offset 0: Fixed 1: WD heating, fixed cooling 2: Weather dependent [9-05]~min(45,[9-06])°C, step: 1°C 35°C 3.5 [0-01] Leaving water value for low ambient temp. for LWT add zone heating WD curve. R/W [9-05]~[9-06]°C, step: 1°C 65°C 3.5 [0-02] High ambient temp. for LWT add zone heating WD curve. 3.5 [0-03] Low ambient temp. for LWT add zone heating WD curve. Cooling WD curve 3.6 [0-04] Leaving water value for high ambient temp. for LWT add zone cooling WD curve. 3.6 [0-05] 3.6 [0-06] 3.6 [0-07] Additional zone 3.7 [2-0D] Leaving water value for low ambient temp. for LWT add zone cooling WD curve. High ambient temp. for LWT add zone cooling WD curve. Low ambient temp. for LWT add zone cooling WD curve. Emitter type 3.8.1 3.8.2 Setpoint range [9-05] Heating minimum [9-06] Heating maximum 3.8.3 [9-07] 3.8.4 [9-08] Additional zone 3.A [C-06] Cooling minimum Cooling maximum Thermostat type 3.B.1 Delta T [1-0C] Delta T heating 3.B.2 [1-0E] Delta T cooling Additional zone 3.C WD curve type Space heating / cooling Operation range 4.3.1 [4-02] Space heating OFF temp 4.3.2 [F-01] Space cooling OFF temp Space heating / cooling 4.4 [7-02] Number of zones 4.5 [F-0D] Pump operation mode 4.6 [E-02] Unit type R/W 10~25°C, step: 1°C 15°C R/W -40~5°C, step: 1°C -15°C R/W [9-07]~[9-08]°C, step: 1°C [2-0C]=0: 18°C [2-0C]=1: 7°C [2-0C]=2: 18°C R/W [9-07]~[9-08]°C, step: 1°C 22°C R/W 25~43°C, step: 1°C 35°C R/W 10~25°C, step: 1°C 20°C R/O 0: Underfloor heating 1: Fancoil unit 2: Radiator R/W 15~37°C, step: 1°C 25°C R/W [2-0C]=2: 37~65, step: 1°C 65°C [2-0C]2: 37~55, step: 1°C 55°C R/W 5~18°C, step: 1°C 7°C R/W 18~22°C, step: 1°C 22°C R/W 0: MMI requests (incl. quick logic) 1: 1 contact 2: 2 contacts [2-0D] 2 [2-0D]2 (Radiator): R/W 3~10°C, step: 1°C [2-0D] =2 5°C R/O [2-0D]=2 (Radiator): 10°C R/W 3~10°C, step: 1°C 5°C R/O 0: 2-points 1: Slope-Offset R/W 14~35°C, step: 1°C 35°C R/W 10~35°C, step: 1°C 20°C R/W R/W R/W (*5) R/O (*6) 0: 1 LWT zone 1: 2 LWT zones 0: Continuous 1: Sample 2: Request 0: Reversible (*5) 1: Heating only (*6) 4.7 [9-0D] Pump speed limitation Space heating / cooling 4.9 [F-00] 4.A [D-03] Pump outside range Increase around 0°C 4.B [9-04] Overshoot R/W 0~8, step: 1 0: No limitation 1~4: 90~60% pump speed 5~8: 90~60% pump speed during sampling 6: 80% pump speed during sampling R/W 0: Restricted 1: Allowed R/W 0: No 1: increase 2°C, span 4°C 2: increase 4°C, span 4°C 3: increase 2°C, span 8°C 4: increase 4°C, span 8°C R/W 1~4°C, step: 1°C 1°C Installer setting at variance with default value Date Value (*1) *6V_(*2) *9W_ (*3) ETB*_(*4) ETV*_ (*5) *X*_(*6) *H*_ (*7) *18*_(*8) *23* 4P634891-1 - 2021.03 4/13 Field settings table Breadcrumb Field code Setting name 4.C Tank 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.6 [2-06] Antifrost [6-0A] [6-0B] [6-0C] [6-0D] Comfort setpoint Eco setpoint Reheat setpoint Heat up mode 5.7.1 5.7.2 Disinfection [2-01] Activation [2-00] Operation day 5.7.3 5.7.4 [2-02] [2-03] Start time Tank setpoint 5.7.5 [2-04] Duration Tank 5.8 [6-0E] Maximum 5.9 [6-00] Hysteresis 5.A [6-08] Reheat hysteresis 5.B Setpoint mode WD curve 5.C [0-0B] Leaving water value for high ambient temp. for DHW WD curve. 5.C [0-0C] Leaving water value for low ambient temp. for DHW WD curve. 5.C [0-0D] High ambient temp. for DHW WD curve. 5.C [0-0E] Low ambient temp. for DHW WD curve. Tank 5.D [6-01] Margin 5.E WD curve type User settings Quiet 7.4.1 Activation 7.4.3 Level 7.5.1 Electricity price High 7.5.2 Medium 7.5.3 Low User settings 7.6 Gas price Installer settings Configuration wizard System 9.1.3.2 [E-03] BUH type 9.1.3.3 [E-05] [E-06] [E-07] Domestic hot water 4P634891-1 - 2021.03 Range, step Default value R/W 0: Disabled 1: Enabled R/W 30~[6-0E]°C, step: 1°C 60°C R/W 30~min(50, [6-0E])°C, step: 1°C 45°C R/W 30~min(50, [6-0E])°C, step: 1°C 45°C R/W 0: Reheat only 1: Reheat + sched. 2: Scheduled only R/W 0: No 1: Yes R/W 0: Each day 1: Monday 2: Tuesday 3: Wednesday 4: Thursday 5: Friday 6: Saturday 7: Sunday R/W 0~23 hour, step: 1 hour 1 R/W [E-07]1: 55~75°C, step: 5°C 70°C [E-07]=1: 60°C R/W [E-07]1: 5~60 min, step: 5 min 40 min [E-07]=1: 40~60 min, step: 5 min 40 min R/W [E-07]=0 or 7 (*3): 40~ 60°C, step: 1°C 60°C [E-07]=3 or 8 (*3): 40~75°C, step: 1°C 75°C [E-07]=5 (*3): 40~80°C, step: 1°C 80°C 40~65°C, step: 1°C (*4): 65°C R/W 2~40°C, step: 1°C 8°C R/W 2~20°C, step: 1°C 10°C R/W 0: Fixed 1: Weather dependent R/W 35~[6-0E]°C, step: 1°C 55°C R/W min(45, [6-0E])~[6-0E]°C, step: 1°C 60°C R/W 10~25°C, step: 1°C 15°C R/W -40~5°C, step: 1°C -10°C R/W 0~10°C, step: 1°C 2°C R/O 0: 2-points 1: Slope-Offset R/W 0: OFF 1: Manual 2: Automatic R/W 0: Quiet 1: More Quiet 2: Most Quiet R/W 0,00~990/kWh 1/kWh R/W 0,00~990/kWh 1/kWh R/W 0,00~990/kWh 1/kWh R/W 0,00~990/kWh 0,00~290/MBtu 1,0/kWh Installer setting at variance with default value Date Value R/O 3: 6V (*1) 4: 9W (*2) R/W No DHW (*3) EKHW, small volume (*3) Integrated (*4) EKHW, big volume (*3) EKHWP (*3) 3rd party, small coil (*3) 3rd party, big coil (*3) (*1) *6V_(*2) *9W_ (*3) ETB*_(*4) ETV*_ (*5) *X*_(*6) *H*_ (*7) *18*_(*8) *23* 5/13 Field settings table Breadcrumb Field code Setting name Range, step Default value 9.1.3.4 9.1.3.5 9.1.3.6 9.1.3.7 9.1.3.8 9.1.4.1 9.1.4.2 9.1.4.3 9.1.4.4 9.1.5.1 9.1.5.2 9.1.5.3 9.1.5.4 9.1.5.5 9.1.6 9.1.6 9.1.6 9.1.6 9.1.7 9.1.7 9.1.7 9.1.7 9.1.8.1 9.1.8.3 9.1.8.4 9.1.9 9.1.9 [4-06] [7-02] [E-0D] [6-02] [C-02] [5-0D] [4-0A] [6-03] [6-04] [2-0C] [C-07] [1-00] [1-01] [1-02] [1-03] [1-06] [1-07] [1-08] [1-09] [2-0D] [0-00] [0-01] Emergency R/W Number of zones Glycol Filled system BSH capacity (*3) Bivalent Backup heater Voltage Configuration R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W (*1) R/O (*2) R/W Capacity step 1 R/W Additional capacity step 2 R/W Main zone Emitter type R/W Control R/W Setpoint mode R/W Schedule R/W WD curve type R/W Low ambient temp. for LWT main zone heating WD curve. R/W High ambient temp. for LWT main zone heating WD curve. R/W Leaving water value for low ambient temp. for LWT main zone heating WD curve. R/W Leaving water value for high ambient temp. for LWT main zone heating WD curve. R/W Low ambient temp. for LWT main zone cooling WD curve. R/W High ambient temp. for LWT main zone cooling WD curve. R/W Leaving water value for low ambient temp. for LWT main zone cooling WD curve. R/W Leaving water value for high ambient temp. for LWT main zone cooling WD curve. R/W Additional zone Emitter type R/W Setpoint mode R/W Schedule R/W Leaving water value for high ambient temp. for LWT add zone heating WD curve. R/W Leaving water value for low ambient temp. for LWT add zone heating WD curve. R/W 0: Manual 1: Automatic 2: Auto red SH/ DHW ON 3: Auto red SH/ DHW OFF 4: Auto normal SH/ DHW OFF 0: Single zone 1: Dual zone 0: No 1: Yes 0~10kW, step: 0,2kW 3kW (*3) 0kW (*4) 0: No 1: Bivalent 0: 230V, 1~ (*1) 1: 230V, 3~ (*1) 2: 400V, 3~ (*2) 0: 1 1: 1/1+2 (*1) (*2) 2: 1/2 3: 1/2 + 1/1+2 in emergency 0~10kW, step: 0,2kW 2kW (*1) 3kW (*2) 0~10kW, step: 0,2kW 4kW (*1) 6kW (*2) 0: Underfloor heating 1: Fancoil unit 2: Radiator 0: LWT control 1: Ext RT control 2: RT control 0: Fixed 1: WD heating, fixed cooling 2: Weather dependent 0: No 1: Yes 0: 2-points 1: Slope-Offset -40~5°C, step: 1°C -15°C 10~25°C, step: 1°C 15°C [9-01]~[9-00], step: 1°C [2-0C]=0 35°C [2-0C]=1 45°C [2-0C]=2 65°C [9-01]~min(45, [9-00])°C, step: 1°C [2-0C]=0: 25°C [2-0C]=1: 35°C [2-0C]=2: 35°C 10~25°C, step: 1°C 20°C 25~43°C, step: 1°C 35°C [9-03]~[9-02]°C, step: 1°C 22°C [9-03]~[9-02]°C, step: 1°C [2-0C]=0: 18°C [2-0C]=1: 7°C [2-0C]=2: 18°C 0: Underfloor heating 1: Fancoil unit 2: Radiator 0: Fixed 1: WD heating, fixed cooling 2: Weather dependent 0: No 1: Yes [9-05]~min(45,[9-06])°C, step: 1°C 35°C [9-05]~[9-06]°C, step: 1°C 65°C 9.1.9 9.1.9 9.1.A 9.1.A 9.1.A [0-02] [0-03] [0-04] [0-05] [0-06] High ambient temp. for LWT add zone heating WD curve. R/W Low ambient temp. for LWT add zone heating WD curve. R/W Leaving water value for high ambient temp. for LWT add zone cooling WD curve. R/W Leaving water value for low ambient temp. for LWT add zone cooling WD curve. R/W High ambient temp. for LWT add zone cooling WD curve. R/W 10~25°C, step: 1°C 15°C -40~5°C, step: 1°C -15°C [9-07]~[9-08]°C, step: 1°C [2-0C]=0: 18°C [2-0C]=1: 7°C [2-0C]=2: 18°C [9-07]~[9-08]°C, step: 1°C 22°C 25~43°C, step: 1°C 35°C (*1) *6V_(*2) *9W_ (*3) ETB*_(*4) ETV*_ (*5) *X*_(*6) *H*_ (*7) *18*_(*8) *23* Installer setting at variance with default value Date Value 4P634891-1 - 2021.03 6/13 Field settings table Breadcrumb Field code Setting name Range, step Default value 9.1.A [0-07] Low ambient temp. for LWT add zone cooling WD curve. Tank R/W 10~25°C, step: 1°C 20°C 9.1.B.1 [6-0D] Heat up mode 9.1.B.2 [6-0A] Comfort setpoint 9.1.B.3 [6-0B] Eco setpoint 9.1.B.4 [6-0C] Reheat setpoint 9.1.B.5 [6-08] Reheat hysteresis Domestic hot water R/W 0: Reheat only 1: Reheat + sched. 2: Scheduled only R/W 30~[6-0E]°C, step: 1°C 60°C R/W 30~min(50, [6-0E])°C, step: 1°C 45°C R/W 30~min(50, [6-0E])°C, step: 1°C 45°C R/W 2~20°C, step: 1°C 10°C 9.2.1 [E-05] [E-06] [E-07] Domestic hot water 9.2.2 [D-02] DHW pump 9.2.4 [D-07] Solar Back up heater R/W R/W R/W (*3) R/O (*4) No DHW (*3) EKHW, small volume (*3) Integrated (*4) EKHW, big volume (*3) EKHWP (*3) 3rd party, small coil (*3) 3rd party, big coil (*3) 0: No DHW pump 1: Instant hot water 2: Disinfection 3: Circulation 4: Circulation and disinfection 0: No 1: Yes 9.3.1 9.3.2 [E-03] [5-0D] BUH type Voltage R/O R/W (*1) R/O (*2) 3: 6V (*1) 4: 9W (*2) 0: 230V, 1~ (*1) 1: 230V, 3~ (*1) 9.3.3 9.3.4 9.3.5 [4-0A] [6-03] [6-04] Configuration Capacity step 1 Additional capacity step 2 2: 400V, 3~ (*2) R/W 1: 1/1+2 (*1) (*2) 2: 1/2 3: 1/2 + 1/1+2 in emergency R/W 0~10kW, step: 0,2kW 2kW (*1) 3kW (*2) R/W 0~10kW, step: 0,2kW 4kW (*1) 9.3.6 9.3.7 9.3.8 [5-00] [5-01] [4-00] Equilibrium: Deactivate backup heater (or external backup heat source in case of a bR/W Equilibrium temperature R/W Operation R/W Booster heater 6kW (*2) 0: No 1: Yes -15~35°C, step: 1°C 0°C 0: Disabled 1: Enabled 2: Only DHW 9.4.1 [6-02] Capacity R/W 0~10kW, step: 0,2kW 3kW (*3) 9.4.3 9.4.4 [8-03] [4-03] BSH eco timer Operation Emergency 0kW (*4) R/W 20~95 min, step: 5 min 50 min R/W 0: Restricted 1: Allowed 2: Overlap 3: Compressor off 4: Legionella only 9.5.1 [4-06] Emergency 9.5.2 [7-06] Compressor forced OFF Balancing R/W 0: Manual 1: Automatic 2: Auto red SH/ DHW ON 3: Auto red SH/ DHW OFF 4: Auto normal SH/ DHW OFF R/W 0: Disabled 1: Enabled 9.6.1 9.6.2 9.6.3 9.6.4 9.6.5 [5-02] [5-03] [5-04] [8-02] [8-00] Space heating priority Priority temperature Offset BSH setpoint Anti-recycle timer Minimum running timer R/W 0: Disabled 1: Enabled R/W -15~35°C, step: 1°C 0°C R/W 0~20°C, step: 1°C 10°C R/W 0~10 hour, step: 0,5 hour 0,5 hour [E-07]=1 3 hour [E-07]1 R/W 0~20 min, step 1 min 9.6.6 [8-01] 9.6.7 [8-04] Installer settings Maximum running timer Additional timer 1 min R/W 5~95 min, step: 5 min 30 min R/W 0~95 min, step: 5 min 95 min 9.7 [4-04] Water pipe freeze prevention [E-0D] =0 0: Continuous pump operation R/O 1: Non continuous pump operation [E-0D] =1 2: OFF R/W 9.8.2 Benefit kWh power supply [D-00] Allow heater 9.8.3 [D-05] Allow pump R/W 0: None 1: BSH only 2: BUH only 3: All heaters R/W 0: Forced off 1: As normal Installer setting at variance with default value Date Value 4P634891-1 - 2021.03 (*1) *6V_(*2) *9W_ (*3) ETB*_(*4) ETV*_ (*5) *X*_(*6) *H*_ (*7) *18*_(*8) *23* 7/13 Field settings table Breadcrumb Field code Setting name 9.8.4 [D-01] Benefit kWh power supply R/W 9.8.6 Allow electric heaters R/W 9.8.7 Enable Room buffering R/W 9.8.8 Limit setting kW R/W Power consumption control 9.9.1 [4-08] Power consumption control R/W 9.9.2 [4-09] Type R/W 9.9.3 [5-05] Limit R/W 9.9.4 [5-05] Limit 1 R/W 9.9.5 [5-06] Limit 2 R/W 9.9.6 [5-07] Limit 3 R/W 9.9.7 [5-08] Limit 4 R/W 9.9.8 [5-09] Limit R/W 9.9.9 [5-09] Limit 1 R/W 9.9.A [5-0A] Limit 2 R/W 9.9.B [5-0B] Limit 3 R/W 9.9.C [5-0C] Limit 4 R/W 9.9.D [4-01] Priority heater 9.9.F 9.A.1 [7-07] BBR16 activation* R/W *BBR16 settings are only visible when the language of the user interface is set to Swedish. Energy metering [D-08] Electricity meter 1 R/W 9.A.2 [D-09] Electricity meter 2 / PV meter R/W Sensors 9.B.1 [C-08] External sensor R/W 9.B.2 [2-0B] Ext. amb. sensor offset R/W 9.B.3 [1-0A] Averaging time R/W Bivalent 9.C.1 [C-02] Bivalent R/W 9.C.2 [7-05] Boiler efficiency R/W 9.C.3 [C-03] Temperature R/W 9.C.4 [C-04] Hysteresis R/W Installer settings 9.D [C-09] Alarm output R/W 9.E [3-00] Auto restart R/W 9.F [E-08] Power saving function R/W 9.G Disable protections R/W Overview field settings 9.I [0-00] Leaving water value for high ambient temp. for LWT add zone heating WD curve. R/W 9.I [0-01] Leaving water value for low ambient temp. for LWT add zone heating WD curve. R/W 9.I [0-02] High ambient temp. for LWT add zone heating WD curve. R/W 9.I [0-03] Low ambient temp. for LWT add zone heating WD curve. R/W Range, step Default value 0: No 1: Active open 2: Active closed 3: Smart Grid 0: No 1: Yes 0: No 1: Yes 0~20 kW, step: 0,5 kW 2 kW 0: No limitation 1: Continuous 2: Digital inputs 0: Current 1: Power 0~50 A, step: 1 A 50 A 0~50 A, step: 1 A 50 A 0~50 A, step: 1 A 50 A 0~50 A, step: 1 A 50 A 0~50 A, step: 1 A 50 A 0~20 kW, step: 0,5 kW 20 kW 0~20 kW, step: 0,5 kW 20 kW 0~20 kW, step: 0,5 kW 20 kW 0~20 kW, step: 0,5 kW 20 kW 0~20 kW, step: 0,5 kW 20 kW 0: None 1: BSH 2: BUH 0: Disabled 1: Enabled 0: No 1: 0,1 pulse/kWh 2: 1 pulse/kWh 3: 10 pulse/kWh 4: 100 pulse/kWh 5: 1000 pulse/kWh 0: No 1: 0,1 pulse/kWh 2: 1 pulse/kWh 3: 10 pulse/kWh 4: 100 pulse/kWh 5: 1000 pulse/kWh 6: 100 pulse/kWh (PV meter) 7: 1000 pulse/kWh (PV meter) 0: No 1: Outdoor sensor 2: Room sensor -5~5°C, step: 0,5°C 0°C 0: No averaging 1: 12 hours 2: 24 hours 3: 48 hours 4: 72 hours 0: No 1: Bivalent 0: Very high 1: High 2: Medium 3: Low 4: Very low -25~25°C, step: 1°C 0°C 2~10°C, step: 1°C 3°C 0: Normally open 1: Normally closed 0: No 1: Yes 0: disabled 1: Enabled 0: No 1: Yes [9-05]~min(45,[9-06])°C, step: 1°C 35°C [9-05]~[9-06]°C, step: 1°C 65°C 10~25°C, step: 1°C 15°C -40~5°C, step: 1°C -15°C Installer setting at variance with default value Date Value (*1) *6V_(*2) *9W_ (*3) ETB*_(*4) ETV*_ (*5) *X*_(*6) *H*_ (*7) *18*_(*8) *23* 4P634891-1 - 2021.03 8/13 Field settings table Breadcrumb Field code 9.I [0-04] 9.I [0-05] 9.I [0-06] 9.I [0-07] 9.I [0-0B] 9.I [0-0C] 9.I [0-0D] 9.I [0-0E] 9.I [1-00] 9.I [1-01] 9.I [1-02] 9.I [1-03] 9.I [1-04] 9.I [1-05] 9.I [1-06] 9.I [1-07] 9.I [1-08] 9.I [1-09] 9.I [1-0A] 9.I [1-0B] 9.I [1-0C] 9.I [1-0D] 9.I [1-0E] 9.I [2-00] 9.I [2-01] 9.I [2-02] 9.I [2-03] 9.I [2-04] 9.I [2-05] 9.I [2-06] Setting name Range, step Default value Leaving water value for high ambient temp. for LWT add zone cooling WD curve. R/W [9-07]~[9-08]°C, step: 1°C [2-0C]=0: 18°C [2-0C]=1: 7°C [2-0C]=2: Leaving water value for low ambient temp. for LWT add zone cooling WD curve. R/W 18°C [9-07]~[9-08]°C, step: 1°C 22°C High ambient temp. for LWT add zone cooling WD curve. R/W 25~43°C, step: 1°C 35°C Low ambient temp. for LWT add zone cooling WD curve. R/W 10~25°C, step: 1°C 20°C Leaving water value for high ambient temp. for DHW WD curve. R/W 35~[6-0E]°C, step: 1°C 55°C Leaving water value for low ambient temp. for DHW WD curve. R/W min(45, [6-0E])~[6-0E]°C, step: 1°C High ambient temp. for DHW WD curve. 60°C R/W 10~25°C, step: 1°C 15°C Low ambient temp. for DHW WD curve. R/W -40~5°C, step: 1°C -10°C Low ambient temp. for LWT main zone heating WD curve. R/W -40~5°C, step: 1°C -15°C High ambient temp. for LWT main zone heating WD curve. R/W 10~25°C, step: 1°C 15°C Leaving water value for low ambient temp. for LWT main zone heating WD curve. R/W [9-01]~[9-00], step: 1°C [2-0C]=0: 35°C [2-0C]=1: 45°C [2-0C]=2: Leaving water value for high ambient temp. for LWT main zone heating WD curve. R/W 65°C [9-01]~min(45, [9-00])°C, step: 1°C [2-0C]=0: 25°C [2-0C]=1: 35°C [2-0C]=2: Weather dependent cooling of the main leaving water temperature zone. 35°C R/W 0: Disabled 1: Enabled Weather dependent cooling of the additional leaving water temperature zone R/W 0: Disabled 1: Enabled Low ambient temp. for LWT main zone cooling WD curve. R/W 10~25°C, step: 1°C 20°C High ambient temp. for LWT main zone cooling WD curve. R/W 25~43°C, step: 1°C Leaving water value for low ambient temp. for LWT main zone cooling WD curve. R/W 35°C [9-03]~[9-02]°C, step: 1°C 22°C Leaving water value for high ambient temp. for LWT main zone cooling WD curve. R/W [9-03]~[9-02]°C, step: 1°C [2-0C]=0: 18°C [2-0C]=1: 7°C [2-0C]=2: What is the averaging time for the outdoor temp? 18°C R/W 0: No averaging 1: 12 hours 2: 24 hours 3: 48 hours 4: 72 hours What is the desired delta T in heating for the main zone? [2-0C] 2 [2-0C]2 (Radiator): R/W 3~10°C, step: 1°C [2-0C] =2 5°C R/O [2-0C]=2 (Radiator): What is the desired delta T in heating for the additional zone? 10°C [2-0D] 2 [2-0D]2 (Radiator): R/W 3~10°C, step: 1°C [2-0D] =2 5°C R/O [2-0D]=2 (Radiator): 10°C What is the desired delta T in cooling for the main zone? R/W 3~10°C, step: 1°C 5°C What is the desired delta T in cooling for the additional zone? R/W 3~10°C, step: 1°C 5°C When should the disinfection function be executed? R/W 0: Each day 1: Monday 2: Tuesday 3: Wednesday 4: Thursday 5: Friday 6: Saturday 7: Sunday Should the disinfection function be executed? R/W 0: No 1: Yes When should the disinfection function start? R/W 0~23 hour, step: 1 hour 1 What is the disinfection target temperature? R/W [E-07]1: 55~75°C, step: 5°C 70°C [E-07]=1: 60°C How long must the tank temperature be maintained? R/W [E-07]1: 5~60 min, step: 5 min 40 min [E-07]=1: 40~60 min, step: 5 min Room antifrost temperature 40 min R/W 4~16°C, step: 1°C 8°C Room frost protection R/W 0: Disabled 1: Enabled 4P634891-1 - 2021.03 Installer setting at variance with default value Date Value (*1) *6V_(*2) *9W_ (*3) ETB*_(*4) ETV*_ (*5) *X*_(*6) *H*_ (*7) *18*_(*8) *23* 9/13 Field settings table Breadcrumb Field code 9.I [2-09] 9.I [2-0A] 9.I [2-0B] 9.I [2-0C] 9.I [2-0D] 9.I [2-0E] 9.I [3-00] 9.I [3-01] 9.I [3-02] 9.I [3-03] 9.I [3-04] 9.I [3-05] 9.I [3-06] 9.I [3-07] 9.I [3-08] 9.I [3-09] 9.I [3-0A] 9.I [4-00] 9.I [4-01] 9.I [4-02] 9.I [4-03] 9.I [4-04] 9.I [4-05] 9.I [4-06] 9.I [4-07] 9.I [4-08] 9.I [4-09] 9.I [4-0A] 9.I [4-0B] 9.I [4-0D] 9.I [4-0E] 9.I [5-00] 9.I [5-01] 9.I [5-02] 9.I [5-03] 9.I [5-04] 9.I [5-05] 9.I [5-06] 9.I [5-07] 9.I [5-08] 9.I [5-09] 9.I [5-0A] 9.I [5-0B] 9.I [5-0C] 9.I [5-0D] 9.I [5-0E] 9.I [6-00] Setting name Adjust the offset on the measured room temperature Adjust the offset on the measured room temperature What is the required offset on the measured outdoor temp.? What emitter type is connected to the main LWT zone? What emitter type is connected to the additional LWT zone? What is the maximum allowed current over the heatpump ? Is auto restart of the unit allowed? -----What is the maximum desired room temperature in heating? What is the mimimum desired room temperature in heating? What is the maximum desired room temperature in cooling? What is the minimum desired room temperature in cooling? -What is the BUH operation mode? Which electric heater has priority? Below which outdoor temperature is heating allowed? Operation permission of the booster heater. Water pipe freeze prevention Range, step Default value R/W -5~5°C, step: 0,5°C 0°C R/W -5~5°C, step: 0,5°C 0°C R/W -5~5°C, step: 0,5°C 0°C R/W 0: Underfloor heating 1: Fancoil unit 2: Radiator R/W 0: Underfloor heating 1: Fancoil unit 2: Radiator R/W 20~50 A, step: 1 A 50 A R/W 0: No 1: Yes 0 1 4 2 1 R/W 18~30°C, step: 1°C 30°C R/W 12~18°C, step: 1°C 12°C R/W 25~35°C, step: 1°C 35°C R/W 15~25°C, step: 1°C 15°C 0 R/W 0: Disabled 1: Enabled 2: Only DHW R/W 0: None 1: BSH 2: BUH R/W 14~35°C, step: 1°C 35°C R/W 0: Restricted 1: Allowed 2: Overlap 3: Compressor off 4: Legionella only [E-0D] =0 0: Continuous pump operation R/O 1: Non continuous pump operation [E-0D] =1 2: OFF R/W -- Emergency R/W -- Which power limitation mode is required on the system? R/W Which power limitation type is required? R/W Backup heater configuration R/W Automatic cooling/heating changeover hysteresis. R/W Automatic cooling/heating changeover offset. R/W -- Equilibrium: Deactivate backup heater (or external backup heat source in case of a R/W bivalent system) above the equilibrium temperature for space heating? 0 0: Manual 1: Automatic 2: Auto red SH/ DHW ON 3: Auto red SH/ DHW OFF 4: Auto normal SH/ DHW OFF 6 0: No limitation 1: Continuous 2: Digital inputs 0: Current 1: Power 1: 1/1+2 (*1) (*2) 2: 1/2 3: 1/2 + 1/1+2 in emergency 1~10°C, step: 0,5°C 1°C 1~10°C, step: 0,5°C 3°C 6 0: No 1: Yes What is the equilibrium temperature for the building? Space heating priority. Space heating priority temperature. Set point correction for domestic hot water temperature. What is the requested limit for DI1? What is the requested limit for DI2? What is the requested limit for DI3? What is the requested limit for DI4? What is the requested limit for DI1? What is the requested limit for DI2? What is the requested limit for DI3? What is the requested limit for DI4? Backup heater voltage -The temperature difference determining the heat pump ON temperature. R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W (*1) R/O (*2) R/W -15~35°C, step: 1°C 0°C 0: Disabled 1: Enabled -15~35°C, step: 1°C 0°C 0~20°C, step: 1°C 10°C 0~50 A, step: 1 A 50 A 0~50 A, step: 1 A 50 A 0~50 A, step: 1 A 50 A 0~50 A, step: 1 A 50 A 0~20 kW, step: 0,5 kW 20 kW 0~20 kW, step: 0,5 kW 20 kW 0~20 kW, step: 0,5 kW 20 kW 0~20 kW, step: 0,5 kW 20 kW 0: 230V, 1~ (*1) 1: 230V, 3~ (*1) 2: 400V, 3~ (*2) 1 2~40°C, step: 1°C 8°C (*1) *6V_(*2) *9W_ (*3) ETB*_(*4) ETV*_ (*5) *X*_(*6) *H*_ (*7) *18*_(*8) *23* Installer setting at variance with default value Date Value 4P634891-1 - 2021.03 10/13 Field settings table Breadcrumb Field code Setting name 9.I [6-01] The temperature difference determining the heat pump OFF temperature. R/W 9.I [6-02] What is the capacity of the booster heater? R/W 9.I [6-03] What is the capacity of the backup heater step 1? R/W 9.I [6-04] What is the capacity of the backup heater step 2? R/W 9.I [6-05] -- 9.I [6-06] -- 9.I [6-07] -- 9.I [6-08] What is the hysteresis to be used in reheat mode? R/W 9.I [6-09] -- 9.I [6-0A] What is the desired comfort storage temperature? R/W 9.I [6-0B] What is the desired eco storage temperature? R/W 9.I [6-0C] What is the desired reheat temperature? R/W 9.I [6-0D] What is the desired DHW production type? R/W 9.I [6-0E] What is the maximum temperature setpoint? R/W 9.I [7-00] Domestic hot water booster heater overshoot temperature. R/W 9.I [7-01] Domestic hot water booster heater hysteresis. R/W 9.I [7-02] How many leaving water temperature zones are there? R/W 9.I [7-03] -- 9.I [7-04] -- 9.I [7-05] Boiler efficiency R/W 9.I [7-06] Compressor forced OFF R/W 9.I [7-07] BBR16 activation* R/W *BBR16 settings are only visible when the language of the user interface is set to Swedish. 9.I [7-08] -- 9.I [7-09] -- 9.I [7-0A] Additional zone fixed pump PWM, in case a bizone kit is installed. R/W 9.I [7-0B] Main zone fixed pump PWM, in case a bizone kit is installed. R/W 9.I [7-0C] Time needed by the mixing valve to turn from one side to the other, in case a R/W bizone kit is installed. 9.I [7-0D] -- 9.I [7-0E] -- 9.I [8-00] Minimum running time for domestic hot water operation. R/W 9.I [8-01] Maximum running time for domestic hot water operation. R/W 9.I [8-02] Anti-recycling time. R/W 9.I [8-03] Booster heater delay timer. R/W 9.I [8-04] Additional running time for the maximum running time. R/W 9.I [8-05] Allow modulation of the LWT to control the room temp? R/W 9.I [8-06] Leaving water temperature maximum modulation. R/W 9.I [8-07] What is the desired comfort main LWT in cooling? R/W 9.I [8-08] What is the desired eco main LWT in cooling? R/W 9.I [8-09] What is the desired comfort main LWT in heating? R/W 9.I [8-0A] What is the desired eco main LWT in heating? R/W 9.I [8-0B] -- 9.I [8-0C] -- 9.I [8-0D] -- 9.I [9-00] What is the maximum desired LWT for main zone in heating? R/W Range, step Default value 0~10°C, step: 1°C 2°C 0~10kW, step: 0,2kW 3kW (*3) 0kW (*4) 0~10kW, step: 0,2kW 2kW (*1) 3kW (*2) 0~10kW, step: 0,2kW 4kW (*1) 6kW (*2) 0 0 0 2~20°C, step: 1°C 10°C 0 30~[6-0E]°C, step: 1°C 60°C 30~min(50, [6-0E])°C, step: 1°C 45°C 30~min(50, [6-0E])°C, step: 1°C 45°C 0: Reheat only 1: Reheat + sched. 2: Scheduled only [E-07]=0 or 7 (*3): 40~ 60°C, step: 1°C 60°C [E-07]=3 or 8 (*3): 40~75°C, step: 1°C 75°C [E-07]=5 (*3): 40~80°C, step: 1°C 80°C [E-07]=1 (*4): 40~65°C, step: 1°C 65°C 0~4°C, step: 1°C 0°C 2~40°C, step: 1°C 2°C 0: 1 LWT zone 1: 2 LWT zones 2.5 0 0: Very high 1: High 2: Medium 3: Low 4: Very low 0: Disabled 1: Enabled 0: Disabled 1: Enabled 0 (*3) 1 (*4) 20 20~95%, step: 5% 95% 20~95%, step: 5% 95% 20~300 seconds, step: 5 sec 125 seconds 4 7 0~20 min, step: 1 min 1 min 5~95 min, step: 5 min 30 min 0~10 hour, step: 0,5 hour 0,5 hour [E-07]=1 3 hour [E-07]1 20~95 min, step: 5 min 50 min 0~95 min, step: 5 min 95 min 0: No 1: Yes 0~10°C, step: 1°C 5°C [9-03]~[9-02], step: 1°C 18°C [9-03]~[9-02], step: 1°C 20°C [9-01]~[9-00], step: 1°C 35°C [9-01]~[9-00], step: 1°C 33°C 13 10 16 [2-0C]=2: 37~65, step: 1°C 65°C [2-0C]2: 37~55, step: 1°C 55°C 4P634891-1 - 2021.03 Installer setting at variance with default value Date Value (*1) *6V_(*2) *9W_ (*3) ETB*_(*4) ETV*_ (*5) *X*_(*6) *H*_ (*7) *18*_(*8) *23* Field settings table Breadcrumb Field code Setting name 9.I [9-01] What is the mimimum desired LWT for main zone in heating? 9.I [9-02] What is the maximum desired LWT for main zone in cooling? 9.I [9-03] What is the mimimum desired LWT for main zone in cooling? 9.I [9-04] Leaving water temperature overshoot temperature. 9.I [9-05] What is the mimimum desired LWT for add. zone in heating? 9.I [9-06] What is the maximum desired LWT for add. zone in heating? 9.I [9-07] What is the mimimum desired LWT for add. zone in cooling? 9.I [9-08] What is the maximum desired LWT for add. zone in cooling? 9.I [9-09] What is the allowed LWT undershoot during cooling start-up? 9.I [9-0A] What is the room buffering temperature in heating? 9.I [9-0B] What is the room buffering temperature in Cooling? 9.I [9-0C] Room temperature hysteresis. 9.I [9-0D] Pump speed limitation 9.I [9-0E] -- 9.I [C-00] Domestic heating water priority. 9.I [C-01] -- 9.I [C-02] Is an external backup heat source connected? 9.I [C-03] Bivalent activation temperature. 9.I [C-04] Bivalent hysteresis temperature. 9.I [C-05] What is the thermo request contact type for the main zone? 9.I [C-06] What is the thermo request contact type for the add. zone? 9.I [C-07] What is the unit control method in space operation? 9.I [C-08] Which type of external sensor is installed? 9.I [C-09] What is the required alarm output contact type? 9.I [C-0A] -- 9.I [C-0B] -- 9.I [C-0C] -- 9.I [C-0D] -- 9.I [C-0E] -- 9.I [D-00] Which heaters are permitted if prefer. kWh rate PS is cut? 9.I [D-01] Contact type of preferential kWh rate PS installation? 9.I [D-02] Which type of DHW pump is installed? 9.I [D-03] Leaving water temperature compensation around 0°C. 9.I [D-04] Is a demand PCB connected? 9.I [D-05] Is the pump allowed to run if prefer. kWh rate PS is cut? 9.I [D-07] Is a solar kit connected? 9.I [D-08] Is an external kWh meter used for power measurement? 11/13 Range, step Default value R/W 15~37°C, step: 1°C 25°C R/W 18~22°C, step: 1°C 22°C R/W 5~18°C, step: 1°C 7°C R/W 1~4°C, step: 1°C 1°C R/W 15~37°C, step: 1°C 25°C R/W [2-0C]=2: 37~65, step: 1°C 65°C [2-0C]2: 37~55, step: 1°C 55°C R/W 5~18°C, step: 1°C 7°C R/W 18~22°C, step: 1°C 22°C R/W 1~18°C, step: 1°C 18°C R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W (*3) R/O (*4) R/W [3-07]~[3-06]°C, step: 0,5°C 23°C [3-09]~[3-08]°C, step: 0,5°C 23°C 1~6°C, step: 0,5°C 1 °C 0~8, step: 1 0: No limitation 1~4: 90~60% pump speed 5~8: 90~60% pump speed during sampling 6: 80% pump speed during sampling 6 0: Solar priority 1: Heat pump priority 0 0: No 1: Bivalent -25~25°C, step: 1°C 0°C 2~10°C, step: 1°C 3°C 0: MMI requests (incl. quick logic) 1: 1 contact 2: 2 contacts 0: MMI requests (incl. quick logic) 1: 1 contact 2: 2 contacts 0: LWT control 1: Ext RT control 2: RT control 0: No 1: Outdoor sensor 2: Room sensor 0: Normally open 1: Normally closed 0 0 0 0 0 0: None 1: BSH only 2: BUH only 3: All heaters 0: No 1: Active open 2: Active closed 3: Smart Grid 0: No DHW pump 1: Instant hot water 2: Disinfection 3: Circulation 4: Circulation and disinfection 0: No 1: increase 2°C, span 4°C 2: increase 4°C, span 4°C 3: increase 2°C, span 8°C 4: increase 4°C, span 8°C 0: No 1: Pwr consmp ctrl 0: Forced off 1: As normal 0: No 1: Yes 0: No 1: 0,1 pulse/kWh 2: 1 pulse/kWh 3: 10 pulse/kWh 4: 100 pulse/kWh 5: 1000 pulse/kWh Installer setting at variance with default value Date Value (*1) *6V_(*2) *9W_ (*3) ETB*_(*4) ETV*_ (*5) *X*_(*6) *H*_ (*7) *18*_(*8) *23* 4P634891-1 - 2021.03 12/13 Field settings table Breadcrumb Field code Setting name 9.I [D-09] Is an external kWh meter used for power measurement, kWh meter used for smart R/W grid? Range, step Default value 0: No 1: 0,1 pulse/kWh 2: 1 pulse/kWh 3: 10 pulse/kWh 4: 100 pulse/kWh 5: 1000 pulse/kWh 6: 100 pulse/kWh (PV meter) 7: 1000 pulse/kWh (PV meter) 9.I [D-0A] -- 9.I [D-0B] -- 9.I [D-0C] -- 9.I [D-0D] -- 9.I [D-0E] -- 9.I [E-00] Which type of unit is installed? 9.I [E-01] Which type of compressor is installed? 9.I [E-02] What is the indoor unit software type? 9.I [E-03] What is the number of backup heater steps? 9.I [E-04] Is the power saving function available on the outdoor unit? 9.I [E-05] Can the system prepare domestic hot water? 9.I [E-06] -- 9.I [E-07] What kind of DHW tank is installed? 9.I [E-08] Power saving function for outdoor unit. 9.I [E-09] -- 9.I [E-0B] Is a bi-zone kit installed? 9.I [E-0C] What bizone system type is installed? 9.I [E-0D] 9.I [E-0E] 9.I [F-00] 9.I [F-01] 9.I [F-02] 9.I [F-03] 9.I [F-04] 9.I [F-05] 9.I [F-06] 9.I [F-07] 9.I [F-08] 9.I [F-09] 9.I [F-0A] 9.I [F-0B] 9.I [F-0C] 9.I [F-0D] Bi-zone kit settings 9.P.1 [E-0B] 9.P.2 [E-0C] Is the system filled with glycol ? -Pump operation allowed outside range. Above which outdoor temperature is cooling allowed? -------Pump operation during flow abnormality. -Close shut-off valve during thermo OFF? Close shut-off valve during cooling? What is the pump operation mode? Bi-zone kit installed Bi-zone system type 9.P.3 9.P.4 9.P.5 [7-0A] [7-0B] [7-0C] Add zone pump fixed PWM Main zone pump fixed PWM Mixing valve turning time R/O R/O R/W (*5) R/O (*6) R/O R/O R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W 2 (*3) 1 (*7) 0 (*8) 2 0 0 0 0~5 0: LT split 1 0: Reversible (*5) 1: Heating only (*6) 3: 6V (*1) 4: 9W (*2) 0: No 1: Yes 0: No (*3) 1: Yes (*4) 1 0~8 0: EKHW, small volume (*3) 1: Integrated (*4) 3: EKHW, large volume 5: EKHWP (*3) 7: Third party tank, small coil 8: Third party tank, large coil 0: disabled 1: Enabled 1 0: not installed 1: 2: Bizone kit installed 0: Without hydraulic separator / no direct pump 1: With hydraulic separator / no direct pump 2: With hydraulic separator / with direct pump 0: No 1: Yes 0 0: Disabled 1: Enabled 10~35°C, step: 1°C 20°C 3 5 0 0 0 0 0 0: Disabled 1: Enabled 0 0: No 1: Yes 0: No 1: Yes 0: Continuous 1: Sample 2: Request R/W 0: not installed 1: - 2: Bizone kit installed R/W 0: Without hydraulic separator / no direct pump 1: With hydraulic separator / no direct pump 2: With hydraulic separator / with direct pump R/W 20~95%, step: 5% 95% R/W 20~95%, step: 5% 95% R/W 20~300 sec, step: 5 sec 125 sec Installer setting at variance with default value Date Value 4P634891-1 - 2021.03 (*1) *6V_(*2) *9W_ (*3) ETB*_(*4) ETV*_ (*5) *X*_(*6) *H*_ (*7) *18*_(*8) *23* 13/13 Verantwortung für Energie und Umwelt 4P644482-1 2021.03 Copyright 2021 DaikinSCHEMA ST4 ST4 PDF Engine (Build 10.0.3.0)